Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Atlassian

Atlassian

team · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker team
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Atlassian
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
To our shareholders, customers, 
partners, and all Atlassians—

As we write this letter, the world is in the grip of a 
pandemic, and 5,000 Atlassians are working from 
home. In these extraordinary times, resilience is 
foremost on our minds – the resilience of our team, 
of the teams and customers we serve, and of the 
economy and society.

We started Atlassian with the aim of building a 
resilient, enduring business that unleashes the 
potential of teams everywhere. To achieve that, we 
want to deliver value not just for shareholders, but 
for our customers, our people, our communities, and 
our planet.

This way of thinking has never been more important. 
To be totally honest, it’s the key to our success and 
long-term profitability. Even better, it will position us 
to remain resilient in this uncertain time. Given the 
unfolding threat posed by COVID-19, it feels strange 
to share a business-as-usual report.

On one hand, we’re incredibly proud of our strong 
fiscal 2020 results. We adapted quickly to operate as 
a fully-remote company in the face of the COVID-19 
pandemic, and empowered many customers to do the 
same through our mission-critical work management 
products. We delivered value to teams at over 174,000 
customers, more than 150,000 of which are in the 
cloud. We made significant progress building a strong 
foundation in our transformation to a cloud-first 
company. We surpassed $1.6 billion in revenue and 
generated $500 million in free cash flow. 

On the other hand, the world around us is in upheaval. 
COVID-19 is affecting the well-being of millions and 
causing the global economy to retrench. The pandemic 
is also exposing just how fragile our economy, 
healthcare, and social systems are. The Black Lives 
Matter movement has put a spotlight on systemic 
racial injustice, and events like the Australian bushfires 
highlight the devastation possible when we ignore 
existential threats like climate change. Teams will 
create solutions to these problems, and amidst the 
current macro climate, our job is to make those teams 
resilient and successful. 

As we look ahead, we’ll lean into our competitive 
advantages and be bold as we push through the 
turbulence. This will lead us to unleash the potential 
of teams, create massive impact for customers, 
and continue our transformation into a $5 billion+ 
global software leader. We operate with a long-term 
mindset to drive durable growth measured over 
decades. We will use the momentum and financial 
strength from fiscal 2020 to fuel our direction in 
the years ahead. We will continue to advance our 
customers’ path to the cloud and invest against the 
tremendous opportunities in front of us.

We also continue to invest in sustainable practices 
because it’s the right thing to do and because we 
know it’s what our people expect of business in 
general. Atlassian’s Return on Action report, released 
in March, reveals that employees across generations 
and industries are looking for leadership and action 
on the issues that most affect society as a whole. 
We’re just starting our sustainability journey, and 
we have much more progress to make, particularly 
when it comes to balanced representation in our 
employees. In the end, we’re one team on one 
planet, and it’s up to all of us to be the change we 
seek, together. 

We want to thank Atlassians for their resilience 
and determination during these incredibly challenging 
times. They make possible all that we achieve as 
a company. 

And thank you for all your support and joining us on 
our journey to unleash the potential of every team. 

Scott Farquhar and Mike Cannon-Brookes 
Co-Founders and Co-Chief Executive Officers

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One) 
☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
OR 

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 

OR 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
OR 

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number 001-37651

Atlassian Corporation Plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Exchange House
Primrose Street
London EC2A 2EG
c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
415.701.1110
(Address of principal executive offices)

Stuart Fagin
Deputy General Counsel
Atlassian Corporation Plc
Exchange House
Primrose Street
London EC2A 2EG
c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
415.701.1110
IR@atlassian.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Class A Ordinary Shares

 Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

TEAM

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: Class B Ordinary Shares

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
As of June 30, 2020, 128,201,296 Class A Ordinary Shares and 119,761,681 Class B Ordinary Shares 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☑ No ☐
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes ☐ No ☑
Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their 
obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.  Yes ☑ No ☐

 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.   
Yes ☑  No ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See 
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act: 
Large accelerated filer ☑   Accelerated filer ☐   Non-accelerated filer   ☐   Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use 
the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards 
Codification after April 5, 2012. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report. ☑
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP ☐ International 
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☑ Other ☐
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 
17 ☐ Item 18 ☐ 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☑

ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

PART I
Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Item 3. KEY INFORMATION

Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

Item 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 

Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II
Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 

Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF  
PROCEEDS

Item 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Item 16. RESERVED

Item 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS.

Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Item 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 

Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Item 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Item 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Item 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
SIGNATURES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4

4

5

5

5

5

36

45

45

62

74

78

79

79
87

88

88

88

88

88

89

89

89

89

90

90

90

90

90

90

91

91
92

94
  F-1

3

INTRODUCTION

All references in this annual report to “Atlassian” or the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to 

Atlassian Corporation Plc and its subsidiaries.

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars. All  references  in  this  annual  report  to 

“$,” “U.S. $,” “U.S. dollars” and “dollars” mean U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  annual  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws, 
which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future 
events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements 
because  they  contain  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,”  “could,”  “intends,” 
“target,”  “projects,”  “contemplates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  or  “continue”  or  the  negative  of 
these  words  or  other  similar  terms  or  expressions  that  articulate  our  expectations,  strategy,  plans  or  intentions. 
Forward-looking statements contained in this annual report include, but are not limited to, statements about:

• Our future financial performance, including our revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit or gross margin and 

operating expenses; 

•

The sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs; 

• Our ability to increase the number of customers using our software; 

• Our ability to attract and retain customers to use our products and solutions; 

• Our ability to develop new products and enhancements to our existing products; 

• Our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new markets; 

• Our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses; 

• Our ability to prevent security breaches and unauthorized access to customer data; 

• Our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property; 

• Our  ability  to  grow  our  cloud  offerings,  including  the  impact  of  customers  transitioning  from  perpetual 

licenses to subscription licenses; 

• Our future growth and profitability; 

• Our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business, including privacy 

and data security regulations; 

• Our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

•

•

Future  acquisitions  of,  or  investments  in,  complementary  companies,  products,  services  or  technologies; 
and

The  impact  of  natural  disasters,  diseases  and  pandemics,  such  as  the  novel  coronavirus  (“COVID-19”) 
pandemic,  and  any  associated  economic  downturn,  and  political  and  social  unrest  on  our  results  of 
operations and financial performance.

We  caution  you  that  the  foregoing  list  may  not  contain  all  of  the  forward-looking  statements  made  in  this 

annual report.

You  should  not  rely  upon  forward-looking  statements  as  predictions  of  future  events.  We  have  based  the 
forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  annual  report  primarily  on  our  current  expectations  and  projections 
about  future  events  and  trends  that  we  believe  may  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations 
and  prospects.  The  outcome  of  the  events  described  in  these  forward-looking  statements  is  subject  to  risks, 
uncertainties  and  other  factors  described  in  “Risk  Factors”  and  elsewhere  in  this  annual  report.  Moreover,  we 
operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to 
time,  and  it  is  not  possible  for  us  to  predict  all  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  have  an  impact  on  the  forward-
looking statements contained in this annual report. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-
looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially 
from those described in the forward-looking statements.

4

The forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events as of the date on which the 
statements  are  made.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  any  forward-looking  statements  made  in  this  annual 
report  to  reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the  date  of  this  annual  report  or  to  reflect  new  information  or  the 
occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or 
expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-
looking  statements.  Our  forward-looking  statements  do  not  reflect  the  potential  impact  of  any  future  acquisitions, 
mergers, dispositions, or investments.

PART I

Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 

 Not applicable.

Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

Item 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data 

The  following  tables  summarize  our  selected  consolidated  financial  and  other  data.  We  prepare  our 
consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  which 
includes all standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and related interpretations 
issued  by  the  IFRS  Interpretations  Committee.  We  derived  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  data  for 
the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the consolidated summary of financial position data as of 
June  30,  2020  and  2019  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  annual 
report.  The  selected  statements  of  operations  data  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2017  and  2016  and  the 
consolidated statements of financial position data as of June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our audited 
consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  not  included  in  this  annual  report.  The  selected  summary  data  for  the 
year ended June 30, 2020 reflects the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”). The selected summary data for the 
year ended June 30, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 does not reflect the adoption of IFRS 16.The selected summary 
data  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2020,  2019,  2018  and  2017  reflects  the  adoption  of  IFRS  15,  Revenue  from 
Contracts  with  Customers  (“IFRS  15”).  The  selected  summary  data  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  does  not 
reflect  the  adoption  of  IFRS  15. You  should  read  the  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  in  conjunction 
with  “Item  4.  Information  on  the  Company”  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes  included 
elsewhere in this annual report.

5

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

Revenues:

Subscription

Maintenance

Perpetual license

Other

Total revenues

Cost of revenues (1) (2)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

$  931,455  $  633,950  $  410,694  $  249,823  $  146,659 

469,350 

95,162 

118,206 

394,526 

  326,511 

  264,453 

  218,848 

93,593 

88,058 

83,171 

60,602 

74,058 

38,350 

65,487 

26,064 

  1,614,173 

  1,210,127 

  880,978 

  626,684 

  457,058 

268,807 

210,285 

  172,690 

  119,161 

75,783 

  1,345,366 

999,842 

  708,288 

  507,523 

  381,275 

Research and development (1) (2)

Marketing and sales (1) (2)

General and administrative (1)

Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)

763,188 

299,683 

268,409 

  1,331,280 
14,086 

579,134 

  415,776 

  310,169 

  208,306 

268,356 

  187,315 

  134,404 

215,714 

  151,242 

  118,784 

93,391 

85,458 

  1,063,204 

  754,333 

  563,357 

(63,362)   

(46,045)   

(55,834)   

  387,155 
(5,880) 

Other non-operating expense, net

(338,486)   

(535,453)   

(15,157)   

(1,342)   

(1,072) 

Finance income

Finance costs

Loss before income tax expense

Income tax benefit (expense) 

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 
ordinary shareholders:

27,801 

33,500 

9,877 

4,851 

(49,610)   

(40,241)   

(6,806)   

(75)   

2,116 

(71) 

(346,209)   

(605,556)   

(58,131)   

(52,400)   

(4,907) 

(4,445)   

(32,065)   

(55,301)   

14,951 

$ 

(350,654)  $ 

(637,621)  $  (113,432)  $ 

(37,449)  $ 

9,280 

4,373 

Basic

Diluted

$ 

$ 

(1.43)  $ 

(1.43)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(0.49)  $ 

(0.17)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(0.49)  $ 

(0.17)  $ 

0.02 

0.02 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to 
compute net income (loss) per share attributable 
to ordinary shareholders:

Basic

Diluted

244,844 

244,844 

238,611 

  231,184 

  222,224 

  182,773 

238,611 

  231,184 

  222,224 

  193,481 

(1)

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

General and administrative

$ 

19,787  $ 

17,450  $  11,955  $ 

6,856  $ 

5,371 

204,150 

149,049 

41,960 

47,498 

39,303 

51,960 

98,609 

23,605 

28,704 

79,384 

17,395 

33,813 

35,735 

11,945 

22,429 

(2)

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

$ 

29,509  $ 

27,997  $  21,188  $  14,587  $ 

7,405 

166 

12,860 

60 

— 

— 

28,744 

36,090 

15,269 

— 

86 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Derivative assets

Right-of-use assets, net

Working capital (deficit)

Total assets

Deferred revenue

Derivative liabilities

Exchangeable senior notes, net

Lease obligations

Total liabilities

Share capital

Total equity

Non-IFRS Financial Results

As of June 30,

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  1,479,969  $  1,268,441  $ 1,410,339  $  244,420  $  259,709 

676,072 

327,487 

217,683 

445,046 

215,233 

— 

323,134 

  305,499 

  483,405 

99,995 

— 

3,252 

— 

— 

— 

(374,993)   

(287,597)    1,377,145 

  296,984 

  542,038 

  3,894,072 

  2,977,258 

  2,421,828 

  1,282,117 

  990,973 

601,005 

  1,284,598 

889,183 

264,568 

468,820 

855,079 

853,576 

— 

342,871 

  245,195 

  181,068 

207,970 

819,637 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

  3,318,766 

  2,411,791 

  1,514,508 

  379,424 

  259,310 

24,744 

24,199 

23,531 

22,726 

21,620 

575,306 

565,467 

907,320 

  902,693 

  731,663 

Our  reported  results  include  certain  non-IFRS  financial  measures,  including  non-IFRS  gross  profit,  non-
IFRS  operating  income,  non-IFRS  net  income,  non-IFRS  net  income  per  diluted  share,  and  free  cash  flow. 
Management  believes  that  the  use  of  these  non-IFRS  financial  measures  provides  consistency  and  comparability 
with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations, and also 
facilitates comparisons with peer companies, many of which use similar non-IFRS or non-GAAP financial measures 
to supplement their IFRS or GAAP results. Non-IFRS results are presented for supplemental informational purposes 
only to aid in understanding our results of operations. The non-IFRS results should not be considered a substitute 
for  financial  information  presented  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  and  may  be  different  from  non-IFRS  or  non-GAAP 
measures used by other companies.

Our non-IFRS financial measures include: 

•

•

•

•

Non-IFRS  gross  profit.  Excludes  expenses  related  to  share-based  compensation  and  amortization  of 
acquired intangible assets;

Non-IFRS operating income. Excludes expenses related to share-based compensation and amortization of 
acquired intangible assets;

Non-IFRS  net  income  and  non-IFRS  net  income  per  diluted  share.  Excludes  expenses  related  to  share- 
based  compensation,  amortization  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  non-coupon  impact  related  to  our 
exchangeable senior notes (the “Notes”) and capped calls, the related income tax effects on these items, 
and changes in our assessment regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets; and

Free  cash  flow.  Free  cash  flow  is  defined  as  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  less  capital 
expenditures,  which  consists  of  purchases  of  property  and  equipment,  and  beginning  in  fiscal  year  2020, 
with the adoption of IFRS 16, payments of lease obligations are also deducted. 

Our non-IFRS financial measures reflect adjustments based on the items below:

•

•

•

•

•

Share-based compensation;

Amortization of acquired intangible assets;

Non-coupon impact related to the Notes and capped calls:

•

Amortization of the Notes discount and issuance costs;

• Mark to fair value of the Notes exchange feature;

• Mark to fair value of the related capped call transactions; 

The related income tax effects on these items and changes in our assessment regarding the realizability of 
our deferred tax assets; and
Purchase of property and equipment and payments of lease obligations.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We exclude expenses related to share-based compensation, amortization of acquired intangible assets, non-
coupon impact related to the Notes and capped calls, the related income tax effects on these items, and changes in 
our  assessment  regarding  the  realizability  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  from  certain  of  our  non-IFRS  financial 
measures  as  we  believe  this  helps  investors  understand  our  operational  performance.  In  addition,  share-based 
compensation expense can be difficult to predict and varies from period to period and company to company due to 
differing valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions, and the variety of equity instruments, as well as changes 
in  stock  price.  Management  believes  that  providing  non-IFRS  financial  measures  that  exclude  share-based 
compensation  expense,  amortization  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  non-coupon  impact  related  to  the  Notes  and 
capped  calls,  the  related  income  tax  effects  on  these  items,  and  changes  in  our  assessment  regarding  the 
realizability  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  allow  for  more  meaningful  comparisons  between  our  results  of  operations 
from period to period.

Management  considers  free  cash  flow  to  be  a  liquidity  measure  that  provides  useful  information  to 
management  and  investors  about  the  amount  of  cash  generated  by  our  business  that  can  be  used  for  strategic 
opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions, and strengthening our statement of 
financial position.

Management uses non-IFRS gross profit, non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income, non-IFRS net 

income per diluted share, and free cash flow:

• As measures of operating performance, because these financial measures do not include the impact of items 

not directly resulting from our core operations; 

• For planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget; 

• To allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business; 

• To evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and 

•

In communications with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance.

We understand that although non-IFRS gross profit, non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income, non-
IFRS  net  income  per  diluted  share  and  free  cash  flow  are  frequently  used  by  investors  and  securities  analysts  in 
their  evaluation  of  companies,  these  measures  have  limitations  as  analytical  tools,  and  you  should  not  consider 
them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations as reported under IFRS.

The following table provides reconciliations of non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly comparable 
financial  measures  calculated  and  presented  in  accordance  with  IFRS  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2020, 
2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The data for the year ended June 30, 2020 reflects the adoption of IFRS 16 on July 1, 
2019. The data for the year ended June 30, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 does not reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. 
The data for the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 on July 1, 2018. 
The data for the year ended June 30, 2016 does not reflect the adoption of IFRS 15. 

8

2020

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2019

2018

2017

2016

Gross profit

IFRS gross profit

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

$  1,345,366  $  999,842  $  708,288  $  507,523  $  381,275 

Plus: Share-based payment expense

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets

19,787 

29,509 

17,450 

27,997 

11,955 

21,188 

6,856 

14,587 

5,371 

7,405 

Non-IFRS gross profit

$  1,394,662  $ 1,045,289  $  741,431  $  528,966  $  394,051 

Operating income

IFRS operating income (loss)

$ 

14,086  $ 

(63,362)  $  (46,045)  $  (55,834)  $ 

(5,880) 

Plus: Share-based payment expense

313,395 

257,762 

  162,873 

  137,448 

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets

42,535 

56,801 

57,278 

29,856 

75,480 

7,491 

Non-IFRS operating income

$  370,016  $  251,201  $  174,106  $  111,470  $  77,091 

Net income

IFRS net income (loss)

Plus: Share-based payment expense
Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Plus: Non-coupon impact related to exchangeable 
senior notes and capped calls

$  (350,654)  $  (637,621)  $ (113,432)  $  (37,449)  $ 

4,373 

313,395 
42,535 

257,762 
56,801 

  162,873 
57,278 

  137,448 
29,856 

75,480 
7,491 

371,561 

567,847 

19,892 

— 

— 

Less: Income tax effects and adjustments

(88,030)   

(30,243)   

(2,150)   

(39,864)   

(16,018) 

Non-IFRS net income

$  288,807  $  214,546  $  124,461  $  89,991  $  71,326 

Net income per share

IFRS net income (loss) per share - diluted

$ 

(1.43)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(0.49)  $ 

(0.17)  $ 

Plus: Share-based payment expense

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Plus: Non-coupon impact related to exchangeable 
senior notes and capped calls

1.27 

0.17 

1.49 

1.05 

0.23 

2.37 

0.68 

0.25 

0.08 

0.59 

0.13 

— 

0.02 

0.37 

0.04 

— 

Less: Income tax effects and adjustments

(0.35)   

(0.12)   

(0.01)   

(0.17)   

(0.08) 

Non-IFRS net income per share - diluted

$ 

1.15  $ 

0.86  $ 

0.51  $ 

0.38  $ 

0.35 

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding
Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted 
IFRS net loss per share

Plus: Dilution from share options and RSUs (1)
Plus: Dilution from share options and RSUs granted 
in periods prior to IPO (2)

Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted 
non-IFRS net income per share

Free cash flow

244,844 

238,611 

  231,184 

  222,224 

  193,481 

6,811 

9,609 

12,801 

13,833 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8,205 

251,655 

248,220 

  243,985 

  236,057 

  201,686 

IFRS net cash provided by operating activities

$  574,210  $  466,342  $  311,456  $  199,381  $  129,542 

Less: Purchase of property and equipment

(35,709)   

(44,192)   

(30,209)   

(15,129)   

(34,213) 

Less: Payments of lease obligations

(38,125)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

Free cash flow (3)

$  500,376  $  422,150  $  281,247  $  184,252  $  95,329 

(1)  The effects of these dilutive securities were not included in the IFRS calculation of diluted net loss per share for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, 
2019, 2018 and 2017 because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

(2)  Gives effect to share options and restricted share units (“RSUs”) in periods prior to our IPO for comparability.

(3)  As a result of our adoption of IFRS 16 on July 1, 2019, we have updated our definition of free cash flow to subtract payments of lease obligations 
under IFRS 16. These payments were previously, but no longer, reported in cash provided by operating activities. As a result, free cash flow is not affected 
by  this  change.  Please  see  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional 
information regarding IFRS 16 adoption. 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

A  description  of  the  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  our  business  is  set  forth  below.  You  should  carefully 
consider such risks and uncertainties, together with the other information contained in this annual report, and in our 
other public filings. If any such risks and uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition or  results of 
operations  could  differ  materially  from  the  plans,  projections  and  other  forward-looking  statements  included 
elsewhere  in  this  annual  report  and  in  our  other  public  filings.  In  addition,  if  any  of  the  following  risks  and 
uncertainties, or if any other risks and uncertainties, actually occur, our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations could be harmed substantially.

The COVID-19 pandemic, and any associated economic and social impacts, could harm our business and 
results of operations.

In  January  2020  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  Public  Health  Emergency  of 
International  Concern,  and  a  pandemic  in  March  2020. This  outbreak  has  continued  to  rapidly  spread  across  the 
world and has significantly impacted global economic activity, worldwide financial markets and social practices. The 
related adverse public health developments, including orders to shelter-in-place, travel restrictions, and mandated 
business closures, have adversely affected workforces, organizations, customers, economies, and financial markets 
globally,  leading  to  an  economic  downturn  and  increased  market  volatility.  It  has  also  disrupted  the  normal 
operations of many businesses, including ours. The COVID-19 pandemic may prevent us from conducting business 
operations  at  full  capacity  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time.  For  example,  we  have  taken  precautionary  measures 
intended  to  help  minimize  the  risk  of  the  virus  to  our  employees  which  may  disrupt  our  operations,  including 
temporarily  closing  our  offices  worldwide,  requiring  all  employees  to  work  remotely,  and  suspending  all  travel 
worldwide for our employees. An extended period of remote-work arrangements could strain our business continuity 
plans, introduce operational risk, including, but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effectively 
manage our business, which may negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We 
are  actively  monitoring  the  impacts  of  the  situation  and  may  adjust  our  current  policies  and  practices  as  more 
information and public health guidance become available. 

This outbreak and the resulting economic and social impact, as well as intensified measures undertaken to 
contain the spread of COVID-19, could decrease technology spending, affect our ability to accurately forecast our 
future results, adversely affect demand for our products, cause some of our paid customers or suppliers to file for 
bankruptcy  protection  or  go  out  of  business,  affect  the  ability  of  our  customer  support  team  to  conduct  in-person 
trainings  or  our  solutions  partners  to  conduct  in-person  sales,  impact  expected  spending  from  new  customers  or 
renewals  or  expansions  from  existing  customers,  negatively  impact  collections  of  accounts  receivable,  result  in 
elongated sales cycles, and harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In particular, we have 
revenue  exposure  to  customers  who  are  small-  and  medium-sized  businesses  and  to  industries  that  may  be 
disproportionately  impacted  by  COVID-19.  If  these  customers’  business  operations  and  finances  are  negatively 
affected,  they  may  not  purchase  or  renew  our  products,  may  reduce  or  delay  spending,  or  request  extended 
payment  terms  or  price  concessions,  which  would  negatively  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and 
financial condition. 

The extent to which COVID-19 ultimately impacts our business, results of operations, and financial position 
will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and cannot be fully predicted at this time, including, but not 
limited to, the duration and spread of the outbreak, its severity, the actions taken by governments and authorities to 
contain the virus or treat its impact, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions 
can resume. 

10

Our rapid growth makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will 
not continue to grow at or near historical rates.

We have been growing rapidly over the last several years, and as a result, our ability to forecast our future 
results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to effectively plan for and model 
future growth. Our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. We 
have  encountered  in  the  past,  and  will  encounter  in  the  future,  risks  and  uncertainties  frequently  experienced  by 
growing companies in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which 
we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, 
our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, our growth rates may slow, and our 
business would suffer.

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate or achieve profitability in the future.

Our historical growth rate should not be considered indicative of our future performance and may decline in 
the future. In future periods, our revenue could grow more slowly than in recent periods or decline for a number of 
reasons,  including  any  reduction  in  demand  for  our  products,  increase  in  competition,  limited  ability  to,  or  our 
decision not to, increase pricing, contraction of our overall market, a slower than anticipated adoption of our cloud 
offerings,  or  our  failure  to  capitalize  on  growth  opportunities.  In  addition,  we  expect  expenses  to  increase 
substantially  in  the  near  term,  particularly  as  we  continue  to  make  significant  investments  in  research  and 
development and technology infrastructure for our cloud offerings, expand our operations globally and develop new 
products and features for, and enhancements of, our existing products. As a result of these significant investments, 
and  in  particular  share-based  compensation  associated  with  our  growth,  we  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  IFRS 
profitability in future periods. In addition, the additional expenses we will incur may not lead to sufficient additional 
revenue to maintain historical revenue growth rates and profitability.

The  markets  in  which  we  participate  are  intensely  competitive,  and  if  we  do  not  compete  effectively,  our 
business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

The  markets  for  our  solutions  are  fragmented,  rapidly  evolving,  highly  competitive,  and  have  relatively  low 
barriers  to  entry.  We  face  competition  from  both  traditional,  larger  software  vendors  offering  full  collaboration  and 
productivity  suites  and  smaller  companies  offering  point  products  for  features  and  use  cases.  Our  principal 
competitors  vary  depending  on  the  product  category  and  include  Microsoft  (including  GitHub),  IBM,  Google, 
ServiceNow, salesforce.com, PagerDuty, Gitlab, Zendesk, Asana, Monday.com and Smartsheet. In addition, some 
of  our  competitors  have  made  acquisitions  to  offer  a  more  comprehensive  product  or  service  offering,  which  may 
allow them to compete more effectively with our products. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to 
strengthen  or  maintain  their  market  positions  in  an  evolving  industry.  Following  such  potential  consolidations, 
companies  may  create  more  compelling  product  offerings  and  be  able  to  offer  more  attractive  pricing  options, 
making it more difficult for us to compete effectively.

Our competitors, particularly our competitors with greater financial and operating resources, may be able to 
respond  more  quickly  and  effectively  than  we  can  to  new  or  changing  opportunities,  technologies,  standards,  or 
customer requirements. With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our products, and new market 
entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. For example, as we expand our focus into new use cases 
or  other  product  offerings  beyond  software  development  teams,  we  expect  competition  to  increase.  Pricing 
pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses, or the failure 
of our products to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

Many of our current and potential competitors have greater resources than we do, with established marketing 
relationships,  large  enterprise  sales  forces,  access  to  larger  customer  bases,  pre-existing  customer  relationships, 
and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and resellers. Additionally, some current and 
potential customers, particularly large organizations, have elected, and may in the future elect, to develop or acquire 
their  own  internal  collaboration  and  productivity  software  tools  that  would  reduce  or  eliminate  the  demand  for  our 
solutions.

11

Our products seek to serve multiple markets, and we are subject to competition from a wide and varied field 
of  competitors.  Some  competitors,  particularly  new  and  emerging  companies  with  sizeable  venture  capital 
investment, could focus all their energy and resources on one product line or use case and, as a result, any one 
competitor  could  develop  a  more  successful  product  or  service  in  a  particular  market  which  could  decrease  our 
market  share  and  harm  our  brand  recognition  and  results  of  operations.  For  all  of  these  reasons  and  others  we 
cannot  anticipate  today,  we  may  not  be  able  to  compete  successfully  against  our  current  and  future  competitors, 
which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our distribution model of offering and selling on-premises offerings of certain of our products, in addition 
to  offering  and  selling  cloud  offerings  of  these  products,  increases  our  expenses,  may  impact  revenue 
recognition timing, and may pose other challenges to our business.

We  offer  and  sell  both  on-premises  and  cloud  offerings  of  certain  of  our  products.  For  these  products,  our 
cloud  offering  enables  quick  setup  and  subscription  pricing,  while  our  on-premises  offering  permits  more 
customization,  a  perpetual  or  term  license  fee  structure,  and  complete  application  control.  Historically,  these 
products were developed in the context of our on-premises offering, and we have less operating experience offering 
and  selling  these  products  via  our  cloud  offering. Although  a  substantial  majority  of  our  revenue  has  historically 
been  generated  from  customers  using  our  on-premises  products,  we  believe  that  over  time  more  customers  will 
move to our cloud offering, and our cloud offering will become more central to our distribution model. As more of our 
customers  transition  to  the  cloud,  we  may  be  subject  to  additional  competitive  pressures,  which  could  harm  our 
business. Further, as more customers elect our cloud offering in place of our on-premises offering, revenues from 
such customers are typically lower in the initial year, which may impact our near-term revenue growth rates. If our 
cloud offering does not develop as quickly as we expect, if we are unable to continue to scale our systems to meet 
the  requirements  of  a  successful  large,  cloud  offering,  or  if  we  lose  customers  currently  using  our  on-premises 
products due to our increased focus on our cloud offering or our inability to successfully migrate them to our cloud 
products,  our  business  could  be  harmed.  We  are  directing  a  significant  portion  of  our  financial  and  operating 
resources to implement a robust cloud offering for our products, but even if we continue to make these investments, 
we  may  be  unsuccessful  in  growing  or  implementing  our  cloud  offering  that  competes  successfully  against  our 
current and future competitors and our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

Our  business  depends  on  our  customers  renewing  their  subscriptions  and  maintenance  plans  and 
purchasing  additional  licenses  or  subscriptions  from  us,  and  any  decline  in  our  customer  retention  or 
expansion could harm our future results of operations.

In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew their 
subscriptions  and  maintenance  plans  when  existing  contract  terms  expire  and  that  we  expand  our  commercial 
relationships  with  our  existing  customers.  Our  customers  have  no  obligation  to  renew  their  subscriptions  or 
maintenance plans, and our customers may not renew subscriptions or maintenance plans with a similar contract 
duration  or  with  the  same  or  greater  number  of  users.  Our  customers  generally  do  not  enter  into  long-term 
contracts,  rather  they  primarily  have  monthly  or  annual  terms.  Some  of  our  customers  have  elected  not  to  renew 
their agreements with us and it is difficult to accurately predict long-term customer retention.

Our customer retention and expansion may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including 
our  customers’  satisfaction  with  our  products,  new  market  entrants,  our  product  support,  our  prices  and  pricing 
plans,  the  prices  of  competing  software  products,  reductions  in  our  customers’  spending  levels,  new  product 
releases and changes to packaging of our product offerings, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, 
our increased focus on our cloud offerings, or the effects of global economic conditions, including the impacts on us 
or our customers, partners and suppliers from the COVID-19 pandemic. We may be unable to timely address any 
retention  issues  with  specific  customers,  which  could  harm  our  results  of  operations.  If  our  customers  do  not 
purchase  additional  licenses  or  subscriptions  or  renew  their  subscriptions  or  maintenance  plans,  renew  on  less 
favorable  terms,  or  fail  to  add  more  users,  our  revenue  may  decline  or  grow  less  quickly,  which  could  harm  our 
future results of operations and prospects.

If we are not able to develop new products and enhancements to our existing products that achieve market 
acceptance and that keep pace with technological developments, our business and results of operations 
could be harmed.

12

Our  ability  to  attract  new  customers,  and  retain  and  increase  revenue  from  existing  customers  depends  in 
large  part  on  our  ability  to  enhance  and  improve  our  existing  products  and  to  introduce  compelling  new  products 
that  reflect  the  changing  nature  of  our  markets.  The  success  of  any  enhancement  to  our  products  depends  on 
several  factors,  including  timely  completion  and  delivery,  competitive  pricing,  adequate  quality  testing,  integration 
with existing technologies and our platform, and overall market acceptance. Any new product that we develop may 
not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain bugs, or may not achieve the market acceptance 
necessary  to  generate  significant  revenue.  If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  develop  new  products,  enhance  our 
existing  products  to  meet  customer  requirements,  or  otherwise  gain  market  acceptance,  our  business,  results  of 
operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

If we cannot continue to expand the use of our products beyond our initial focus on software developers, 
our ability to grow our business could be harmed.

Our ability to grow our business depends in part on our ability to persuade current and future customers to 
expand  their  use  of  our  products  to  additional  use  cases  beyond  software  developers,  including  IT  and  business 
teams.  If  we  fail  to  predict  customer  demands  or  achieve  further  market  acceptance  of  our  products  within  these 
additional areas and teams, or if a competitor establishes a more widely adopted product for these applications, our 
ability to grow our business could be harmed.

We  invest  significantly  in  research  and  development,  and  to  the  extent  our  research  and  development 
investments do not translate into new products or material enhancements to our current products, or if we 
do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

A key element of our strategy is to invest significantly in our research and development efforts to develop new 
products  and  enhance  our  existing  products  to  address  additional  applications  and  markets.  In  fiscal  years  2020 
and 2019, our research and development expenses were 47% and 48% of our revenue, respectively. If we do not 
spend our research and development budget efficiently or effectively on compelling innovation and technologies, our 
business could be harmed and we may not realize the expected benefits of our strategy. Moreover, research and 
development projects can be technically challenging and expensive. The nature of these research and development 
cycles  may  cause  us  to  experience  delays  between  the  time  we  incur  expenses  associated  with  research  and 
development  and  the  time  we  are  able  to  offer  compelling  products  and  generate  revenue,  if  any,  from  such 
investment. Additionally,  anticipated  customer  demand  for  a  product  we  are  developing  could  decrease  after  the 
development  cycle  has  commenced,  and  we  would  nonetheless  be  unable  to  avoid  substantial  costs  associated 
with  the  development  of  any  such  product.  If  we  expend  a  significant  amount  of  resources  on  research  and 
development  and  our  efforts  do  not  lead  to  the  successful  introduction  or  improvement  of  products  that  are 
competitive in our current or future markets, it could harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

We  have  experienced  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience  rapid  growth,  which  has  placed,  and  may 
continue  to  place,  significant  demands  on  our  management,  operational,  and  financial  resources.  In  addition,  we 
operate globally, sell our products to customers in approximately 190 countries, and have employees in Australia, 
the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom,  the  Netherlands,  the  Philippines,  India, Turkey,  Canada,  Japan,  Sweden, 
Germany  and  France.  We  plan  to  continue  to  expand  our  operations  into  other  countries  in  the  future,  which  will 
place  additional  demands  on  our  resources  and  operations.  We  have  also  experienced  significant  growth  in  the 
number of customers, users, transactions and data that our products and our associated infrastructure support. If 
we  fail  to  successfully  manage  our  anticipated  growth  and  change,  the  quality  of  our  products  may  suffer,  which 
could  negatively  affect  our  brand  and  reputation  and  harm  our  ability  to  retain  and  attract  customers.  Finally,  our 
organizational structure is becoming more complex and if we fail to scale and adapt our operational, financial, and 
management controls and systems, as well as our reporting systems and procedures, to manage this complexity, 
our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial  condition  could  be  harmed.  We  will  require  significant  capital 
expenditures and the allocation of management resources to grow and change in these areas.

If our current marketing model is not effective in attracting new customers, we may need to incur additional 
expenses to attract new customers and our business and results of operations could be harmed.

13

Unlike  traditional  enterprise  software  vendors,  who  rely  on  direct  sales  methodologies  and  face  long  sales 
cycles,  complex  customer  requirements  and  substantial  upfront  sales  costs,  we  primarily  utilize  a  viral  marketing 
model to target new customers. Through this word-of-mouth marketing, we have been able to build our brand with 
relatively  low  marketing  and  sales  costs.  We  also  build  our  customer  base  through  various  online  marketing 
activities as well as targeted web-based content and online communications. This strategy has allowed us to build a 
substantial customer base and community of users who use our products and act as advocates for our brand and 
solutions, often within their own corporate organizations. Attracting new customers and retaining existing customers 
requires  that  we  continue  to  provide  high-quality  products  at  an  affordable  price  and  convince  customers  of  our 
value proposition. If we do not attract new customers through word-of-mouth referrals, our revenue may grow more 
slowly than expected, or decline. In addition, high levels of customer satisfaction and market adoption are central to 
our marketing model. Any decrease in our customers’ satisfaction with our products, including as a result of actions 
outside of our control, could harm word-of-mouth referrals and our brand. If our customer base does not continue to 
grow  through  word-of-mouth  marketing  and  viral  adoption,  we  may  be  required  to  incur  significantly  higher 
marketing and sales expenses in order to acquire new subscribers, which could harm our business and results of 
operations.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our 
products may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, 
and we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our products involves the storage, transmission, and processing of our customers’ proprietary data, 
including  potentially  personal  or  identifying  information.  Unauthorized  access  to,  or  security  breaches  of,  our 
products  could  result  in  unauthorized  access  to  data  and  information,  and  the  loss,  compromise  or  corruption  of 
such data and information. In the event of a security breach, we could suffer loss of business, severe reputational 
damage  adversely  affecting  customer  or  investor  confidence,  regulatory  investigations  and  orders,  litigation, 
indemnity  obligations,  damages  for  contract  breach,  penalties  for  violation  of  applicable  laws  or  regulations, 
significant costs for remediation, and other liabilities. We have incurred and expect to incur significant expenses to 
prevent  security  breaches,  including  costs  related  to  deploying  additional  personnel  and  protection  technologies, 
training  employees,  and  engaging  third-party  solution  providers  and  consultants.  Our  errors  and  omissions 
insurance  coverage  covering  certain  security  and  privacy  damages  and  claim  expenses  may  not  be  sufficient  to 
compensate for all liabilities we may incur.

Although  we  expend  significant  resources  to  create  security  protections  that  shield  our  customer  data 
against potential theft and security breaches, such measures cannot provide absolute security. We have in the past 
experienced breaches of our security measures. Certain breaches have resulted in unauthorized access to certain 
data  processed  through  our  products.  Our  products  are  at  risk  for  future  breaches,  including,  without  limitation, 
breaches that may occur as a result of third-party action, or employee, vendor or contractor error or malfeasance, 
and  other  causes. Additionally,  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  our  employees  are  temporarily  working  remotely, 
which may pose additional data security risks.

As  we  further  transition  selling  our  products  via  our  cloud  offering,  continue  to  collect  more  personal  and 
sensitive  information,  and  operate  in  more  countries,  the  risk  that  real  or  perceived  vulnerabilities  of  our  systems 
could  seriously  harm  our  business  and  our  financial  performance,  by  tarnishing  our  reputation  and  brand  and 
limiting the adoption of our products, is likely to increase.

Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and 
generally  are  not  identified  until  they  are  launched  against  a  target,  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these 
techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may 
remain  undetected  for  an  extended  period  and,  therefore,  have  a  greater  impact  on  the  products  we  offer,  the 
proprietary data processed through our services, and, ultimately, on our business.

One of our marketing strategies is to offer free trials, limited free versions or affordable starter licenses for 
certain products, and we may not be able to realize the benefits of this strategy.

We offer free trials, limited free versions or affordable starter licenses for certain products in order to promote 
additional usage, brand and product awareness, and adoption. Historically, a majority of users never convert to a 
paid version of our products from these free trials or limited free versions or upgrade beyond the starter license. Our 
marketing  strategy  also  depends  in  part  on  persuading  users  who  use  the  free  trials,  free  versions  or  starter 
licenses  of  our  products  to  convince  others  within  their  organization  to  purchase  and  deploy  our  products. To  the 
extent  that  these  users  do  not  become,  or  lead  others  to  become,  customers,  we  will  not  realize  the  intended 
benefits of this marketing strategy, and our ability to grow our business could be harmed.

14

Our business model relies on a high volume of transactions and affordable pricing. As lower cost or free 
products are introduced by our competitors, our ability to generate new customers could be harmed.

Our  business  model  is  based  in  part  on  selling  our  products  at  prices  lower  than  competing  products  from 
other commercial vendors. For example, we offer entry-level or free pricing for certain products for small teams at a 
price  that  typically  does  not  require  capital  budget  approval  and  is  orders-of-magnitude  less  than  the  price  of 
traditional  enterprise  software. As  a  result,  our  software  is  frequently  purchased  by  first-time  customers  to  solve 
specific problems and not as part of a strategic technology purchasing decision. We have historically increased, and 
will continue to increase, prices from time to time. As competitors enter the market with low cost or free alternatives 
to  our  products,  it  may  become  increasingly  difficult  for  us  to  compete  effectively  and  our  ability  to  garner  new 
customers  could  be  harmed.  Additionally,  some  customers  may  consider  our  products  to  be  discretionary 
purchases,  which  may  contribute  to  reduced  demand  for  our  offerings  in  times  of  economic  uncertainty,  including 
the current environment caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. If we are unable to sell our software in high volume, 
across new and existing customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

We derive a majority of our revenue from Jira Software and Confluence.

We derive a majority of our revenue from Jira Software and Confluence. As such, the market acceptance of 
these products is critical to our success. Demand for these products and our other products is affected by a number 
of  factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  such  as  continued  market  acceptance  of  our  products  by 
customers  for  existing  and  new  use  cases;  the  timing  of  development  and  release  of  new  products,  features, 
functionality  and  lower  cost  alternatives  introduced  by  our  competitors;  technological  changes  and  developments 
within the markets we serve; and growth or contraction in our addressable markets. If we are unable to continue to 
meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of our products, our business, results 
of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

If  the  Atlassian  Marketplace  does  not  continue  to  be  successful,  our  business  and  results  of  operations 
could be harmed.

We operate the Atlassian Marketplace, an online marketplace, for selling third-party, as well as Atlassian-built, 
apps.  We  rely  on  the  Atlassian  Marketplace  to  supplement  our  promotional  efforts  and  build  awareness  of  our 
products,  and  believe  that  third-party  apps  from  the  Atlassian  Marketplace  facilitate  greater  usage  and 
customization of our products. If we do not continue to add new vendors and developers, or our existing vendors 
and developers stop developing or supporting the apps that they sell on Atlassian Marketplace, our business could 
be harmed.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure could harm our 
business and results of operations.

Our  continued  growth  depends  in  part  on  the  ability  of  our  existing  and  potential  customers  to  access  our 
solutions  at  any  time  and  within  an  acceptable  amount  of  time.  In  addition,  we  rely  almost  exclusively  on  our 
websites  for  the  downloading  of  and  payment  for  all  our  products.  We  have  experienced,  and  may  in  the  future 
experience, disruptions, data loss and corruption, outages and other performance problems with our infrastructure 
and websites due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human 
or  software  errors,  capacity  constraints,  denial  of  service  attacks,  or  other  security-related  incidents.  In  some 
instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable 
period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak 
usage times and as our products and websites become more complex and our user traffic increases. If our products 
and websites are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our products within a reasonable amount of time, 
or at all, our business could be harmed. Moreover, we provide service level commitments under certain of our paid 
customer  cloud  contracts,  pursuant  to  which  we  guarantee  specified  minimum  availability.  From  time  to  time,  we 
have  granted,  and  in  the  future  will  continue  to  grant,  credits  to  paid  customers  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  these 
agreements. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits for future 
service, or face contract termination with refunds of prepaid amounts related to unused subscriptions, which could 
harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

15

Additionally, we depend on services from various third parties, including Amazon Web Services, to maintain 
our infrastructure and distribute our products via the Internet. Any disruptions in these services, including as a result 
of actions outside of our control, would significantly impact the continued performance of our products. In the future, 
these services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use 
any  of  these  services  could  result  in  decreased  functionality  of  our  products  until  equivalent  technology  is  either 
developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated into our infrastructure. 
To  the  extent  that  we  do  not  effectively  address  capacity  constraints,  upgrade  our  systems  as  needed,  and 
continually  develop  our  technology  and  network  architecture  to  accommodate  actual  and  anticipated  changes  in 
technology, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Real  or  perceived  errors,  failures,  vulnerabilities  or  bugs  in  our  products  or  in  the  products  on  Atlassian 
Marketplace could harm our business and results of operations.

Errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs may occur in our products, especially when updates are deployed or 
new  products  are  rolled  out.  Our  solutions  are  often  used  in  connection  with  large-scale  computing  environments 
with  different  operating  systems,  system  management  software,  equipment,  and  networking  configurations,  which 
may  cause  errors,  failures  of  products,  or  other  negative  consequences  in  the  computing  environment  into  which 
they  are  deployed.  In  addition,  deployment  of  our  products  into  complicated,  large-scale  computing  environments 
may expose errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our products. Any such errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs 
may not be found until after they are deployed to our customers. Real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or 
bugs  in  our  products  could  result  in  negative  publicity,  loss  or  unauthorized  access  to  customer  data,  loss  of  or 
delay  in  market  acceptance  of  our  products,  loss  of  competitive  position,  or  claims  by  customers  for  losses 
sustained by them, all of which could harm our business and results of operations.

In addition, third-party apps on Atlassian Marketplace may not meet the same quality standards that we apply 
to  our  own  development  efforts  and,  to  the  extent  these  apps  contain  bugs,  vulnerabilities,  or  defects,  such  apps 
may create disruptions in our customers’ use of our products, lead to data loss or unauthorized access to customer 
data, damage our brand and reputation, and affect the continued use of our products, any of which could harm our 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

Any failure to offer high-quality product support could harm our relationships with our customers and our 
business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

In  deploying  and  using  our  products,  our  customers  depend  on  our  product  support  teams  to  resolve 
complex  technical  and  operational  issues.  We  may  be  unable  to  respond  quickly  enough  to  accommodate  short-
term increases in customer demand for product support. We also may be unable to modify the nature, scope and 
delivery of our product support to compete with changes in product support services provided by our competitors. 
Increased  customer  demand  for  product  support,  without  corresponding  revenue,  could  increase  costs  and  harm 
our results of operations. In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and reach a global and vast customer 
base, we need to be able to provide efficient product support that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale. The 
number  of  our  customers  has  grown  significantly  and  that  has  put  additional  pressure  on  our  product  support 
organization.  In  order  to  meet  these  needs,  we  have  relied  in  the  past  and  will  continue  to  rely  on  third-party 
vendors and self-service product support to resolve common or frequently asked questions, which supplement our 
customer support teams. If we are unable to provide efficient product support globally at scale, including through the 
use of third-party vendors and self-service support, our ability to grow our operations could be harmed and we may 
need  to  hire  additional  support  personnel,  which  could  harm  our  results  of  operations.  Our  sales  are  highly 
dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to 
maintain high-quality product support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality product support, 
could harm our reputation, our ability to sell our products to existing and prospective customers, and our business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

Our sales model does not rely primarily on a direct enterprise sales force, which could impede the growth 
of our business.

Our sales model does not rely primarily on traditional, quota-carrying sales personnel. Although we believe 
our business model can continue to scale without a large, direct enterprise sales force, our viral marketing model 
may not continue to be as successful as we anticipate, and the absence of a large, direct, enterprise sales function 
may impede our future growth. As we continue to scale our business, a more traditional sales infrastructure could 
assist  in  reaching  larger  enterprise  customers  and  growing  our  revenue.  Identifying,  recruiting,  training,  and 
retaining such a qualified sales force would require significant time, expense and attention and would significantly 
impact  our  business  model.  In  addition,  expanding  our  sales  infrastructure  would  considerably  change  our  cost 

16

structure  and  results  of  operations,  and  we  may  have  to  reduce  other  expenses,  such  as  our  research  and 
development expenses, in order to accommodate a corresponding increase in marketing and sales expenses and 
maintain  positive  free  cash  flow.  If  our  lack  of  a  large,  direct  enterprise  sales  force  limits  us  from  reaching  larger 
enterprise  customers  and  growing  our  revenue,  and  we  are  unable  to  hire,  develop,  and  retain  talented  sales 
personnel in the future, our revenue growth and results of operations could be harmed.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our 
business.

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of 
our control. If our quarterly financial results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who 
follow us, the price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline substantially. Factors that may cause our revenue, 
results of operations and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include, but are not limited to:

• Our  ability  to  attract  new  customers,  retain  and  increase  sales  to  existing  customers,  and  satisfy  our 

•
•
•
•

customers’ requirements;
The timing of customer renewals; 
Changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies and offerings;
New products, features, enhancements, or functionalities introduced by our competitors;
The  amount  and  timing  of  operating  costs  and  capital  expenditures  related  to  the  operations  and 
expansion of our business;
Significant security breaches, technical difficulties, or interruptions to our products;

•
• Our increased focus on our cloud offerings;
The number of new employees added;
•
Changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  or  adding  additional  currencies  in  which  our  sales  are 
•
denominated;
The amount and timing of acquisitions or other strategic transactions;
Extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments;

•
•
• General  economic  conditions  that  may  adversely  affect  either  our  customers’  ability  or  willingness  to 
purchase  additional  licenses,  subscriptions,  and  maintenance  plans,  delay  a  prospective  customer’s 
purchasing  decisions,  reduce  the  value  of  new  license,  subscription,  or  maintenance  plans,  or  affect 
customer retention;
The  impact  of  social  unrest,  natural  disasters,  diseases  and  pandemics,  such  as  the  COVID-19 
pandemic,  and  any  associated  economic  downturn,  and  political  and  social  unrest,  on  our  results  of 
operations and financial performance;
Potential exchanges of our Notes for payment of cash due to the triggering of the conditional exchange 
feature of the Notes;
Non-coupon impact related to the Notes and related capped call transactions; 
Seasonality in our operations;
The impact of new accounting pronouncements and associated system implementations; and
The timing of the grant or vesting of equity awards to employees, contractors, or directors.

•
•
•
•

•

•

Many of these factors are outside of our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our 
revenue,  results  of  operations,  and  cash  flows  to  vary  widely.  As  such,  we  believe  that  quarter-to-quarter 
comparisons of our revenue, results of operations, and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied 
upon as an indication of future performance.

If we are unable to develop and maintain successful relationships with our solution partners, our business, 
results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

We  have  established  relationships  with  certain  solution  partners  to  distribute  our  products.  We  believe  that 
continued growth in our business is dependent upon identifying, developing and maintaining strategic relationships 
with  our  existing  and  potential  solution  partners  that  can  drive  substantial  revenue  and  provide  additional  value-
added services to our customers. Currently we derive approximately one-third of our revenue from channel partners’ 
sales efforts.

Successfully managing our indirect channel distribution efforts is a complex process across the broad range 
of geographies where we do business or plan to do business. Our solution partners are independent businesses we 
do not control. Notwithstanding this independence, we still face legal risk and reputational harm from the activities of 
our solution partners including, but not limited to, export control violations, workplace conditions, corruption and anti-
competitive behavior.

17

Our agreements with our existing solution partners are non-exclusive, meaning they may offer customers the 
products of several different companies, including products that compete with ours. They may also cease marketing 
our products with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. We expect that any additional solution partners we 
identify  and  develop  will  be  similarly  non-exclusive  and  unbound  by  any  requirement  to  continue  to  market  our 
products.  If  we  fail  to  identify  additional  solution  partners  in  a  timely  and  cost-effective  manner,  or  at  all,  or  are 
unable to assist our  current and future solution  partners  in independently distributing and deploying our products, 
our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial  condition  could  be  harmed.  If  our  solution  partners  do  not 
effectively  market  and  sell  our  products,  or  fail  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  customers,  our  reputation  and  ability  to 
grow our business could also be harmed.

Many  of  our  solution  partners  rely  on  in-person  interactions  to  manage  and  build  relationships  with  our 
customers. Currently, as a result of the work and travel restrictions due to COVID-19, our solution partners’ activities 
are being conducted remotely. We do not yet know the extent of the negative impact this will have on our solution 
partners’ ability to distribute our products.

Acquisitions  of  other  businesses,  products,  or  technologies  could  disrupt  our  business,  and  we  may  be 
unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of 
such acquisitions.

We  have  completed  a  number  of  acquisitions  and  strategic  investments  and  continue  to  evaluate  and 
consider  additional  strategic  transactions,  including  acquisitions  of,  or  investments  in,  businesses,  technologies, 
services,  products,  and  other  assets  in  the  future.  We  also  may  enter  into  strategic  relationships  with  other 
businesses  to  expand  our  products,  which  could  involve  preferred  or  exclusive  licenses,  additional  channels  of 
distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies.

Any  acquisition,  investment  or  business  relationship  may  result  in  unforeseen  operating  difficulties  and 
expenditures.  In  particular,  we  may  encounter  difficulties  assimilating  or  integrating  the  businesses,  technologies, 
products,  personnel,  or  operations  of  the  acquired  companies,  particularly  if  the  key  personnel  of  the  acquired 
companies choose not to work for us, their software and services are not easily adapted to work with our products, 
or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management 
or otherwise. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management 
attention  that  would  otherwise  be  available  for  development  of  our  existing  business.  We  may  not  successfully 
evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition 
transaction,  including  accounting  charges.  Moreover,  the  anticipated  benefits  of  any  acquisition,  investment,  or 
business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

In the future, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete 
acquisitions  on  favorable  terms,  if  at  all.  Our  previous  and  future  acquisitions  or  strategic  investments  may  not 
achieve our goals, and any future acquisitions or strategic investments we complete could be viewed negatively by 
users, customers, developers or investors.

Negotiating  these  transactions  can  be  time  consuming,  difficult  and  expensive,  and  our  ability  to  complete 
these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, 
even if announced, may not be completed. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

•
•
•
•
•

•

Issue additional equity securities that would dilute our existing shareholders;
Use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
Incur large charges, expenses, or substantial liabilities;
Incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;
Encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software 
codes or business cultures; and
Become  subject  to  adverse  tax  consequences,  substantial  depreciation,  impairment,  or  deferred 
compensation charges.

If  we  are  not  able  to  maintain  and  enhance  our  brand,  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial 
condition could be harmed.

18

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation as a differentiated and category-defining company 
is critical to our relationships with our existing customers and to our ability to attract new customers. The successful 
promotion  of  our  brand  attributes  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  our,  and  our  solution  partners’, 
marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality products, and our ability to successfully differentiate 
our  products  from  competitive  products.  In  addition,  independent  industry  analysts  often  provide  analyses  of  our 
products, as well as the products offered by our competitors, and perception of the relative value of our products in 
the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these analyses. If these analyses are negative, or less positive 
as compared to those of our competitors’ products, our brand may be harmed.

The  promotion  of  our  brand  requires  us  to  make  substantial  expenditures,  and  we  anticipate  that  the 
expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new markets, and as more 
sales are generated through our solution partners. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this 
revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, 
our  business  may  not  grow,  we  may  have  reduced  pricing  power  relative  to  competitors,  and  we  could  lose 
customers  or  fail  to  attract  new  customers,  any  of  which  could  harm  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and 
financial condition.

Because  our  products  rely  on  the  movement  of  data  across  national  boundaries,  global  privacy  and  data 
security  concerns  could  result  in  additional  costs  and  liabilities  to  us  or  inhibit  sales  of  our  products 
globally. 

Privacy  and  data  security  have  become  significant  issues  in  the  United  States,  Europe  and  in  many  other 
jurisdictions where we offer our products. The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, 
and transfer of information worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future.

Globally,  virtually  every  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate  has  established  its  own  data  security  and  privacy 
frameworks with which we, or our customers, must comply. Data protection regulation is an area of increased focus 
and  changing  requirements.  On April  27,  2016,  the  European  Union  (“EU”)  adopted  the  General  Data  Protection 
Regulation 2016/679, or GDPR, that took effect on May 25, 2018, replacing the prior data protection laws of each 
EU member state. GDPR applies to any company established in the EU as well as to those outside the EU if they 
collect  and  use  personal  data  in  connection  with  the  offering  of  goods  or  services  to  individuals  in  the  EU  or  the 
monitoring of their behavior. GDPR enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal 
data,  including,  for  example,  expanded  disclosures  about  how  personal  information  is  to  be  used,  limitations  on 
retention  of  information,  mandatory  data  breach  notification  requirements,  and  extensive  new  obligations  on 
services  providers.  Interpretation  and  enforcement  of  GDPR  remains  uncertain.  Non-compliance  with  GDPR  can 
trigger  steep  fines  of  up  to  €20  million  or  4%  of  total  worldwide  annual  turnover,  whichever  is  higher.  Similar 
regulations have also come into effect and been proposed around the world. For example, the California Consumer 
Privacy Act, or CCPA, took effect January 1, 2020 and the California Attorney General began enforcement on July 1, 
2020.  Aspects  of  the  CCPA  and  its  interpretation  and  enforcement  remain  unclear.  We  cannot  fully  predict  the 
impact  of  the  CCPA  on  our  business  or  operations,  but  it  may  require  us  to  modify  our  data  processing  practices 
and  policies  and  to  incur  substantial  costs  and  expenses  in  an  effort  to  comply.  Record-breaking  enforcement 
actions globally have shown that regulators do wield their right to impose substantial fines for violations of privacy 
regulations, and these enforcement actions could result in guidance from regulators that would require changes to 
our current compliance strategy. Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, complying 
with  global  data  protection  requirements  requires  time,  resources,  and  a  review  of  our  technology  and  systems 
currently in use against regulatory requirements.

We currently rely on the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield and standard contractual clauses approved by the European 
Commission  as  our  legal  mechanism  for  onward  transfers  of  data  from  Europe.  The  EU-U.S.  Privacy  Shield 
program underwent its third annual review by EU regulatory authorities in October 2019, which re-affirmed the EU-
U.S. Privacy Shield as a valid framework for transferring data from the EU to the United States. Nonetheless, the 
review reported a number of recommendations for improvement in the program before the next annual review, and 
there continue to be concerns about whether the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield and other transfer mechanisms will face 
additional  challenges.  Similarly,  the  validity  of  standard  contractual  clauses  is  currently  under  review  by  the 
European Court of Justice. In order to diversify our data transfer strategy, we will continue to explore other options 
managing  data  from  Europe,  including  without  limitation,  amending  standard  contractual  clauses  where  required, 
and considering suppliers that house data in Europe, which may involve substantial expense and distraction from 
other aspects of our business. We may, however, be unsuccessful in establishing an adequate mechanism for data 
transfer, and will be at risk of enforcement actions taken by an EU data protection authority until such point in time 
that  we  ensure  an  adequate  mechanism  for  European  data  transfers,  which  could  damage  our  reputation,  inhibit 

19

sales  and  harm  our  business.  Despite  actions  we  have  taken  or  will  be  taking  to  diversify  our  data  transfer 
strategies,  we  may  be  unsuccessful  in  establishing  a  conforming  means  of  transferring  data  due  to  ongoing 
legislative activity that could vary the current data transfer landscape. As we expand into new markets and grow our 
customer  base,  we  will  need  to  comply  with  any  new  requirements.  If  we  cannot  comply  with,  or  if  we  incur  a 
violation  of  one  or  more  of  these  requirements,  some  customers  may  be  limited  in  their  ability  to  purchase  our 
products, particularly our cloud products. Growth could be harmed, and we could incur significant liabilities.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different 
self-regulatory  standards  that  either  legally  or  contractually  apply  to  us.  Further,  our  customers  may  require  us  to 
comply with more stringent privacy and data security contractual requirements or obtain certifications that we do not 
currently  have,  and  any  failure  to  obtain  these  certifications  could  reduce  the  demand  for  our  products  and  our 
business could be harmed. If we were required to obtain additional industry certifications, we may incur significant 
additional expenses and have to divert resources, which could slow the release of new products, all of which could 
harm our ability to effectively compete.

The  interpretation  and  application  of  many  privacy  and  data  protection  laws  are,  and  will  likely  remain, 
uncertain, and it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our 
existing  data  management  practices  or  product  features.  If  so,  in  addition  to  the  possibility  of  fines,  lawsuits  and 
other claims and penalties, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or 
modify our products, which could harm our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and data security 
concerns or comply with applicable privacy or data security laws, regulations and policies could result in additional 
cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and harm our business.

Our global operations subject us to risks that can harm our business, results of operations, and financial 
condition.

A  key  element  of  our  strategy  is  to  operate  globally  and  sell  our  products  to  customers  around  the  world. 
Operating  globally  requires  significant  resources  and  management  attention  and  subjects  us  to  regulatory, 
economic,  geographic,  and  political  risks.  In  particular,  our  global  operations  subject  us  to  a  variety  of  additional 
risks and challenges, including:

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

Increased  management,  travel,  infrastructure,  and  legal  compliance  costs  associated  with  having 
operations in many countries;
Difficulties in enforcing contracts, including “clickwrap” contracts that are entered into online, of which we 
have historically relied as part of our product licensing strategy, but which may be subject to additional 
legal uncertainty in some foreign jurisdictions;
Increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;
Requirements  or  preferences  within  other  regions  for  domestic  products,  and  difficulties  in  replacing 
products offered by more established or known regional competitors;
Differing  technical  standards,  existing  or  future  regulatory  and  certification  requirements,  and  required 
features and functionality;
Communication  and  integration  problems  related  to  entering  and  serving  new  markets  with  different 
languages, cultures, and political systems;
Compliance  with  foreign  privacy  and  security  laws  and  regulations  and  the  risks  and  costs  of  non-
compliance;
Compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  for  foreign  operations,  including  anti-bribery  laws  (such  as  the 
U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act,  the  U.S.  Travel Act,  and  the  U.K.  Bribery Act),  import  and  export 
control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions, and other regulatory or contractual limitations on 
our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;
Heightened  risks  of  unfair  or  corrupt  business  practices  in  certain  geographies  that  may  impact  our 
financial results and result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements;
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related effects on our results of operations;
Difficulties in repatriating or transferring funds from, or converting currencies in certain countries;

•
•
• Weak economic conditions which could arise in each country or region in which we operate or sell our 
products,  or  general  political  and  economic  instability  around  the  world,  including  as  a  result  of 
COVID-19; 
Differing  labor  standards,  including  restrictions  related  to,  and  the  increased  cost  of,  terminating 
employees in some countries;
Difficulties in recruiting and hiring employees in certain countries;
The preference for localized software and licensing programs and localized language support;

•
•

•

20

•

•

•

Reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties associated 
with enforcing our legal rights abroad; 
Imposition  of  travel  restrictions,  prohibitions  of  non-essential  travel,  modifications  of  employee  work 
locations,  or  cancellation  or  reorganization  of  certain  sales  and  marketing  events  as  a  result  of 
COVID-19; 
Compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions, including withholding obligations, and 
overlapping of different tax regimes; and

• Geopolitical  risks,  such  as  political  and  economic  instability,  and  changes  in  diplomatic  and  trade 

relations.

Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our global operations substantially increases our cost of 
doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in government requirements 
as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business. In 
many countries, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies 
and  procedures  or  other  regulations  applicable  to  us.  Although  we  have  implemented  policies  and  procedures 
designed  to  ensure  compliance  with  these  regulations  and  policies,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  all  of  our 
employees, contractors, business partners and agents will comply with these regulations and policies. Violations of 
laws, regulations or key control policies by our employees, contractors, business partners, or agents could result in 
delays  in  revenue  recognition,  financial  reporting  misstatements,  enforcement  actions,  reputational  harm, 
disgorgement of profits, fines, civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions, other collateral consequences, or 
the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our products and could harm our business, results of operations, 
and financial condition.

We  depend  on  our  executive  officers  and  other  key  employees  and  the  loss  of  one  or  more  of  these 
employees or the inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and key employees. We 
rely on our leadership team and other key employees in the areas of research and development, products, strategy, 
operations,  security,  go-to-market,  marketing,  IT,  support,  and  general  and  administrative  functions.  From  time  to 
time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, 
which could disrupt our business. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or 
other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could 
terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our Co-
Chief Executive Officers, or other key employees could harm our business.

In  addition,  in  order  to  execute  our  growth  plan,  we  must  attract  and  retain  highly  qualified  personnel. 
Competition for these personnel in Sydney, Australia, the San Francisco Bay Area, and in other locations where we 
maintain offices, is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software and cloud-
based services. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty hiring 
and  retaining  employees  with  appropriate  qualifications.  In  particular,  recruiting  and  hiring  senior  product 
engineering personnel has been, and we expect to continue to be, challenging. If we are unable to hire and retain 
talented  product  engineering  personnel,  we  may  be  unable  to  scale  our  operations  or  release  new  products  in  a 
timely fashion and, as a result, customer satisfaction with our products may decline.

Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we 
have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, these employers may attempt to assert that the 
employees  or  we  have  breached  certain  legal  obligations,  resulting  in  a  diversion  of  our  time  and  resources.  In 
addition,  job  candidates  and  existing  employees  often  consider  the  value  of  the  equity  awards  they  receive  in 
connection with their employment. If the value or perceived value of our equity awards declines, it could harm our 
ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate 
our current personnel, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Our corporate values have contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain these values as we grow, 
we could lose the innovative approach, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our values, and our business 
could be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate values, which we believe foster 
innovation, teamwork, and an emphasis on customer-focused results. In addition, we believe that our values create 
an  environment  that  drives  and  perpetuates  our  product  strategy  and  low-cost  distribution  approach. As  we  grow 
and  continue  to  develop  the  infrastructure  of  a  public  company,  we  may  find  it  difficult  to  maintain  our  corporate 

21

values. Any failure to preserve our values could harm our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit 
personnel, innovate and operate effectively, and execute on our business strategy.

We face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

While  we  primarily  sell  our  products  in  U.S.  dollars,  we  incur  expenses  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S. 
dollar,  which  exposes  us  to  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations. A  large  percentage  of  our  expenses  are 
denominated in the Australian dollar (“AUD”), and fluctuations could have a material negative impact on our results 
of  operations.  Moreover,  our  subsidiaries,  other  than  our  U.S.  subsidiaries,  maintain  net  assets  that  are 
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, we recently began to transact in non-U.S. dollar 
currencies for our products, and, accordingly, changes in the value of non-U.S. dollar currencies relative to the U.S. 
dollar could affect our revenue and results of operations due to transactional and translational remeasurements that 
are reflected in our results of operations.

We have a foreign exchange hedging program to hedge a portion of certain exposures to fluctuations in non-
U.S. dollar currency exchange rates. We use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward contracts, to 
hedge  the  exposures.  The  use  of  such  hedging  instruments  may  not  fully  offset  the  adverse  financial  effects  of 
unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, 
the  use  of  hedging  instruments  may  introduce  additional  risks  if  we  are  unable  to  structure  effective  hedges  with 
such instruments or if we are unable to forecast hedged exposures accurately.

We are subject to government regulation, including import, export, economic sanctions, and anti-corruption 
laws and regulations, that may expose us to liability and increase our costs.

Various  of  our  products  are  subject  to  U.S.  export  controls,  including  the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce’s 
Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury 
Department’s  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Controls.  These  regulations  may  limit  the  export  of  our  products  and 
provision of our services outside of the United States, or may require export authorizations, including by license, a 
license  exception,  or  other  appropriate  government  authorizations,  including  annual  or  semi-annual  reporting  and 
the filing of an encryption registration. Export control and economic sanctions laws may also include prohibitions on 
the sale or supply of certain of our products to embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons 
and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the importation of certain products through import permitting and 
licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, 
reexportation,  and  importation  of  our  products,  and  the  provision  of  services,  including  by  our  solution  partners, 
must  comply  with  these  laws  or  else  we  may  be  adversely  affected  through  reputational  harm,  government 
investigations,  penalties,  and  a  denial  or  curtailment  of  our  ability  to  export  our  products  or  provide  services. 
Complying with export control and sanctions laws can be time consuming and complex and may result in the delay 
or loss of sales opportunities. Although we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided in violation 
of  such  laws,  we  are  aware  of  previous  exports  of  certain  of  our  products  to  a  small  number  of  persons  and 
organizations that are the subject of U.S. sanctions or located in countries or regions subject to U.S. sanctions. If we 
are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties 
for us and for the individuals working for us. Changes in export or import laws or corresponding sanctions may delay 
the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of 
our products to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We  are  also  subject  to  various  domestic  and  international  anti-corruption  laws,  such  as  the  U.S.  Foreign 
Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  as  well  as  other  similar  anti-bribery  and  anti-kickback  laws  and 
regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from 
authorizing,  offering,  or  providing  improper  payments  or  benefits  to  officials  and  other  recipients  for  improper 
purposes. We rely on certain third parties to support our sales and regulatory compliance efforts and can be held 
liable  for  their  corrupt  or  other  illegal  activities,  even  if  we  do  not  explicitly  authorize  or  have  actual  knowledge  of 
such  activities. Although  we  take  precautions  to  prevent  violations  of  these  laws,  our  exposure  for  violating  these 
laws  increases  as  our  international  presence  expands  and  as  we  increase  sales  and  operations  in  additional 
jurisdictions.

22

We  recognize  certain  revenue  streams  over  the  term  of  our  subscription  and  maintenance  contracts. 
Consequently,  downturns  in  new  sales  may  not  be  immediately  reflected  in  our  results  of  operations  and 
may be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize subscription and maintenance revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their 
contracts. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of 
deferred  revenue  relating  to  subscription  and  maintenance  plans  entered  into  during  previous  quarters. 
Consequently,  a  decline  in  new  or  renewed  licenses,  subscriptions,  and  maintenance  plans  in  any  single  quarter 
may only have a small impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect 
our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our 
products, and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of expansion or retention, may not be fully reflected in 
our results of operations until future periods. For example, the impact of COVID-19 may cause customers to request 
concessions,  including  better  pricing,  or  to  slow  their  rate  of  expansion  or  reduce  their  number  of  licenses,  which 
may not be reflected immediately in our results of operations. We may also be unable to reduce our cost structure in 
line with a significant deterioration in sales. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, 
while a significant portion of our revenue is recognized over the life of the agreement with our customer. As a result, 
increased  growth  in  the  number  of  our  customers  could  continue  to  result  in  our  recognition  of  more  costs  than 
revenue  in  the  earlier  periods  of  the  terms  of  certain  of  our  customer  agreements.  Our  subscription  and 
maintenance revenue also makes it more difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in 
any period, as revenue from certain new customers must be recognized over the applicable term.

If we fail to integrate our products with a variety of operating systems, software applications, platforms and 
hardware  that  are  developed  by  others,  our  products  may  become  less  marketable,  less  competitive,  or 
obsolete and our results of operations could be harmed.

Our  products  must  integrate  with  a  variety  of  network,  hardware,  and  software  platforms,  and  we  need  to 
continuously modify and enhance our products to adapt to changes in hardware, software, networking, browser and 
database technologies. In particular, we have developed our products to be able to easily integrate with third-party 
applications,  including  the  applications  of  software  providers  that  compete  with  us,  through  the  interaction  of 
application  programming  interfaces,  or  APIs.  In  general,  we  rely  on  the  fact  that  the  providers  of  such  software 
systems continue to allow us access to their APIs to enable these customer integrations. To date, we have not relied 
on  long-term  written  contracts  to  govern  our  relationship  with  these  providers.  Instead,  we  are  subject  to  the 
standard terms and conditions for application developers of such providers, which govern the distribution, operation 
and  fees  of  such  software  systems,  and  which  are  subject  to  change  by  such  providers  from  time  to  time.  Our 
business could be harmed if any provider of such software systems:

Discontinues or limits our access to its APIs;

•
• Modifies  its  terms  of  service  or  other  policies,  including  fees  charged  to,  or  other  restrictions  on  us  or 

other application developers;
Changes how customer information is accessed by us or our customers;
Establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors; or
Develops or otherwise favors its own competitive offerings over ours.

•
•
•

We  believe  a  significant  component  of  our  value  proposition  to  customers  is  the  ability  to  optimize  and 
configure  our  products  with  these  third-party  applications  through  our  respective APIs.  If  we  are  not  permitted  or 
able to integrate with these and other third-party applications in the future, demand for our products could decline 
and our business and results of operations could be harmed.

In  addition,  an  increasing  number  of  organizations  and  individuals  within  organizations  are  utilizing  mobile 
devices to access the Internet and corporate resources and to conduct business. We have designed and continue 
to  design  mobile  applications  to  provide  access  to  our  products  through  these  devices.  If  we  cannot  provide 
effective functionality through these mobile applications as required by organizations and individuals that widely use 
mobile devices, we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining customers. Failure of our products to operate 
effectively  with  future  infrastructure  platforms  and  technologies  could  also  reduce  the  demand  for  our  products, 
resulting in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business. If we are unable to respond to changes in a cost-
effective  manner,  our  products  may  become  less  marketable,  less  competitive  or  obsolete  and  our  results  of 
operations could be harmed.

23

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property 
rights.

There  is  considerable  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  development  activity  in  our  industry.  Our  future 
success  depends  in  part  on  not  infringing  upon  or  misappropriating  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  We 
have  received,  and  may  receive  in  the  future,  communications  from  third  parties,  including  practicing  entities  and 
non-practicing entities, claiming that we are infringing upon or misappropriating their intellectual property rights, and 
we  may  be  found  to  be  infringing  upon  or  misappropriating  such  rights.  We  may  be  unaware  of  the  intellectual 
property  rights  of  others  that  may  cover  some  or  all  of  our  technology,  or  technology  that  we  obtain  from  third 
parties. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, 
could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty or license payments, prevent us from offering our 
products or using certain technologies, require us to implement expensive work-arounds, refund fees to customers 
or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. In the case of infringement or misappropriation caused by 
technology  that  we  obtain  from  third  parties,  any  indemnification  or  other  contractual  protections  we  obtain  from 
such  third  parties,  if  any,  may  be  insufficient  to  cover  the  liabilities  we  incur  as  a  result  of  such  infringement  or 
misappropriation. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners in connection with any 
such claims or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify our products or refund fees, which could further exhaust our 
resources. Even if we were to prevail in the event of claims or litigation against us, any claim or litigation regarding 
our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and other 
employees from our business operations and disrupt our business.

Indemnity  provisions  in  various  agreements  potentially  expose  us  to  substantial  liability  for  intellectual 
property infringement and other losses. 

Our agreements with customers and other third parties may include indemnification or other provisions under 
which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of 
intellectual  property  infringement,  damages  caused  by  us  to  property  or  persons,  or  other  liabilities  relating  to  or 
arising  from  our  products  or  other  acts  or  omissions.  The  term  of  these  contractual  provisions  often  survives 
termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments or damage claims from contractual 
breach could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we generally contractually 
limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute 
with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer 
and  other  current  and  prospective  customers,  reduce  demand  for  our  products,  damage  our  reputation  and  harm 
our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We use open source software in our products that may subject our products to general release or require 
us to re-engineer our products, which could harm our business.

We  use  open  source  software  in  our  products  and  expect  to  continue  to  use  open  source  software  in  the 
future.  There  are  uncertainties  regarding  the  proper  interpretation  of  and  compliance  with  open  source  software 
licenses. Consequently, there is a risk that the owners  of the copyrights in such open source software may claim 
that the open source licenses governing their use impose certain conditions or restrictions on our ability to use the 
software  that  we  did  not  anticipate.  Such  owners  may  seek  to  enforce  the  terms  of  the  applicable  open  source 
license, including by demanding release of the source code for the open source software, derivative works of such 
software,  or,  in  some  cases,  our  proprietary  source  code  that  uses  or  was  developed  using  such  open  source 
software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote 
additional research and development resources to change our products, any of which could result in additional cost 
and liability to us, reputational damage and harm to our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license 
terms  for  the  open  source  software  we  utilize  change,  we  may  be  forced  to  re-engineer  our  products  or  incur 
additional costs to comply with the changed license terms or to replace the affected open source software. Although 
we  have  implemented  policies  and  tools  to  regulate  the  use  and  incorporation  of  open  source  software  into  our 
products, we cannot be certain that we have not incorporated open source software in our products in a manner that 
is inconsistent with such policies.

24

Any  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  could  impair  our  ability  to  protect  our  proprietary 
technology and our brand.

Our  success  and  ability  to  compete  depend  in  part  upon  our  intellectual  property.  We  primarily  rely  on  a 
combination  of  patent,  copyright,  trade  secret  and  trademark  laws,  trade  secret  protection  and  confidentiality  or 
license agreements with our employees, customers, business partners and others to protect our intellectual property 
rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We make business 
decisions  about  when  to  seek  patent  protection  for  a  particular  technology  and  when  to  rely  upon  trade  secret 
protection, and the approach we select may ultimately prove to be inadequate. Even in cases where we seek patent 
protection,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  resulting  patents  will  effectively  protect  every  significant  feature  of  our 
products.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  the  protection  of  our  trademark  rights  is  an  important  factor  in  product 
recognition,  protecting  our  brand  and  maintaining  goodwill  and  if  we  do  not  adequately  protect  our  rights  in  our 
trademarks from infringement, any goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, 
which could harm our brand and our business. In any event, in order to protect our intellectual property rights, we 
may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights.

For example, in order to promote the transparency and adoption of our downloadable software, we provide 
our customers with the ability to request a copy of the source code of those products, which they may customize for 
their internal use under limited license terms, subject to confidentiality and use restrictions. If any of our customers 
misuses or distributes our source code in violation of our agreements with them, or anyone else obtains access to 
our source code, it could cost us significant time and resources to enforce our rights and remediate any resulting 
competitive harms.

Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and 
distracting  to  management.  Furthermore,  our  efforts  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  met  with 
defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, 
which  could  result  in  the  impairment  or  loss  of  portions  of  our  intellectual  property  rights.  Our  failure  to  secure, 
protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our brand and our business.

Our global operations and structure subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We  generally  conduct  our  global  operations  through  subsidiaries  and  report  our  taxable  income  in  various 
jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. A change in our global operations 
or  changes  in  tax  laws  or  interpretations  of  such  tax  laws  could  result  in  higher  effective  tax  rates,  reduced  cash 
flows  and  lower  overall  profitability.  In  particular,  our  intercompany  relationships  are  subject  to  complex  transfer 
pricing  regulations  administered  by  taxing  authorities  in  various  jurisdictions.  The  relevant  revenue  and  taxing 
authorities  may  disagree  with  positions  we  have  taken  generally,  or  our  determinations  as  to  the  value  of  assets 
sold or acquired, or income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. In addition, in the ordinary course of 
our business we are subject to tax audits from various taxing authorities. If such a disagreement were to occur, and 
our position was not sustained, or if a tax audit resulted in an adverse finding, we could be required to pay additional 
taxes,  interest  and  penalties,  which  could  result  in  one-time  tax  charges,  higher  effective  tax  rates,  reduced  cash 
flows and lower overall profitability of our operations.

Certain government agencies in jurisdictions where we do business have had an extended focus on issues 
related  to  the  taxation  of  multinational  companies.  In  addition,  the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and 
Development (“OECD”) continues to introduce various proposals changing the way tax is assessed, collected and 
governed.  Of  note  are  the  efforts  around  the  base  erosion  and  profit  shifting  which  seek  to  establish  certain 
international  standards  for  taxing  the  worldwide  income  of  multinational  companies.  These  measures  have  been 
endorsed by the leaders of the world’s 20 largest economies. 

The  EU  together  with  the  United  Kingdom  have  recently  established  a  mandate  that  focuses  on  the 
transparency  of  cross-border  arrangements  concerning  at  least  one  EU  member  state  through  mandatory 
disclosure  and  exchange  of  cross-border  arrangements  rules.  These  regulations  (known  as  MDR  in  the  United 
Kingdom and DAC 6 in the EU) require taxpayers to disclose certain transactions to the tax authorities resulting in 
an additional layer of compliance and require careful consideration of the tax benefits obtained when entering into 
transactions that need to be disclosed.

25

Also, in March 2018, the European Commission (“EC”) proposed a series of measures aimed at ensuring a 
fair and efficient taxation of digital businesses operating within the EU. As collaborative efforts by the OECD and EC 
continue,  some  countries  have  unilaterally  moved  to  introduce  their  own  digital  service  tax  or  equalization  levy  to 
capture tax revenue on digital services more immediately. Notably France, Italy, Austria, the United Kingdom, Turkey 
and India have enacted or will soon enact this tax, generally 2% on taxable activities.

As  a  result  of  the  above  measures  and  the  increasing  focus  by  government  taxing  authorities  on 
multinational companies, the tax laws of certain countries in which we do business could change on a prospective 
or  retroactive  basis,  and  any  such  changes  could  increase  our  liabilities  for  taxes,  interest  and  penalties,  lead  to 
higher effective tax rates, and therefore could harm our cash flows, results of operations and financial position.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us.

On December 22, 2017, the United States passed legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
(the “Tax Act”) that significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Tax Act, 
among  other  things,  includes  changes  to  U.S.  federal  tax  rates,  imposes  significant  additional  limitations  on  the 
deductibility of interest and executive compensation, allows for the expensing of capital expenditures and puts into 
effect the migration from a worldwide system of taxation to a territorial system. We do not expect the Tax Act to have 
a material impact to our projection of minimal cash taxes. However, the full impact of this tax reform on our business 
in future years is still uncertain and could adversely affect us. 

Taxing  authorities  may  successfully  assert  that  we  should  have  collected  or  in  the  future  should  collect 
sales  and  use,  value-added  or  similar  taxes,  and  we  could  be  subject  to  liability  with  respect  to  past  or 
future sales, which could harm our results of operations.

We do not collect sales and use, value-added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, 
based  on  our  understanding  that  such  taxes  are  not  applicable.  Sales  and  use,  value-added  and  similar  tax  laws 
and  rates  vary  greatly  by  jurisdiction.  Certain  jurisdictions  in  which  we  do  not  collect  such  taxes  may  assert  that 
such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, and we may be required to 
collect  such  taxes  in  the  future.  Such  tax  assessments,  penalties  and  interest,  or  future  requirements  could  harm 
our results of operations.

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may 
diminish the demand for our products, and could harm our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for 
commerce,  communication,  and  business  applications.  Federal,  state,  or  foreign  government  bodies  or  agencies 
have  in  the  past  adopted,  and  may  in  the  future  adopt,  laws  or  regulations  affecting  the  use  of  the  Internet  as  a 
commercial  medium.  Changes  in  these  laws  or  regulations  could  require  us  to  modify  our  products  in  order  to 
comply  with  these  changes.  In  addition,  government  agencies  or  private  organizations  have  imposed  and  may 
impose additional taxes, fees, or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. 
These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in 
reductions in the demand for Internet-based products such as ours. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business 
tool  could  be  harmed  due  to  delays  in  the  development  or  adoption  of  new  standards  and  protocols  to  handle 
increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease-of-use, accessibility, and quality of service. The 
performance  of  the  Internet  and  its  acceptance  as  a  business  tool  has  been  harmed  by  phishing  attacks,  cyber-
attacks, viruses, worms, and similar malicious programs and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and 
other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by 
these issues, demand for our products could decline and our business could be harmed.

We are exposed to credit risk and fluctuations in the market values of our investment portfolio.

Given the global nature of our business, we have diversified U.S. and non-U.S. investments. Credit ratings 
and pricing of our investments can be negatively affected by liquidity, credit deterioration, financial results, economic 
risk, political risk, sovereign risk or other factors. As a result, the value and liquidity of our investments may fluctuate 
substantially. Therefore, although we have not realized any significant losses on our investments, future fluctuations 
in their value could result in a significant realized loss.

26

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Natural  disasters,  pandemics,  including  COVID-19,  other  public  health  emergencies,  geopolitical  conflicts, 
social  unrest,  or  other  catastrophic  events  may  cause  damage  or  disruption  to  our  operations,  international 
commerce and the global economy, and thus could harm our business. We have a large employee presence and 
operations  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  Area,  California.  The  west  coast  of  the  United  States  contains  active 
earthquake  zones.  In  the  event  of  a  major  earthquake,  hurricane  or  catastrophic  event  such  as  fire,  power  loss, 
telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and 
may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in 
our  product  availability,  breaches  of  data  security  and  loss  of  critical  data,  all  of  which  could  harm  our  business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally,  we  rely  on  our  network  and  suppliers  of  third-party  infrastructure  and  applications,  internal 
technology systems, and our websites for our development, marketing, internal controls, operational support, hosted 
services and sales activities. If these systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster, 
disease or pandemic, including COVID-19, or catastrophic event, our ability to conduct normal business operations 
and deliver products to our customers could be impaired.

As we grow our business, the need for business continuity planning and disaster recovery plans will grow in 
significance. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate 
during  and  after  a  disaster,  disease  or  pandemic,  including  COVID-19,  or  catastrophic  event,  and  successfully 
execute on those plans, our business and reputation could be harmed.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, our results of 
operations could be harmed.

We are not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended 
(“Investment  Company Act”)  as  we  believe  that  we  meet  all  the  requirements  for  exemption  provided  under  Rule 
3a-8  under  the  Investment  Company Act.  If  we  were  obligated  to  register  as  an  investment  company,  we  would 
have to comply with a variety of substantive requirements under the Investment Company Act that impose, among 
other things, limitations on capital structure, restrictions on specified investments, prohibitions on transactions with 
affiliates,  and  compliance  with  reporting,  record  keeping,  voting,  proxy  disclosure  and  other  rules  and  regulations 
that would increase our operating expenses and could harm our results of operations.

Adverse economic conditions could negatively impact our business.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on 
us  or  our  customers.  Our  business  depends  on  demand  for  business  software  applications  generally  and  for 
collaboration  software  solutions  in  particular.  In  addition,  the  market  adoption  of  our  products  and  our  revenue  is 
dependent  on  the  number  of  users  of  our  products.  To  the  extent  that  weak  economic  conditions,  including  as  a 
result of the COVID-19 pandemic, reduce the number of personnel providing development or engineering services 
or  that  limit  the  available  budgets  within  organizations  for  software  products,  demand  for  our  products  could  be 
harmed. If economic conditions deteriorate, our customers and prospective customers may elect to decrease their 
information  technology  budgets,  which  would  limit  our  ability  to  grow  our  business  and  harm  our  results  of 
operations.

In  addition,  the  recent  COVID-19  pandemic  has  created  significant  additional  uncertainty  for  the  global 
economy.  If  the  outbreak  worsens  or  continues  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time,  especially  in  regions  in  which  we 
have material operations or sales, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

27

We may require additional capital to support our operations or the growth of our business and we cannot 
be certain that we will be able to secure this capital on favorable terms, or at all.

We  may  require  additional  capital  to  respond  to  business  opportunities,  challenges,  acquisitions,  the 
repayment of our Notes, a decline in the level of license, subscription or maintenance revenue for our products, the 
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other unforeseen circumstances. We may not be able to timely secure debt 
or  equity  financing  on  favorable  terms,  or  at  all.  Any  debt  financing  obtained  by  us  could  involve  restrictive 
covenants relating to financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional 
capital  and  to  pursue  business  opportunities,  including  potential  acquisitions.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through 
further  issuances  of  equity,  convertible  debt  securities  or  other  securities  convertible  into  equity,  our  existing 
shareholders  could  suffer  significant  dilution  in  their  percentage  ownership  of  Atlassian,  and  any  new  equity 
securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A ordinary 
shares. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, 
our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly 
limited.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Ordinary Shares 

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain 
shareholders,  in  particular,  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers  and  their  affiliates,  which  will  limit  our  other 
shareholders ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B ordinary shares have ten votes per share and our Class A ordinary shares have one vote per 
share. As  of  June  30,  2020,  shareholders  who  hold  our  Class  B  ordinary  shares  collectively  hold  approximately 
90.33%  of  the  voting  power  of  our  outstanding  share  capital  and  in  particular,  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers, 
Michael  Cannon-Brookes  and  Scott  Farquhar,  collectively  hold  approximately  89.45%  of  the  voting  power  of  our 
outstanding share capital. The holders of our Class B ordinary shares will collectively continue to control a majority 
of the combined voting power of our share capital and therefore be able to control substantially all matters submitted 
to  our  shareholders  for  approval  so  long  as  our  Class  B  ordinary  shares  represent  at  least  10%  of  all  of  our 
outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares in the aggregate. These holders of our Class B 
ordinary shares may also have interests that differ from holders of our Class A ordinary shares and may vote in a 
way which may be adverse to such interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing 
or deterring a change in control of Atlassian, could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium 
for  their  shares  as  part  of  a  sale  of Atlassian  and  might  ultimately  affect  the  market  price  of  our  Class A  ordinary 
shares.

If Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B ordinary 
shares for an extended period of time, they will control a significant portion of the voting power of our share capital 
for the foreseeable future. As members of our board of directors, Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each owe 
statutory and fiduciary duties to Atlassian and must act in good faith and in a manner they consider would be most 
likely  to  promote  the  success  of  Atlassian  for  the  benefit  of  shareholders  as  a  whole.  As  shareholders, 
Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always 
be in the interests of our shareholders generally. 

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating 
performance resulting in substantial losses for our Class A ordinary shareholders.

The  trading  price  of  our  Class  A  ordinary  shares  is  volatile  and  could  continue  to  fluctuate  significantly 
regardless of our operating performance in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, 
including:

•
•

•

•

Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;
The financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to 
meet these projections;
Failure  of  securities  analysts  to  initiate  or  maintain  coverage  of Atlassian,  publication  of  inaccurate  or 
unfavorable  research  about  our  business,  changes  in  financial  estimates  or  ratings  changes  by  any 
securities  analysts  who  follow  Atlassian  or  our  failure  to  meet  these  estimates  or  the  expectations  of 
investors;
Announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, new products, acquisitions, 
pricing changes, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

28

•

•

•

•

•
•

•
•
•

•

Changes  in  operating  performance  and  stock  market  valuations  of  other  technology  companies 
generally, or those in our industry in particular;
Price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends 
in the economy as a whole;
Actual  or  anticipated  developments  in  our  business  or  our  competitors’  businesses  or  the  competitive 
landscape generally;
Developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or our products, or third-party proprietary 
rights;
Changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;
New  laws  or  regulations,  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws,  or  the  new  application  of  existing 
regulations to our business;
Changes in tax laws or regulations; 
Any major change in our board of directors or management;
Additional Class A ordinary shares being sold into the market by us or our existing shareholders or the 
anticipation of such sales;
Arbitrage or hedging strategy by purchasers of our Notes and certain financial institutions in connection 
with our capped call transactions; 
Cyber-security and privacy breaches; 
Lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

•
•
• Other events or factors, including those resulting from geopolitical risks, natural disasters, diseases and 

pandemics, including COVID-19, war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the market on which our Class A ordinary shares are listed, 
have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices 
of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in 
a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, shareholders 
have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved 
in  securities  litigation,  it  could  subject  us  to  substantial  costs,  divert  resources  and  the  attention  of  management 
from operating our business, and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Substantial  future  sales  of  our  Class  A  ordinary  shares  could  cause  the  market  price  of  our  Class  A 
ordinary shares to decline.

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline as a result of substantial sales of our Class A 
ordinary shares, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant shareholders, or the perception 
in  the  market  that  holders  of  a  large  number  of  shares  intend  to  sell  their  shares. As  of  June  30,  2020,  we  had 
128,201,296 outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 119,761,681 outstanding Class B ordinary shares.

We have also registered Class A ordinary shares that we issue under our employee equity incentive plans. 

These shares may be sold freely in the public market upon issuance. 

Certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, including our founders, have 
rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include 
their  shares  in  registration  statements  that  we  may  file  for  ourselves  or  our  shareholders.  Sales  of  our  Class  A 
ordinary shares pursuant to these registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the 
future  at  a  time  and  at  a  price  that  we  deem  appropriate.  These  sales  also  could  cause  the  market  price  of  our 
Class A ordinary shares to fall and make it more difficult for our investors to sell our Class A ordinary shares at a 
price that they deem appropriate.

29

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and 
affect our ability to attract and retain executive officers and qualified board members.

We  are  subject  to  the  reporting  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform 
and  Consumer  Protection  Act  of  2010,  the  listing  requirements  of  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  and  other 
applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations has increased our legal and 
financial  compliance  costs,  making  some  activities  more  difficult,  time-consuming,  and  costly,  and  has  increased 
demand on our systems and resources. Such demands would likely continue to increase, particularly if we were to 
lose our status as a “foreign private issuer” as discussed below. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, 
that we file annual reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, 
among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial 
reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control 
over  financial  reporting  to  meet  this  standard,  significant  resources  and  management  oversight  is  required. As  a 
result  of  the  complexity  involved  in  complying  with  the  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  public  companies,  our 
management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, results of 
operations  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  the  pressures  of  operating  a  public  company  may  divert 
management’s attention to delivering short-term results, instead of focusing on long-term strategy.

As a public company it is more expensive for us to maintain adequate director and officer liability insurance, 
and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These 
factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our 
board of directors. 

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may 
lose  confidence  in  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  our  financial  reports  and  the  market  price  of  our 
Class A ordinary shares could be negatively affected.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any 
material  weaknesses  in  such  internal  controls.  We  are  required  to  furnish  a  report  by  management  on  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we 
identify  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  if  we  are  unable  to  comply  with  the 
requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, 
or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  investors  may  lose  confidence  in  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  our 
financial reports and the market price of Class A ordinary shares could be negatively affected, and we could become 
subject  to  investigations  by  the  stock  exchange  on  which  our  securities  are  listed,  the  SEC  or  other  regulatory 
authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We do not expect to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

We  currently  anticipate  that  we  will  retain  future  earnings  for  the  development,  operation  and  expansion  of 
our business, and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to 
shareholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our share price, which may never occur.

Risks Related to Our Outstanding Notes

Paying amounts due in cash in respect of our outstanding Notes on interest payment dates, at maturity and 
upon exchange thereof will require a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from 
our business to pay when due, or raise the funds necessary to pay when due, amounts owed in respect of 
the Notes, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The  ability  to  make  scheduled  payments  of  interest  on,  and  principal  of,  to  satisfy  exchanges  for  cash  in 
respect  of  our  outstanding  Notes  depends  on  our  future  performance,  which  is  subject  to  economic,  financial, 
competitive and other factors beyond our control, including the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. If we are unable 
to generate enough cash flow to make payments on the Notes when due, we may be required to adopt one or more 
alternatives,  such  as  selling  assets  or  obtaining  additional  debt  financing  or  equity  capital  on  terms  that  may  be 
onerous  or  highly  dilutive.  Our  ability  to  refinance  the  Notes,  which  we  may  need  to  do  in  order  to  satisfy  our 
obligations thereunder, will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be 
able  to  engage  in  any  of  these  activities  or  engage  in  these  activities  on  desirable  terms,  which  could  result  in  a 
default on the Notes. 

30

The  holders  of  the  Notes  have  the  right  to  require  us  to  repurchase  their  Notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  a 
fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes (the “Indenture”)) at a repurchase price equal 
to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any.  Upon 
repurchase of the Notes, we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes being repurchased. In 
addition, upon a holder’s exchange of the Notes for cash in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, we would 
be  required  to  make  cash  payments  in  respect  of  the  Notes  being  exchanged  in  the  manner  set  forth  in  the 
Indenture.  We  may  not  have  enough  available  cash  or  be  able  to  obtain  financing  at  the  time  we  are  required  to 
make  repurchases  of,  or  exchange  of,  the  Notes  for  cash.  Our  failure  to  repurchase  the  Notes  or  exchange  the 
Notes for cash at a time when the repurchase or exchange is required by the Indenture governing the Notes would 
constitute a default under such Indenture. 

In  addition,  our  indebtedness  on  the  Notes,  combined  with  our  other  financial  obligations  and  contractual 

commitments, could have other important consequences. For example, it could:

• Make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in government regulation and in the worldwide economic, 

•
•
•

industry and competitive environment;
Limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;
Place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt;
Limit  our  ability  to  borrow  additional  amounts  to  fund  acquisitions,  for  working  capital  and  for  other 
general corporate purposes; and

• Make an acquisition of the Company less attractive or more difficult.

Any of these factors could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we 
incur  additional  indebtedness,  the  risks  related  to  our  business  and  our  ability  to  repay  our  indebtedness  on  the 
Notes would increase.

The  conditional  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes,  when  triggered,  may  adversely  affect  our  liquidity  and 
results of operations.

When the conditional exchange feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of Notes are entitled to exchange 
the Notes at any time during specified periods, at their option. The conditional exchange feature of the Notes was 
triggered as of June 30, 2020, and the Notes are currently exchangeable at the option of the holders, in whole or in 
part,  between  July  1,  2020  and  September  30,  2020.  If  holders  elect  to  exchange  their  Notes  during  such  fiscal 
quarter, we would be required to settle our exchange obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely 
affect our liquidity. In addition, even without holders electing to exchange their Notes during such fiscal quarter, we 
were required under applicable accounting rules to continue to classify the outstanding principal of the Notes as a 
current rather than long-term liability as of June 30, 2020.

Whether  the  Notes  will  be  exchangeable  following  such  fiscal  quarter  will  depend  on  the  continued 
satisfaction  of  this  condition  or  another  exchange  condition  in  the  future.  If  holders  elect  to  exchange  their  Notes 
during  future  periods  following  the  satisfaction  of  an  exchange  condition,  we  would  be  required  to  settle  our 
exchange  obligation  through  the  payment  of  cash,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  liquidity.  In  addition,  even  if 
holders  do  not  elect  to  exchange  their  Notes  during  such  future  periods,  we  could  be  required  under  applicable 
accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-
term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital. 

The accounting for the Notes may result in volatility to our reported financial results, which could adversely 
affect the price at which our Class A ordinary shares trade.

We will settle exchanges of the Notes entirely in cash. Accordingly, the exchange feature that is part of the 
Notes  is  accounted  for  as  a  derivative  pursuant  to  accounting  standards  relating  to  derivative  instruments  and 
hedging activities. In general, this results in an initial valuation of the exchange feature, which is bifurcated from the 
debt component of the Notes, resulting in an original issue discount. The original issue discount is amortized and 
recognized as a component of interest expense over the term of the Notes, which results in an effective interest rate 
reported in our consolidated statements of operations significantly in excess of the stated interest rate of the Notes. 
Although this accounting treatment does not affect the amount of cash interest paid to holders of the Notes or our 
cash flows, it reduces our earnings and could adversely affect the price at which our Class A ordinary shares trade. 

31

Additionally, for each financial statement period after issuance of the Notes, a derivative gain or loss will be 
reported in our consolidated statements of operations to the extent the valuation of the exchange feature changes 
from the previous period. The capped call transactions described below and elsewhere in this annual report will also 
be  accounted  for  as  derivative  instruments.  The  valuation  of  the  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and  capped  call 
transactions  utilizes  significant  observable  and  unobservable  market  inputs,  including  stock  price,  stock  price 
volatility, and time to expiration of the Notes. The change of inputs at period end from the previous period may result 
in  a  material  change  of  the  valuation  and  the  gain  or  loss  resulting  from  the  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and 
capped call transactions may not completely offset each other. As such, there may be a material net impact to our 
consolidated statements of operations, which could adversely affect the price at which our Class A ordinary shares 
trade. 

The arbitrage or hedging strategy by purchasers of the Notes and Option Counterparties in connection with 
our capped call transactions may affect the value of our Class A ordinary shares.

We expect that many investors in, and potential purchasers of the Notes will employ, or seek to employ, an 
arbitrage strategy with respect to the Notes. Investors would typically implement such a strategy by selling short our 
Class A ordinary shares underlying the Notes and dynamically adjusting their short position while continuing to hold 
the Notes. Investors may also implement this type of strategy by entering into swaps on our Class A ordinary shares 
in lieu of or in addition to selling short our Class A ordinary shares. This activity could decrease (or reduce the size 
of any increase in) the market price of our Class A ordinary shares at that time.

In connection with the pricing of the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with 
certain  financial  institutions  (the  “Option  Counterparties”). The  capped  call  transactions  are  expected  generally  to 
offset cash payments due upon exchange of the Notes in excess of the principal amount thereof in the event that 
the market value per Class A ordinary share of the Company is at the time of exchange of the Notes greater than 
the  strike  price  under  the  capped  call  transactions,  with  such  offset  subject  to  a  cap  based  on  the  cap  price.  We 
believe  the  Option  Counterparties,  in  connection  with  establishing  their  initial  hedges  of  the  capped  call 
transactions, purchased our Class A ordinary shares and/or entered into various derivative transactions with respect 
to our Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or shortly after the pricing of the Notes. The Option Counterparties 
may modify these initial hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our Class 
A ordinary shares and/or purchasing or selling our Class A ordinary shares or other securities of ours in secondary 
market  transactions  prior  to  the  maturity  of  the  Notes.  This  activity  could  decrease,  or  reduce  the  size  of  any 
increase in the market price of our Class A ordinary shares at that time.

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the capped call transactions.

The  Option  Counterparties  are  financial  institutions,  and  we  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  they  might  default 
under the capped call transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the Option Counterparties is not secured by 
any collateral. If an Option Counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured 
creditor  in  those  proceedings,  with  a  claim  equal  to  our  exposure  at  that  time  under  the  capped  call  transactions 
with that Option Counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure 
will be correlated to an increase in the market price and in the volatility of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, 
upon a default by an Option Counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and may, on a net basis, have 
to pay more cash to settle exchanges of the Notes. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or 
viability of the Option Counterparties.

Risks Related to being a Foreign Private Issuer or an English Company

As  a  foreign  private  issuer,  we  are  permitted  to  report  our  financial  results  under  IFRS,  are  exempt  from 
certain rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a 
U.S. company, and our Class A ordinary shares are not listed, and we do not intend to list our shares, on 
any market in the United Kingdom, our country of incorporation. This may limit the information available to 
holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the SEC’s rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not 
subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For 
example,  we  are  exempt  from  certain  rules  under  the  Exchange  Act  that  regulate  disclosure  obligations  and 
procedural  requirements  related  to  the  solicitation  of  proxies,  consents  or  authorizations  applicable  to  a  security 
registered  under  the  Exchange  Act,  including  the  U.S.  proxy  rules  under  Section  14  of  the  Exchange  Act.  In 
addition,  our  officers  and  directors  are  exempt  from  the  reporting  and  “short-swing”  profit  recovery  provisions  of 
Section  16  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  related  rules  with  respect  to  their  purchases  and  sales  of  our  securities. 

32

Moreover, while we have been, and expect to continue to, voluntarily submit quarterly interim consolidated financial 
data  to  the  SEC  under  cover  of  the  SEC’s  Form  6-K,  we  are  not  required  to  file  periodic  reports  and  financial 
statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and are not required to file quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. If some investors find our Class A 
ordinary  shares  less  attractive  because  of  these  exemptions,  there  may  be  a  less  active  trading  market  for  our 
Class A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Furthermore, our shares are not listed and we do not currently intend to list our shares on any market in the 
United  Kingdom,  our  country  of  incorporation.  As  a  result,  we  are  not  subject  to  the  reporting  and  other 
requirements  of  companies  listed  in  the  United  Kingdom.  Accordingly,  there  will  be  less  publicly  available 
information concerning Atlassian than there would be if we were a public company organized in the United States.

In addition, we report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future be 
certain significant differences between IFRS and GAAP, including differences related to revenue recognition, share-
based  compensation  expense,  income  tax  and  earnings  per  share.  As  a  result,  our  financial  information  and 
reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance 
with GAAP. As a result, it may be difficult to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those 
companies that prepare financial statements under GAAP.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices 
in  lieu  of  certain  requirements  under  the  NASDAQ  listing  standards.  This  may  afford  less  protection  to 
holders of our Class A ordinary shares than U.S. regulations.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we are permitted 
to  follow  English  corporate  law  and  the  Companies Act  2006  (“Companies Act”)  with  regard  to  certain  aspects  of 
corporate governance in lieu of certain requirements under the NASDAQ listing standards.

A  foreign  private  issuer  must  disclose  in  its  annual  reports  filed  with  the  SEC  each  requirement  under  the 
NASDAQ listing standards with which it does not comply, followed by a description of its applicable home country 
practice.  Our  home  country  practices  differ  in  significant  respects  from  the  corporate  governance  requirements 
applicable  to  U.S.  domestic  issuers  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  and  may,  therefore,  afford  less 
protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

We  may  rely  on  exemptions  available  under  the  NASDAQ  listing  standards  to  a  foreign  private  issuer  and 
follow  our  home  country  practices  in  the  future,  and  as  a  result,  our  shareholders  may  not  be  provided  with  the 
benefits of certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost 
and expense.

In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either 

(i)  a  majority  of  voting  power  of  our  shares  must  be  either  directly  or  indirectly  owned  of  record  by  non-
residents of the United States 

or 

(ii) (a) a majority of our executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 
50%  of  our  assets  cannot  be  located  in  the  United  States,  and  (c)  our  business  must  be  administered 
principally outside the United States. 

If  we  lose  this  status,  we  would  be  required  to  comply  with  the  Exchange  Act  reporting  and  other 
requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for 
foreign private issuers. We would also be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in 
accordance with GAAP and modify certain of our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC 
rules and the NASDAQ listing standards. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we 
are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer will likely be higher than 
the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status 
would increase our legal and financial compliance costs. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the 
rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  U.S.  domestic  issuers,  it  could  make  it  more  difficult  and  expensive  for  us  to 
obtain director and officer liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to 
attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

33

Provisions contained in our articles of association and under the laws of England may frustrate or prevent 
an attempt to obtain control of us.

Provisions  in  our  articles  of  association,  as  amended  and  restated,  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or 
preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated articles of association 
include provisions that:

•

•

Specify that general meetings of our shareholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chair 
of  our  board  of  directors,  or  one  of  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers  (or  otherwise  by  shareholders  in 
accordance with the Companies Act); and
Provide  that  vacancies  on  our  board  of  directors  may  be  filled  only  by  a  majority  of  directors  then  in 
office, even though less than a quorum.

Provisions of the laws of England may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or 

changes in our management. The Companies Act includes provisions that:

•

•

Require  that  any  action  to  be  taken  by  our  shareholders  be  effected  at  a  duly  called  general  meeting 
(including the annual general meeting) and not by written consent; and
Require  the  approval  of  the  holders  of  at  least  75%  of  the  voting  power  of  our  outstanding  shares  to 
amend the provisions of our articles of association.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current 
management  by  making  it  more  difficult  for  shareholders  to  replace  members  of  our  board  of  directors,  which  is 
responsible for appointing the members of our management.

In addition, because we are a public limited company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom, we 
may  become  subject  to  the  U.K.  City  Code  on  Takeovers  and  Mergers  (“Takeover  Code”),  which  is  issued  and 
administered by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (“Takeover Panel”). The Takeover Code applies, among 
other things, to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom and whose securities 
are  admitted  to  trading  on  a  regulated  market  or  multilateral  trading  facility  in  the  United  Kingdom  (and  for  these 
purposes NASDAQ does not fall within the definition of regulated market or multilateral trading facility), or to an offer 
for  a  public  company  whose  registered  office  is  in  the  United  Kingdom  if Atlassian  is  considered  by  the Takeover 
Panel  to  have  its  place  of  central  management  and  control  in  the  United  Kingdom. Although  we  believe  that  the 
Takeover Code does not apply to us, the Takeover Panel will be responsible for determining whether we have our 
place of central management and control in the United Kingdom by looking at various factors, including the structure 
of our board of directors and where they are resident.

If  at  the  time  of  a  takeover  offer  the  Takeover  Panel  determines  that  we  have  our  place  of  central 
management  and  control  in  the  United  Kingdom,  or  if  at  that  time  we  have  our  shares  admitted  to  trading  on  a 
regulated market or multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom (or a regulated market in one or more member 
states of the European Economic Area), we would be subject to a number of rules and restrictions, including, but not 
limited to, the following: (i) our ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be extremely 
limited; (ii) we may not, without the approval of our shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have 
the effect of frustrating an offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals; and (iii) we would 
be obliged to provide equality of information to all bona-fide competing bidders.

The  rights  of  our  shareholders  may  differ  from  the  rights  typically  offered  to  shareholders  of  a  U.S. 
corporation.

We  are  incorporated  under  English  law.  The  rights  of  holders  of  Class A  ordinary  shares  are  governed  by 
English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act, and by our articles of association. These rights differ in 
certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations organized under Delaware law. 

Shareholders in certain jurisdictions may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive rights if we increase our 
share capital.

Under  the  Companies Act,  our  shareholders  generally  have  the  right  to  subscribe  and  pay  for  a  sufficient 
number of our shares to maintain their relative ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new shares in 
exchange for cash consideration. Shareholders in certain jurisdictions may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive 
rights  unless  securities  laws  have  been  complied  with  in  such  jurisdictions  with  respect  to  such  rights  and  the 
related shares, or an exemption from the requirements of the securities laws of these jurisdictions is available. We 
currently  do  not  intend  to  register  the  Class  A  ordinary  shares  under  the  laws  of  any  jurisdiction  other  than  the 

34

United  States,  and  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  an  exemption  from  the  securities  laws  requirements  of  other 
jurisdictions will be available to shareholders in these jurisdictions. To the extent that such shareholders are not able 
to  exercise  their  pre-emptive  rights,  the  pre-emptive  rights  would  lapse,  and  the  proportional  interests  of  such 
shareholders would be reduced.

Further,  the  Companies  Act  provides  that  in  certain  circumstances  the  pre-emptive  rights  available  to 
shareholders  can  be  overridden,  including  where  there  is  an  issue  of  shares  for  non-cash  consideration  or  the 
disapplication of the pre-emptive rights is approved by the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares. Our 
shareholders have approved the disapplication of these pre-emptive rights for a period of five years from our fiscal 
2017 annual shareholder meeting.

U.S. holders of our shares could be subject to material adverse tax consequences if we are considered a 
“passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  a  passive  foreign  investment  company,  and  we  do  not  expect  to  become  a 
passive  foreign  investment  company.  However,  our  status  in  any  taxable  year  will  depend  on  our  assets,  income 
and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable 
year,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  not  be  considered  a  passive  foreign  investment  company  for  the 
current taxable year or any future taxable years. If we were a passive foreign investment company for any taxable 
year  while  a  taxable  U.S.  holder  held  our  shares,  such  U.S.  holder  would  generally  be  taxed  at  ordinary  income 
rates  on  any  sale  of  our  shares  and  on  any  dividends  treated  as  “excess  distributions.” An  interest  charge  also 
generally would apply based on any taxation deferred during such U.S. holder’s holding period in the shares. 

U.S.  investors  may  have  difficulty  enforcing  civil  liabilities  against  us,  our  directors,  or  our  executive 
officers.

Under  English  law,  a  director  owes  various  statutory  and  fiduciary  duties  to  us,  and  not,  except  in  certain 
limited  circumstances,  to  shareholders.  This  means  that  under  English  law  generally  we,  rather  than  the 
shareholders, are the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to us by a director. Notwithstanding 
this general position, the Companies Act provides that a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim, 
which  is  an  action  in  respect  of  and  on  behalf  of  us,  in  respect  of  a  cause  of  action  arising  from  a  director’s 
negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. The ability to bring a derivative claim is, however, subject to 
compliance with a number of procedural requirements, which may in practice be difficult for shareholders to comply 
with.

We  are  a  public  limited  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  England.  Certain  of  our  directors  and 
executive officers reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and a substantial 
portion of the assets of such directors and executive officers, are located outside the United States. As a result, it 
may be difficult for an investor to serve legal process on us or our directors and executive officers or have any of 
them appear in a U.S. court.

It may not be possible to bring proceedings or enforce a judgment of a U.S. court in respect of civil liabilities 
predicated  on  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  in  England.  The  English  courts  will  not  enforce,  either  directly  or 
indirectly, a penal, revenue or other public law of a foreign state. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions 
brought  in  the  United  States  or  elsewhere  may  be  unenforceable  in  England.  An  award  of  damages  is  usually 
considered to be punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is instead 
intended  to  punish  the  defendant.  In  addition  to  public  policy  aspects  of  enforcement,  the  enforceability  of  any 
judgment in England will depend on the particular facts of the case such as the nature of the judgment and whether 
the English court considered the U.S. court to have had jurisdiction. It will also depend on the laws and treaties in 
effect at that time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty or convention providing 
for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial 
matters. Therefore, to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court, the party seeking to enforce the judgment must bring an 
action at common law in respect of the amount due under the judgment.

35

Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

Corporate Information

 Atlassian Corporation Plc was incorporated and registered in the United Kingdom in November 2013 as a 
public  company  limited  by  shares.  Our  registered  office  is  located  at  Exchange  House,  Primrose  Street,  London 
EC2A 2EG, c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP. Our principal offices are located at Level 6, 341 George St., Sydney, 
NSW,  2000 Australia  for Atlassian  Pty  Ltd  and  at  350  Bush  Street,  Floor  13,  San  Francisco,  California  94104  for 
Atlassian, Inc.

Atlassian  Corporation  Plc  is  a  holding  company  and  we  conduct  substantially  all  of  our  business  through 

certain of our subsidiaries, including Atlassian Pty Ltd and Atlassian, Inc.

The principal laws and legislation under which we operate and under which the Class A ordinary shares and 

Class B ordinary shares are issued is the Companies Act and the regulations made thereunder.

In October 2019, we acquired Code Barrel Pty Ltd (“Code Barrel”), a workflow automation tool for Jira. Total 
purchase price consideration for Code Barrel was approximately $39.1 million in cash. Code Barrel is the creator of 
‘Automation for Jira,’ a tool for easily automating several aspects of Jira. The acquisition of Code Barrel enhances 
Jira by helping customers automate more of the time-consuming and error-prone tasks in Jira.

In May 2020, we acquired Halp, Inc. (“Halp”), a message-based conversational help desk ticketing solution. 
The  total  purchase  price  was  approximately  $17.6  million,  which  consisted  of  approximately  $17.0  million  in  cash 
and  $0.6  million  in  fair  value  of  replacement  shares  attributable  to  service  provided  prior  to  acquisition.  The 
acquisition  of  Halp  complements  our  current  product  offerings  and  enables  customers  to  integrate  real-time 
messaging tools into their existing workflow solutions like Jira Service Desk and Confluence.

In July 2020, we acquired Mindville AB, an asset and configuration management company based in Sweden. 
Mindville brings critical configuration management database capability to Jira Service Desk to better meet the needs 
of  our  IT  customers.  See  Note  23,  “Events  after  the  reporting  period,”  to  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for additional information.

The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, 
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is atlassian.com. 
The information contained on our website is not part of this annual report.

B. Business Overview

Our mission is to unleash the potential of every team.

Our company was founded in 2002 to help software teams work better together. But from the beginning, our 
products  were  also  designed  to  help  developers  collaborate  with  non-developer  teams  involved  in  software 
innovation. As  more  non-developer  teams  have  gained  exposure  to  our  products,  and  as  we  add  to  our  portfolio 
through research and development and acquisitions, teams are adopting and extending our products to novel use 
cases,  bringing  our  products  to  more  users  and  business  teams  in  their  organizations. This  trend  has  created  an 
expansive market opportunity for us. 

Our products help teams organize, discuss, and complete their work – delivering superior outcomes for their 
organizations. Our primary products include Jira Software, targeting software teams, and Jira Core, targeting other 
business  teams  (collectively,  “Jira”)  for  planning  and  project  management,  Confluence  for  content  creation  and 
sharing, Trello for capturing and adding structure to fluid, fast-forming work for teams, Jira Service Desk for team 
service  and  support  applications,  Opsgenie  for  incident  management,  Jira  Align  for  enterprise  agile  planning, 
Bitbucket  for  code  sharing  and  management  and  Atlasian  Access  for  enterprise-grade  security  and  centralized 
administration. Together, our products form an integrated system for organizing, discussing and completing shared 
work, becoming deeply entrenched in how people collaborate and how organizations run. 

We  begin  with  a  deep  investment  in  product  development  to  create  and  refine  high-quality  and  versatile 
products that users love. By making our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and transparently sharing 
our pricing online for most of our products, we do not follow the practice of opaque pricing and discounting that is 
typical in the enterprise software industry. We pursue customer volume, targeting every organization, regardless of 
size,  industry,  or  geography. This  allows  us  to  operate  at  unusual  scale  for  an  enterprise  software  company,  with 
more than 174,000 customers across virtually every industry sector in approximately 190 countries as of June 30, 

36

2020.  Our  customers  range  from  small  organizations  that  have  adopted  one  of  our  products  for  a  small  group  of 
users, to over two-thirds of the Fortune 500, many of which use a combination of our products across thousands of 
users.

We take a long-term view of our customer relationships and our opportunity. We recognize that users drive 
the  adoption  and  proliferation  of  our  products  and,  as  a  result,  we  focus  on  enabling  a  self-service,  low-friction 
distribution model that makes it easy for users to try, adopt, and use our products. We are relentlessly focused on 
measuring and improving user satisfaction as we know that one happy user will beget another, thereby expanding 
the large and organic word-of-mouth community that helps drive our growth. 

The Atlassian Way

Our product strategy, distribution model and Company culture work in concert to create unique value for our 

customers and competitive advantages for our Company.

We invest significantly in developing and refining versatile products that can be used in myriad ways, helping 
teams  achieve  their  full  potential.  Our  products  are  easy  to  adopt  and  use,  which  allows  them  to  be  distributed 
organically and efficiently.

Because  our  products  are  easy  to  purchase  and  are  offered  at  affordable  price  points,  they  can  be  sold 
through a high-velocity, low-friction online distribution model. This model allows us to generate demand from word-
of-mouth  and  viral  expansion  within  organizations,  rather  than  having  to  solely  rely  on  a  traditional  sales 
infrastructure,  especially  with  enterprise-scale  customers.  Our  model  is  designed  to  operate  at  scale  and  serve 
millions of customers. 

Our culture of innovation, transparency, and dedication to our customers drives our success in implementing 
and refining this unique approach. We believe this approach creates a self-reinforcing effect that fosters innovation, 
quality,  customer  satisfaction,  scale,  and  profitability.  As  a  result  of  this  strategy,  we  invest  significantly  more  in 
research  and  development  activities  than  in  traditional  sales  activities  relative  to  other  enterprise  software 
companies.

Our Product Strategy

We have developed and acquired a broad portfolio of products that help teams large and small to organize, 
discuss, and complete their work in a new way that is coordinated, efficient and innovative. Our products serve the 
needs of teams of software developers, IT professionals, and knowledge workers. While these products provide a 
range of distinct functionality to users, they share certain core attributes:

•

•

•

•

Built  for  Teams  -  Our  products  are  singularly  designed  to  help  teams  work  better  together  and  achieve 
more.  We  design  products  that  help  our  customers  collaborate  more  effectively,  be  more  transparent  and 
operate in a coordinated manner. 

Easy to Adopt and Use - We invest significantly in research and development to enable our products to be 
both powerful and extremely easy to use. Our software is designed to be accessed from the Internet and 
immediately  put  to  work.  By  reducing  the  friction  that  usually  accompanies  the  purchasing  process  of 
business  software  and  eliminating  the  need  for  complicated  and  costly  implementation  and  training,  we 
believe we attract more people to try, buy, and derive value from our software. 

Versatile and Adaptable - We design simple products that are useful in a broad range of workflows and 
projects. We believe that our products can improve any process involving teams, multiple workstreams, and 
deadlines. For example, Jira, which enables software teams to plan, build, and ship code, is also used by 
thousands  of  our  customers  to  manage  workflows  related  to  product  design,  supply  chain  management, 
expense management, and legal document review. 

Integrated - Our products are integrated and designed to work well together. For example, the status of an 
IT service ticket generated in Jira Service Desk can be viewed in Confluence, providing visibility to business 
stakeholders. 

• Open - We are dedicated to making our products open and interoperable with a range of other platforms 
and  applications,  such  as  Microsoft,  Zoom,  Slack,  salesforce.com,  Workday,  and  Dropbox.  In  order  to 
provide a platform for our partners and to promote useful products for our users, in 2012 we introduced the 
Atlassian Marketplace, an online marketplace that features thousands of apps created by a growing global 
network  of  independent  developers  and  vendors.  The  Atlassian  Marketplace  provides  customers  a  wide 

37

range of additional capabilities they use to extend or enhance our products, further increasing the value of 
our platform. 

Our Distribution Model

Our high-velocity, low-friction distribution model is designed to drive exceptional customer scale by making 
affordable  products  available  online.  We  focus  on  product  quality,  automated  distribution,  transparent  pricing,  and 
customer service in lieu of a costly traditional sales infrastructure. We primarily rely on word-of-mouth and low-touch 
demand generation to drive trial, adoption, and expansion of our products.

The following are key attributes of our unique model:

•

•

Innovation-driven  -  Relative  to  other  enterprise  software  companies,  we  invest  significantly  in  research 
and  development  rather  than  marketing  and  sales.  Our  goal  is  to  focus  our  spending  on  measures  that 
improve quality, ease of adoption, and expansion, and create organic customer demand for our products. 
We also invest in ways to automate and streamline distribution and customer support functions to enhance 
our customer experience and improve our efficiency. 

In  addition,  a  portion  of  our  research  and  development  spending  is  directed  towards  demand  generation 
and  customer  conversion.  For  example,  we  have  invested  in  the  development  of  an  internal  platform  that 
analyzes  customer  behavior  and  promotes  additional  products  directly  to  users  in  the  context  of  their 
activity.

Simple and Affordable - We offer our products at affordable prices in a simple and transparent format. For 
example, a customer can use a full-feature free version of our products for up to a certain number of users. 
In addition, a customer coming to our website can evaluate, purchase and set up a Jira license, for 10 users 
or  50,000+  users,  based  on  a  transparent  list  price,  without  any  interaction  with  a  sales  person.  This 
approach,  which  stands  in  contrast  to  the  opaque  and  complex  pricing  plans  offered  by  most  traditional 
enterprise  software  vendors,  is  designed  to  complement  the  easy-to-use,  easy-to-adopt  nature  of  our 
products and accelerate adoption by large volumes of new customers.

• Organic  and  Expansive  -  Our  model  benefits  significantly  from  customer  word-of-mouth  driving  traffic  to 
our website. The vast majority of our transactions are conducted on our website, which drastically reduces 
our  customer  acquisition  costs.  We  also  benefit  from  distribution  leverage  via  our  network  of  solution 
partners,  who  resell  and  customize  our  products.  Once  we  have  landed  within  a  customer  team,  the 
networked nature and flexibility of our products tend to lead to adoption by other teams and departments, 
resulting in user growth, new use cases, and the adoption of our other products. 

•

•

Scale-oriented  -  Our  model  is  designed  to  generate  and  benefit  from  significant  customer  scale  and  our 
goal  is  to  maximize  the  number  of  individual  users  of  our  software.  With  more  than  174,000  customers 
using  our  software  today,  we  are  able  to  reach  a  vast  number  of  users,  gather  insights  to  refine  our 
offerings, and generate revenue growth by expanding within our customer accounts. With 5,892 customers 
paying us in excess of $50,000, 267 customers paying us in excess of $500,000 and 104 customers paying 
us  in  excess  of  $1,000,000  during  fiscal  year  2020,  many  of  whom  started  as  significantly  smaller 
customers,  we  have  demonstrated  our  ability  to  grow  within  our  existing  customer  base.  Ultimately,  our 
model  is  designed  to  serve  millions  of  customers  and  to  benefit  from  the  data,  network  effects,  and 
customer insights that emerge from such scale.

Data-driven  -  Our  scale  and  the  design  of  our  model  allows  us  to  gather  insights  into  and  improve  the 
customer experience. We track, test, nurture and refine every step of the customer journey and our users' 
experience.  This  allows  us  to  intelligently  manage  our  funnel  of  potential  users,  drive  conversion,  and 
promote  additional  products  to  existing  users.  Our  scale  has  enabled  us  to  experiment  with  various 
approaches to these tasks and constantly tune our strategies for user satisfaction and growth.

38

Our Culture

Our company culture is exemplified by our core values: 

The following are the key elements of our corporate culture that contribute to our ability to drive customer 

value and achieve competitive differentiation:

• Openness  and  Innovation  -  We  value  transparency  and  openness  as  an  organization.  We  believe  that 
putting  product  pricing  and  documentation  online  promotes  trust  and  makes  customers  more  comfortable 
engaging  with  our  low-touch  model.  In  addition,  we  are  dedicated  to  innovation  and  encourage  our 
employees  to  invent  new  applications,  uses,  and  improvements  for  our  software.  We  run  our  Company 
using  our  own  products,  which  promotes  open  communication  and  transparency  throughout  the 
organization.

•

•

•

Dedication to the Customer - Customer service and support is at the core of our business. Our customer 
support  teams  strive  to  provide  unparalleled  service  to  our  customers.  We  also  encourage  our  service 
teams to build scalable, self-service solutions that customers will love, as we believe superior service drives 
greater customer happiness, which in turn breeds positive word-of-mouth. 

Team-driven  -  As  our  mission  is  to  unleash  the  potential  of  every  team,  we  value  teamwork  highly.  We 
encourage  our  employees  to  be  both  team  oriented  and  entrepreneurial  in  identifying  problems  and 
inventing  solutions.  Dedication  to  teamwork  starts  at  the  top  of  our  organization  with  our  unique  co-CEO 
structure, and is celebrated throughout our Company. 

Long-term Focused - We believe that we are building a company that can grow and prosper for decades 
to come. Our model, in which we expand across our customers’ organizations over time, requires a patient, 
long-term approach, and a dedication to continuous improvement. This is exemplified by our investment in 
research  and  development,  which  is  significant  relative  to  traditional  software  models  and  is  designed  to 
drive  the  long-term  sustainability  of  our  product  leadership.  Given  the  choice  between  short-term  results 
and building long-term scale, we choose the latter.

Our Financial Model

By developing a product strategy, distribution model, and culture that are designed around the needs of our 
customers and users, we believe that we have established a financial model that is favorable for our shareholders. 
Our model has allowed us to grow customers and revenue steadily while generating positive free cash flow for each 
of  the  last  15  fiscal  years.  Our  model  relies  on  rapidly  and  efficiently  landing  new  customers  and  expanding  our 
relationship with them over time. The following are the key elements of our model:

•

•

•

•

Significant  Investment  in  Ongoing  Product  Development  and  Sales  Automation  -  Our  research  and 
development  investments  enable  us  to  rapidly  build  new  products,  continuously  enhance  our  existing 
products,  acquire  and  integrate  technologies,  obtain  data-driven  insights,  and  further  automate  and 
streamline our approach to customer acquisition.

Rapid and Efficient Acquisition of New Customers - By building products that are affordable and easy to 
adopt and use, we are able to attract customers rapidly without relying primarily on a traditional sales force, 
thereby lowering the cost of customer acquisition significantly. 

Continued  Expansion  -  Our  success  is  dependent  on  our  ability  to  expand  the  relationship  with  our 
existing base of customers through the addition of more users, teams and products.

Predictability of Sales - As we are not dependent on a traditional sales force and primarily rely on a high-
velocity,  low-friction  online  distribution  model,  we  have  historically  experienced  a  linear  quarterly  sales 

39

cycle.  Once  teams  begin  working  together  with  our  software,  we  become  embedded  in  their  workflows, 
becoming  a  system  for  engagement  within  organizations.  This  degree  of  integration  makes  our  products 
difficult to displace and provides us with steady and predictable revenue.

Positive Free Cash Flow - By reducing customer acquisition costs and establishing a revenue model that 
has scaled linearly, our model has allowed us to have positive free cash flow for more than the last 15 fiscal 
years.

Our Products 

We offer a range of team collaboration products, including:

Jira for team planning and project management; 

Confluence for team content creation and sharing; 

Trello for capturing and adding structure to fluid, fast-forming work for teams; 

Jira Service Desk for team service and support applications;

•

•

•

•

•

• Opsgenie for incident management; 

•

•

•

Jira Align for enterprise agile planning; 

Bitbucket for team code sharing and management; and

Atlasian Access for enterprise-grade security and centralized administration.

These products can be deployed by users in the cloud and many of our products can be deployed behind the 

firewall on the customers' own infrastructure.

Jira. Jira provides a sophisticated and flexible workflow management system that helps teams plan, organize, track 
and manage their work and projects. Jira’s customizable dashboards and powerful reporting features keep teams 
aligned and on track. 

Confluence. Confluence is a social and flexible content collaboration platform used to create, share, organize, and 
discuss  projects.  Through  Confluence’s  rich  and  dynamic  editor,  our  customers  create  and  share  their  work  - 
meeting  notes,  blogs,  product  requirements,  file  lists,  company  information,  or  project  plans  -  with  their  team  or 
external customers. Confluence’s collaborative capabilities enable teams to stay up to date and on the same page.

Trello. Trello is a collaboration and organization product that captures and adds structure to fluid, fast-forming work 
for teams. A project management application that can organize your tasks into lists and boards, Trello can tell users 
and their teams what is being worked on, by whom, and how far along the task or project is. At the same time, Trello 
is  extremely  simple  and  flexible,  which  allows  it  to  serve  a  vast  number  of  other  collaboration  and  organizational 
needs.

Jira  Service  Desk.  Jira  Service  Desk  is  an  intuitive  and  flexible  service  desk  product  for  creating  and  managing 
service  experiences  for  a  variety  of  service  team  providers,  including  IT,  legal,  and  HR  teams.  Jira  Service  Desk 
features an elegant self-service portal, best-in-class team collaboration, ticket management, integrated knowledge, 
service level agreement support, and real-time reporting. 

Opsgenie.  Opsgenie  is  an  incident  management  tool  that  enables  IT  teams  to  plan  for  and  respond  to  service 
disruptions.  Opsgenie  quickly  routes  alerts  to  the  appropriate  IT  teams,  speeding  diagnosis  and  resolution,  and 
reducing downtime. 

Jira Align. Jira Align helps enterprise organizations build and manage a ‘master plan’ that maps strategic projects 
to the various work streams required to deliver them. Jira Align provides business leaders with better visibility into 
bottlenecks, risks, and dependencies, as well as more accuracy around capacity planning and measuring return on 
investment.

Bitbucket. Bitbucket is a code management and  collaboration  product for teams using distributed version control 
systems. Bitbucket empowers teams to build, store, test, collaborate and deploy shared code. 

40

Atlassian  Access.  Atlassian  Access  is  an  enterprise-wide  product  for  enhanced  security  and  centralized 
administration that works across every Atlassian cloud products used, including Jira, Jira Service Desk, Confluence, 
Trello, and Bitbucket.

Other Products 

We also offer additional products, including Atlassian cloud apps, Bamboo, Crowd, Crucible, Fisheye, Halp, 

Sourcetree, Statuspage and Trello Power-Ups. 

Key Technologies and Capabilities 

Our products and technology infrastructure are designed to provide simple-to-use and versatile products with 
industry-standard security and data protection that scales to organizations of all sizes, from five user teams to large 
organizations  with  thousands  of  users.  Maintaining  the  security  and  integrity  of  our  infrastructure  is  critical  to  our 
business. As such, we leverage standard security and monitoring tools to ensure performance across our network.

The Atlassian Cloud Platform

Our products are built upon a platform of shared components and services that provide a common system 
for user management, add-ons, search, user interfaces and more. Over time, our strategy is to build more common 
micro services shared across our platform. This approach allows us to develop and introduce new products faster, 
as  we  can  leverage  common  foundational  services  that  already  exist.  This  also  allows  our  products  to  more 
seamlessly integrate with one another, and provides customers better experiences when using multiple products.

One  component  of  our  platform  is  the  Atlassian  User  Interface  (“AUI”),  a  library  of  JavaScript,  CSS, 
templates  and  other  resources  for  quickly  creating  interfaces  that  conform  to Atlassian  design  guidelines. AUI  is 
integrated  into  our  products,  and  is  also  available  externally  so  third-party  developers  can  build  products  that 
conform to our interface specifications.

Atlassian Connect

Open APIs and extensibility have been a hallmark of our products for many years. We offer a broad set of 
representational state transfer (REST)-based APIs to interact with many of our products features and data. Atlassian 
Connect is a framework to build apps for our products. An app may be an integration with another existing service, a 
set of new features for an Atlassian application, or an entirely new product that runs within an application. Atlassian 
Connect  add-ons  operate  remotely  over  HTTP  and  can  be  written  with  any  programming  language  and  web 
framework.

Atlassian Connect apps must conform to a set of approval guidelines administered by us and can be publicly 

offered by third parties and sold via the Atlassian Marketplace.

The Atlassian Marketplace and Ecosystem

The Atlassian  Marketplace  is  a  hosted  online  marketplace  for  free  and  purchasable  apps  to  our  products. 
The Atlassian Marketplace offers thousands of apps from a large and growing ecosystem of third-party vendors and 
developers. 

We  offer  the  Atlassian  Marketplace  to  customers  to  simplify  the  discovery  and  purchase  of  add-on 
capabilities for our products and to third-party vendors and developers to more easily reach our customer base, and 
to simplify license management and renewals. Our portion of revenue derived from each add-on sale to the vendors 
is approximately 25%. In fiscal year 2020, the Atlassian Marketplace generated over $400 million in purchases.

Marketing

Our  go-to-market  approach  is  driven  by  the  strength  and  innovation  of  our  products  and  organic  user 
demand. Our model focuses on a land-and-expand strategy, automated and low-touch customer service, superior 
product  quality,  and  disruptive  pricing.  We  make  our  products  easy  to  set  up  and  try,  which  facilitates  rapid  and 
widespread adoption of our software. Our products are built for teams, and thus have natural network effects that 
help  them  spread  virally,  through  word-of-mouth,  across  teams  and  departments.  This  word-of-mouth  marketing 
increases as more individual users and teams discover our products.

Our  marketing  efforts  focus  on  growing  our  company  brand,  building  broader  awareness  and  increasing 
demand  for  each  of  our  products.  We  invest  in  brand  and  product  promotion,  demand  generation  through  direct 
marketing and advertising, and content development to help educate the market about the benefits of our products. 

41

We  also  leverage  insights  gathered  from  our  users  and  customers  to  improve  our  targeting  and  ultimately  the 
return-on-investment  from  our  marketing  activities.  Data-driven  marketing  is  an  important  part  of  our  business 
model, which focuses on continuous product improvement and automation in customer engagement and service.

Sales

Our  website  is  our  primary  forum  for  sales,  and  supports  thousands  of  commercial  transactions  daily.  We 
share a wide variety of information directly with prospective customers, including detailed product information and 
product pricing. Our sales model focuses on enabling customer self-service, data-driven targeting and automation. 
As  a  result,  we  do  not  rely  primarily  on  a  traditional,  commissioned  direct  sales  force.  We  focus  on  allowing 
purchasing to be coordinated online through an automated, easy-to-use web-based process that permits payment 
using  a  credit  card  or  bank/wire  transfer.  We  augment  rigorous  and  continuously-improving  automated  processes 
with a customer service team to help customers where needed and identify future automation improvements.

We  also  have  a  global  network  of  solution  partners  with  unique  expertise,  services  and  products  that 
complement  the  Atlassian  portfolio,  such  as  deployment  and  customization  services,  localized  purchasing 
assistance  around  currency,  and  language  and  specific  in-country  compliance  requirements.  Sales  programs 
consist  of  activities  and  teams  focused  on  supporting  our  solution  partners,  tracking  channel  sales  activity, 
supporting  and  servicing  our  largest  customers  by  helping  optimize  their  experience  across  our  product  portfolio, 
helping customers expand their use of our products across their organizations and helping product evaluators learn 
how they can use our tools most effectively.

Community and Ecosystem

We are deeply committed to our global community, with over 25,000 third-party developers on the Atlassian 
platform and a network of over 500 solution partners. We foster a sense of community with our users through our 
Atlassian  Community  Events  (“ACE”)  program,  where  users  can  meet  in  their  local  cities  at  annual  live  customer 
and  developer  events,  including  Atlassian  Summit,  Atlassian  Open,  Atlas  Camp,  and  Atlassian  Community,  our 
online community which features user-generated questions and answers with in-depth discussion of our products. 
While these events are typically held in-person, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have adjusted the format 
of various events to be hosted virtually in accordance with local public health guidelines.

ACEs  are  community-led  meetups  held  around  the  world  that  we  sponsor  and  are  run  by  a  network  of 
enthusiastic  and  committed  customers  who  develop  an  agenda  covering  wide-ranging  topics  for  users  to  discuss 
together.

The Atlassian  Summit  is  our  user  event  where  our  users  can  engage  and  learn  from  thousands  of  other 
users and hundreds of product experts. While we have typically held this event in person in prior years, in fiscal year 
2020,  we  hosted Atlassian  Summit  entirely  virtually  with  over  16,000  unique  viewers.  We  use  the  event  to  share 
future product themes, deeper how-tos and customer-lead adoption best practices. The event also features product 
demos  and  hands-on  training  courses  and  is  a  large  virtual  networking  opportunity  for  customers  to  meet  each 
other, our partner ecosystem, and our employees. We plan to host Atlassian Summit entirely virtually in fiscal year 
2021.

Atlassian  Open  is  a  multi-city  event  where  users  can  learn  how  to  make  teams  more  open,  powerful, 

effective and happier. During these events we share how we’re creating the future of teamwork. 

Atlas  Camp  is  our  developer  conference  which  provides  an  opportunity  for  the  developer  community  to 
enhance their skills and knowledge of our products, including the integration capabilities of our platform, and meet 
with product specialists.

Customer Support and Services

We  focus  on  designing  products  that  are  easy  to  set  up,  adopt,  and  use  without  support.  We  provide 
maintenance and support for all of our licensed customers through our global, multi-channel technical support and 
services group. Customers are entitled to technical support through an active subscription to our cloud products, or 
through  an  active  annual  maintenance  agreement  for  our  on-premises  products.  This  maintenance  and  support 
provides customers with new features and improvements, and 24x7 access to our phone and online support teams.

Our  automated  support  services  enable  our  customers  to  help  themselves  and  include  the  following 

resources:

42

•

•

•

Technical  Documentation  -  Users  can  access  documentation  and  instruction  for  all  versions  of  our 
products.

Knowledge  Base  -  We  offer  troubleshooting  and  how-to  tips  for  all  of  our  products,  with  links  to  all  our 
product-specific knowledge bases.

Atlassian University - Atlassian University offers step-by-step interactive tutorials and videos that instruct 
users and admins on how to use our product.

• Over-the-web Hands-on Training - Webinars, led by our skilled training instructors, teach users how to 

use each product.

•

•

Atlassian  Community  -  Atlassian  Community  is  our  online  community  for  users  to  ask  questions  and 
provide answers and contribute in-depth discussions on our products and features.

Purchasing FAQ - We offer a simple guide to the online purchasing and account management service.

We  also  offer  premier  hands-on  support  from  a  team  of  dedicated  senior  support  engineers  and  technical 

account managers who act as a single point of contact for our support, product and engineering teams. 

Further customized support and professional services are provided through Atlassian solution partners. We 
have  over  500  solution  partners  worldwide  dedicated  to  handling  specific  needs  of  our  customers,  such  as 
translating documentation, providing on-site demos or training, building add-ons, tuning deployments, assisting with 
complex  enterprise  solutions,  and  providing  setup  or  agile-based  coaching.  Our  solution  partners  specialize  in 
environment  integrations  and  customizations  and  work  with  some  of  our  largest  customers  to  conduct  hands-on 
system integrations, deployments, and upgrades.

Competition

Our products serve teams of all shapes and sizes in every industry, from software and technical teams, to IT 

and service teams, to a broad array of business teams.

Our  competitors  range  from  large  technology  vendors  to  new  and  emerging  businesses  in  each  of  the 

markets we serve:

•

•

•

Software Teams - Our competitors include large technology vendors, including Microsoft (including GitHub) 
and  IBM,  and  smaller  companies  like  Gitlab  that  offer  project  management,  collaboration  and  developer 
tools.

IT Teams - Our competitors range from cloud vendors, including ServiceNow, salesforce.com, PagerDuty, 
Zendesk  and  Freshworks,  to  legacy  vendors  such  as  BMC  Software  (Remedy)  that  offer  service  desk 
solutions.

Business Teams - Our competitors range from large technology vendors, including Microsoft and Google, 
that  offer  a  suite  of  products,  to  smaller  companies  like Asana,  Monday.com  and  Smartsheet,  which  offer 
point solutions for team collaboration.

In  most  cases,  due  to  the  flexibility  and  breadth  of  our  products,  we  co-exist  alongside  many  of  our 

competitors' products within our own customer base, such as Microsoft, Gitlab and Asana.

The  principal  competitive  factors  in  our  markets  include  product  capabilities,  flexibility,  total  cost  of 
ownership,  ease  of  access  and  use,  performance  and  scalability,  integration,  customer  satisfaction  and  global 
reach.  Our  product  strategy,  distribution  model  and  company  culture  allow  us  to  compete  favorably  on  all  these 
factors. Through our focus on research and development we are able to rapidly innovate, offer a breadth of products 
that are easy to use yet powerful, are integrated and delivered through multiple deployment options from cloud, to 
on-premises  software  to  highly  scalable  data  center  solutions.  Our  high-velocity,  low-friction  online  distribution 
model  allows  us  to  efficiently  reach  customers  globally  without  the  need  to  invest  in  a  traditional  sales  force.  Our 
culture  enables  us  to  focus  on  customer  success  through  superior  products,  transparent  pricing  and  world-class 
customer support.

Employees 

Our  employees  are  our  greatest  asset  and  we  strive  to  foster  a  collaborative,  productive  and  fun  work 

environment. As of June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 we had 4,907, 3,616, and 2,638 employees, respectively.

43

C. Organizational Structure

Atlassian  Corporation  Plc  is  a  holding  company  and  we  conduct  substantially  all  of  our  business  through 

certain of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2020, our subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, are as follows: 

Name
Atlassian (UK) Limited

Atlassian (UK) Holdings Limited

Atlassian (Australia) Limited

Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited

Atlassian, Inc.

Atlassian Network Services, Inc.

Dogwood Labs, Inc.

Trello, Inc.

AgileCraft LLC

AgileCraft Australia Pty Ltd (1)

OpsGenie, Inc.
Opsgenie Yazılım Anonim Şirketi
iFountain, LLC

Halp, Inc

Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd

Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd

Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd.

Atlassian Pty Ltd

Good Software Co. Pty Ltd

Code Barrel Pty Ltd

Lead Green Pty Ltd

Lead Green Trust

Vertical First Pty Ltd

Vertical First Trust
Atlassian Capital Pty. Ltd.

MITT Australia Pty Ltd

MITT Trust

Atlassian Holdings B.V.

Atlassian K.K.

Atlassian Germany GmbH

Atlassian Philippines, Inc.

Atlassian France SAS

Atlassian B.V.

Atlassian Canada Inc.

Atlassian India LLP

Country of Incorporation
United Kingdom, United States of America

United Kingdom, United States of America

United Kingdom, United States of America

United Kingdom

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

Australia

United States of America
Turkey
United States of America

United States of America

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia
Australia

Australia

Australia

Netherlands

Japan

Germany

Philippines

France

Netherlands

Canada

India

(1)  AgileCraft Australia Pty Ltd is currently in liquidation.

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

As  of  June  30,  2020,  our  principal  offices  consist  of  approximately  245,000  and  277,000  square  feet  of 
leased office facilities in Sydney, Australia and the San Francisco Bay Area, California, United States, respectively. 
We  also  lease  other  office  facilities  around  the  world,  including Austin,  Texas;  New  York,  New  York;  and  Boston, 
Massachusetts, in the United States; the Netherlands; Japan; the Philippines; India; and Turkey. 

44

In February 2020, we entered into lease agreements for approximately 158,000 square feet of office space 

in a building under construction in Austin, Texas, United States. We expect to begin occupying 82,000 square feet 
and 76,000 square feet of this space in fiscal years 2022 and 2023, respectively. 

We  believe  that  suitable  additional  or  alternative  space  will  be  available  as  needed  to  accommodate  our 

growth if we require additional space. 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Our mission is to unleash the potential of every team.

Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete their work — delivering superior outcomes for their 

organizations.

Our  products  serve  teams  of  all  shapes  and  sizes,  in  virtually  every  industry.  Our  primary  products  include 
Jira  for  planning  and  project  management,  Confluence  for  content  creation  and  sharing,  Trello  for  capturing  and 
adding structure to fluid, fast-forming work for teams, Jira Service Desk for team service and support applications, 
Opsgenie  for  incident  management,  Jira  Align  for  enterprise  agile  planning,  Bitbucket  for  code  sharing  and 
management  and  Atlasian  Access  for  enterprise-grade  security  and  centralized  administration.  Together,  our 
products  form  an  integrated  system  for  organizing,  discussing  and  completing  shared  work,  becoming  deeply 
entrenched in how people collaborate and how organizations run. 

We  begin  with  a  deep  investment  in  product  development  to  create  and  refine  high-quality  and  versatile 
products that users love. By making our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and transparently sharing 
our pricing online for our products, we do not follow the practice of opaque pricing and discounting that is typical in 
the  enterprise  software  industry.  We  pursue  customer  volume,  targeting  every  organization,  regardless  of  size, 
industry or geography. 

To reach this expansive market, we primarily distribute and sell our products online without traditional sales 
infrastructure  where  our  customers  can  get  started  in  minutes  without  the  need  for  assistance.  We  focus  on 
enabling a self-service, low-friction model that makes it easy for customers to try, adopt and use our products. By 
making our products simple, powerful, affordable and easy to adopt, we generate demand from word-of-mouth and 
viral expansion within organizations.

Our  culture  of  innovation,  transparency  and  dedication  to  customer  service  drives  our  success  in 
implementing  and  refining  this  unique  approach.  We  believe  this  approach  creates  a  self-reinforcing  effect  that 
fosters  innovation,  quality,  customer  happiness,  scale  and  profitability.  As  a  result  of  this  strategy,  we  invest 
significantly  more  in  research  and  development  activities  than  in  traditional  sales  activities  relative  to  other 
enterprise software companies.

A  substantial  majority  of  our  sales  are  automated  through  our  website,  including  sales  of  our  products 
through  our  solution  partners  and  resellers.  Our  solution  partners  and  resellers  primarily  focus  on  customers  in 
regions that require local language support and other customized needs. Sales through indirect channels comprised 
over one-third of total revenues for fiscal year 2020. We plan to continue to invest in our partner programs to help us 
enter and grow in new markets, complementing our automated, low-touch approach.

We  generate  revenues  primarily  in  the  form  of  subscriptions,  maintenance,  perpetual  license  and  other 
sources. Subscription revenues consist primarily of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. Subscription revenues also 
include the sale of on-premises term licenses, consisting of software licensed for a specified period and support and 
maintenance service that is bundled with the license for the term of the license period. From time to time we make 
changes  to  our  prices  and  pricing  plans  for  our  products  which  may  impact  the  growth  rate  of  our  revenue,  our 
deferred revenue balances, and customer retention.

Maintenance  provides  our  customers  with  access 

future  updates,  upgrades  and 
enhancements  and  technical  product  support  for  perpetual  license  products  on  an  if  and  when  available  basis. 
Maintenance revenue combined with a subscription revenue business, through our cloud and Data Center products, 

to  unspecified 

45

results in a large recurring revenue base. In each of the past three fiscal years, more than 80% of our total revenues 
have been of a recurring nature from either maintenance fees or subscriptions. 

Customers  typically  pay  us  100%  of  the  initial  perpetual  license  fee  as  maintenance  revenue  annually, 
beginning in the first year. We typically recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements 
and term license agreements once the customer obtains control of the license, which is generally upon delivery of 
the license, and for maintenance and subscriptions, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Any 
invoice  amounts  or  payments  received  in  advance  of  revenue  recognition  from  subscriptions  or  maintenance  are 
included in our deferred revenue balance. The deferred revenue balance is influenced by several factors, including 
customer decisions around the timing of renewals, length of contracts and invoice timing within the period.

Key Business Metrics

We  utilize  the  following  key  metrics  to  evaluate  our  business,  measure  our  performance,  identify  trends 

affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

Customers

We  have  successfully  demonstrated  a  history  of  growing  both  our  customer  base  and  spend  per  customer 
through  growth  in  users,  purchase  of  new  licenses  and  adoption  of  new  products.  We  believe  that  our  ability  to 
attract new customers and grow our customer base drives our success as a business.

As  of  June  30,  2020,  we  had  174,097  customers.  With  these  customers  using  our  software  today,  we  are 
able  to  reach  a  vast  number  of  users,  gather  insights  to  refine  our  offerings  and  generate  growing  revenue  by 
expanding within our customer base. No single customer contributed more than 5% of our total revenues during the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of organizations with 
unique domains that have at least one active and paid license or subscription of our products for which they paid 
approximately $10 or more per month. While a single customer may have distinct departments, operating segments, 
or  subsidiaries  with  multiple  active  licenses  or  subscriptions  of  our  products,  if  the  product  deployments  share  a 
unique domain name, we only include the customer once for purposes of calculating this metric. We define active 
licenses as those licenses that are under an active maintenance or subscription contract as of period end.

Our  customers,  as  defined  in  this  metric,  have  generated  substantially  all  of  our  revenue  in  each  of  the 
periods presented. Including organizations who have only adopted our free or starter products, the active use of our 
products extends well beyond our 174,097 customers.

The following table sets forth our number of customers:

Customers

As of June 30,

2020

2019

2018

174,097

152,727 **

125,796 *

* Includes an increase in customers of 14,263 due primarily to Bitbucket Cloud pricing changes as we moved from a tiered pricing model to a per-
user pricing model. As a result, certain organizations using Bitbucket Cloud who had not previously met our definition of a “customer” now qualify 
as customers.

** Includes an increase of 1,396 customers as a result of our acquisition of OpsGenie and an increase of approximately 2,500 Trello customers 
as a result of the open board limits we introduced for Trello.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities 
less  net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  capital  expenditures,  and  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  for 
payments of lease obligations.

46

 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities

Less: Purchase of property and equipment

Less: Payments of lease obligations

Free cash flow * 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  574,210  $  466,342  $  311,456 

(35,709)   

(44,192)   

(30,209) 

(38,125)   

— 

— 

$  500,376  $  422,150  $  281,247 

*  As  a  result  of  our  adoption  of  IFRS  16  on  July  1,  2019,  we  have  updated  our  definition  of  free  cash  flow  to  subtract  payments  of  lease 
obligations under IFRS 16. These payments were previously, but no longer, reported in cash provided by operating activities. As a result, free 
cash  flow  is  not  affected  by  this  change.  Please  see  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  notes  to  our  consolidated 
financial statements for additional information regarding IFRS 16 adoption. 

Free  cash  flow  increased  by  $78.2  million  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020  as  compared  to  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019  as  a  result  of  an  increase  of  $107.9  million  in  net  cash  provided  by  operating 
activities  and  a  decrease  of  $8.5  million  in  capital  expenditures,  offset  by  payment  of  lease  obligations  of  $38.1 
million. 

For  more  information  about  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities,  please  see  “Liquidity  and  Capital 

Resources.”

A. Results of Operations

Components of Results of Operations

Sources of Revenues

Subscription revenues

Subscription  revenues  consist  primarily  of  fees  earned  from  subscription-based  arrangements  for  providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises 
term  license  agreements  for  our  Data  Center  products,  which  are  software  licensed  for  a  specified  period,  and 
includes  support  and  maintenance  service  that  is  bundled  with  the  license  for  the  term  of  the  license  period. 
Subscription revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the 
price  of  the  licenses.  Our  subscription-based  arrangements  generally  have  a  contractual  term  of  one  to  twelve 
months, with a majority being one month. For cloud-based services, subscription revenue is recognized ratably as 
services  are  performed,  commencing  with  the  date  the  service  is  made  available  to  customers.  For  on-premises 
term-based licenses, we recognize revenue upfront for the portion that relates to the delivery of the term license and 
the  support  and  related  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  as  the  services  are  delivered  over  the  term  of  the 
arrangement.

Maintenance revenues

Maintenance  revenues  represent  fees  earned  from  providing  customers  unspecified  future  updates, 
upgrades  and  enhancements  and  technical  product  support  for  perpetual  license  products  on  an  if  and  when 
available basis. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

Perpetual license revenues

Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the 
customer’s premises other than Data Center products. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis. Perpetual license 
revenues  consist  of  the  revenues  recognized  from  sales  of  licenses  to  new  customers  and  additional  licenses  to 
existing customers. We typically recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements once 
the customer obtains control of the license, which is generally upon delivery of the license.

Other revenues

Other  revenues  include  primarily  fees  received  for  sales  of  third-party  apps  in  the Atlassian  Marketplace. 
Technical account management, consulting and training services are also included in other revenues. Revenue from 
the sale of third-party apps via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized at the date of product delivery given that all of 
our  obligations  have  been  met  at  that  time  and  on  a  net  basis  as  we  function  as  the  agent  in  the  relationship. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from technical account management is recognized over the time period that the customer has access to 
the service. Revenue from consulting and training is recognized over time as the services are performed.

Cost of Revenues

Cost  of  revenues  primarily  consists  of  expenses  related  to  hosting  our  cloud  infrastructure,  which  includes 
third-party  hosting  fees  and  depreciation  associated  with  computer  equipment  and  software;  compensation 
expenses  for  our  employees  and  contractors,  including  share-based  payment  expense,  associated  with  our 
customer support and infrastructure service teams; payment processing fees; amortization of product technologies; 
certain  IT  program  fees;  and  facilities  and  related  overhead  costs.  To  support  our  cloud-based  infrastructure,  we 
utilize  third-party  managed  hosting  facilities  and  self-managed  data  centers.  We  allocate  share-based  payment 
expense  to  personnel  costs  based  on  the  expense  category  in  which  the  employee  works.  We  allocate  overhead 
such  as  information  technology  infrastructure,  rent  and  occupancy  charges  in  each  expense  category  based  on 
headcount  in  that  category. As  such,  general  overhead  expenses  are  reflected  in  cost  of  revenues  and  operating 
expense categories.

Our cost of revenues also includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, such as the amortization of the 

cost associated with an acquired company’s developed technology. 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross  profit  is  total  revenues  less  total  cost  of  revenues.  Gross  margin  is  gross  profit  expressed  as  a 
percentage  of  total  revenues.  Gross  margin  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  as  a  result  of  changes  in  product 
and services mix. 

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified as research and development, marketing and sales, and general and 
administrative.  For  each  functional  category,  the  largest  component  is  compensation  expenses,  which  include 
salaries  and  bonuses,  share-based  payment  expense,  employee  benefit  costs,  and  contractor  costs.  We  allocate 
overhead  such  as  information  technology  infrastructure,  rent,  and  occupancy  charges  in  each  expense  category 
based on headcount in that category.

Research and development

Research  and  development  expenses  consist  primarily  of  compensation  expense  for  our  employees  and 
contractors,  including  share-based  payment  expense,  contract  software  development  costs,  certain  IT  program 
expenses, and facilities and related overhead costs. We continue to focus our research and development efforts on 
building new products, adding new features and services, integrating acquired technologies, increasing functionality, 
enhancing our cloud infrastructure and developing our mobile capabilities.

Marketing and sales

Marketing and sales expenses consist primarily of compensation expense for our employees and contractors, 
including share-based payment expense, for our marketing and sales employees, marketing and sales programs, 
certain IT program expenses, and facilities and related overhead costs. Marketing programs consist of advertising, 
promotional events, corporate communications, brand building and product marketing activities such as online lead 
generation.  Sales  programs  consist  of  activities  and  teams  focused  on  supporting  our  solution  partners  and 
resellers,  tracking  channel  sales  activity,  supporting  and  servicing  our  customers  by  helping  them  optimize  their 
experience and expand the use of our products across their organizations and helping product evaluators learn how 
they can use our tools most effectively. 

General and administrative 

General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  compensation  expense  for  our  employees  and 
contractors,  including  share-based  payment  expense,  for  finance,  legal,  human  resources  and  information 
technology  personnel,  as  well  as  external  legal,  accounting  and  other,  professional  fees,  certain  IT  program 
expenses, other corporate expenses and facilities and related overhead costs.

Share-based payment expense

We allocate share-based payment expense to personnel costs based on the functional category in which the 
employee  works.  We  recognize  our  share-based  payments  as  an  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations based on their grant date fair values and vesting periods. 

48

We  adhere  to  the  accelerated  method  of  expense  recognition  for  share-based  awards  subject  to  graded 
vesting (i.e., when portions of the award vest at different dates throughout the vesting period). For example, for a 
grant  vesting  over  four  years,  we  treat  the  grant  as  multiple  awards  (sometimes  referred  to  as  “tranches”)  and 
recognize  the  cost  on  a  straight-line  basis  separately  for  each  tranche.  This  results  in  the  majority  of  the  grant’s 
share-based payment expense being recognized in the first year of the grant rather than equally per year under a 
straight-line expense methodology.

We  began  granting  RSUs  in  2014.  Prior  to  our  initial  public  offering  (“IPO”),  we  granted  RSUs  with  both  a 
time-based service condition and a liquidity condition. The time-based service condition for substantially all of these 
awards  is  satisfied  over  four  years. The  liquidity  condition  was  satisfied  upon  the  effectiveness  of  the  registration 
statement related to our IPO. Pursuant to IFRS, we estimate the fair value of each award at the date of grant and 
recognize expense over the service period rather than starting expense recognition upon a liquidity event, as is the 
case under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

During the fiscal years ended 2020 and 2019 we recognized share-based payment expense of $313.4 million 
and $257.8 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, the aggregate share-based payment expense remaining to be 
amortized  to  cost  of  revenues  and  operating  expenses,  over  a  weighted-average  period  of  1.4  years,  was 
$328.6  million.  We  expect  this  share-based  payment  expense  balance  to  be  amortized  as  follows:  $220.9  million 
during fiscal year 2021; $79.0 million during fiscal year 2022; $25.0 million during fiscal year 2023 and $3.7 million 
thereafter. The expected amortization reflects only outstanding share awards as of June 30, 2020.

Income taxes

Income  taxes  primarily  consist  of  income  taxes  in  the  United  Kingdom, Australia  and  the  United  States,  as 

well as income taxes in certain other foreign jurisdictions.

We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and report our taxable 

income in various jurisdictions.

Net loss

We incurred a net loss on an IFRS basis in fiscal years 2020 and 2019, primarily due to the marking to fair 
value  of  the  Notes  and  capped  call.  Please  refer  to  Note  16,  “Exchangeable  Senior  Notes,”  to  the  notes  to  our 
consolidated financial statements for details of our Notes and capped call. Our significant investments in research 
and  development  and  technology  infrastructure  for  our  cloud-based  offerings,  expanding  our  operations  globally, 
and developing new products and features for, and enhancements of, our existing products were also a contributing 
factor.

49

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2020

2019

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, 
except per share data)

Revenues:

Subscription

Maintenance

Perpetual license

Other

Total revenues

Cost of revenues (1) (2)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development (1) (2)

Marketing and sales (1) (2)

General and administrative (1)

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Other non-operating expense, net

Finance income

Finance costs

Loss before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net loss

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share 
attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic

Diluted

(1) 

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

931,455  $ 

469,350 

95,162 

118,206 

1,614,173 

268,807 

1,345,366 

763,188 

299,683 

268,409 

1,331,280 

14,086 

(338,486)   

27,801 

(49,610)   

(346,209)   

(4,445)   

(350,654)  $ 

633,950 

394,526 

93,593 

88,058 

1,210,127 

210,285 

999,842 

579,134 

268,356 

215,714 

1,063,204 

(63,362) 

(535,453) 

33,500 

(40,241) 

(605,556) 

(32,065) 

(637,621) 

(1.43)  $ 

(1.43)  $ 

(2.67) 

(2.67) 

244,844 

244,844 

238,611 

238,611 

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

General and administrative

$ 

19,787  $ 

204,150 

41,960 

47,498 

(2) 

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

$ 

29,509  $ 

166 

12,860 

17,450 

149,049 

39,303 

51,960 

27,997 

60 

28,744 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth our results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

 58 %
 29 
 6 
 7 
 100 
 17 
 83 

 47 
 18 
 17 
 82 
 1 
 (21) 
 2 
 (4) 
 (22) 
 — 
 (22) 

 1 %

 13 
 3 
 3 

 2 %
 — 
 1 

 52 %
 33 
 8 
 7 
 100 
 17 
 83 

 48 
 22 
 18 
 88 
 (5) 
 (44) 
 3 
 (4) 
 (50) 
 (3) 
 (53) 

 1 %

 12 
 3 
 4 

 2 %
 — 
 2 

of total revenues:

Revenues:

Subscription
Maintenance
Perpetual license
Other

Total revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
Marketing and sales
General and administrative

Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Other non-operating expense, net
Finance income
Finance costs
Loss before income tax expense
Income tax expense
Net loss

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales
General and administrative

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales

Fiscal Year Ended 2020 and 2019 

Revenues

Subscription
Maintenance

Perpetual license

Other

Total revenues

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

931,455  $ 
469,350 

633,950  $ 
394,526 

297,505 
74,824 

95,162 

118,206 

93,593 

88,058 

1,569 

30,148 

$  1,614,173  $  1,210,127  $ 

404,046 

 47 %
 19 

 2 

 34 

 33 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total  revenues  increased  $404.0  million,  or  33%,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020  compared  to  the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. Growth in total revenues was attributable to increased demand for our products 
from both new and existing customers. Of total revenues recognized in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, over 
90%  was  attributable  to  sales  to  customer  accounts  existing  on  or  before  June  30,  2019.  Our  number  of  total 
customers increased to 174,097 at June 30, 2020 from 152,727 at June 30, 2019. 

Subscription revenues increased $297.5 million, or 47%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The increase in subscription revenues was primarily attributable to additional 
subscriptions  from  our  existing  customer  base.  As  customers  increasingly  adopt  our  cloud-based  subscription 
services and term-based licenses for our on-premises Data Center products for their business needs, we expect our 
subscription revenues to continue to increase in future periods.

Maintenance revenues increased $74.8 million, or 19%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared to 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The increase in maintenance revenues was primarily attributable to growing 
renewal of software maintenance contracts from our customers related to our perpetual license software offerings.

Perpetual license revenues increased $1.6 million, or 2%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared 
to  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019. The  increase  in  perpetual  license  revenues  was  attributable  to  additional 
licenses to existing customers. 

Other  revenues  increased  $30.1  million,  or  34%,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020  compared  to  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019.  The  increase  in  other  revenues  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  increase  in 
revenue from sales of third-party apps through our Atlassian Marketplace. 

Total revenues by geography were as follows:

Americas

EMEA

Asia Pacific

Total revenues

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues
Gross margin

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

802,499  $ 

603,959  $ 

198,540 

 33 %

633,735 

177,939 

474,712 

131,456 

159,023 

46,483 

$  1,614,173  $  1,210,127  $ 

404,046 

 33 

 35 

 33 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  268,807  $  210,285  $ 

58,522 

 28 %

 83 %

 83 %

Cost  of  revenues  increased  $59  million,  or  28%,  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020  compared  to  the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The overall increase was primarily due to an increase of $25.4 million in hosting 
fees paid to the third party providers and an increase of $21.1 million in compensation expense for employees and 
contractors.

We increased our headcount during the period to meet the higher demand for our products and services from 
our  customers.  We  expect  to  continue  to  invest  in  additional  personnel  as  we  scale.  Over  time,  we  expect  the 
revenue from our cloud subscription business to grow as a percentage of total revenues. As a result, we intend to 
continue to invest in our cloud infrastructure. We expect that cost of revenues will increase in absolute dollars and 
may increase as a percentage of revenues in future periods.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses

Research and development

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Research and development

$ 

763,188  $ 

579,134  $ 

184,054 

 32 %

 Research and development expenses increased $184.1 million, or 32%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2020 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The overall increase was primarily a result of an increase of 
$154.9 million in compensation expense for employees and contractors (which includes an increase of $55.1 million 
in share-based payment expenses) and an increase of $19.2 million in professional services.

We  increased  our  research  and  development  headcount  during  the  period  in  order  to  enhance  and  extend 
our  service  offerings  and  develop  new  technologies.  We  expect  that  research  and  development  expenses  will 
increase  in  absolute  dollars  and  may  increase  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  in  future  periods  as  we  continue  to 
invest  in  additional  personnel  and  technology  to  support  the  development,  improvement  and  integration  of 
technologies. We have not capitalized any research and development costs during fiscal year 2020 and 2019.

Marketing and sales

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Marketing and sales

$ 

299,683  $ 

268,356  $ 

31,327 

 12 %

Marketing  and  sales  expenses  increased  $31.3  million,  or  12%,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020, 
compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019.  Marketing  and  sales  expenses  increased  primarily  due  to  an 
increase of $29.5 million in compensation expense for employees and an increase of $11.0 million in professional 
services,  offset  by  a  decrease  of  $15.9  million  in  amortization  of  acquired  intangible  assets.  Our  marketing  and 
sales  headcount  increased  during  the  period  as  a  result  of  hiring  additional  personnel  to  expand  our  relationship 
with our existing customers and to attract new customers.

General and administrative

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

General and administrative

$ 

268,409  $ 

215,714  $ 

52,695 

 24 %

General and administrative expenses increased $52.7 million, or 24%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 
compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $25.8 million in 
compensation expense for employees and contractors, an increase of $9.9 million in professional services and an 
increase  of  $5.4  million  in  software  subscription  expense.  Our  general  and  administrative  headcount  increased 
during the period as we added personnel to support our growth. 

Other non-operating expense, net

Other non-operating expense, net

$ 

(338,486)  $ 

(535,453)  $ 

196,967 

**

_______________________
Not meaningful
** 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other  non-operating  expense,  net  decreased  $197.0  million  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020, 
compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to the net impact from the mark 
to  fair  value  of  the  embedded  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and  the  related  capped  call  transactions  of  $198.0 
million. Please refer to Note 16, “Exchangeable Senior Notes,” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements 
for more details.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense

Effective tax rate

** 

Not meaningful

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

(4,445)  $ 

(32,065)  $ 

27,620 

**

**

**

We reported a tax expense of $4.4 million on pretax loss of $346.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2020, as compared to a tax expense of $32.1 million on pretax loss of $605.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 
30, 2019. Our effective tax rate substantially differed from the U.K. statutory income tax rate of 19.0% primarily due 
to different tax rates in foreign jurisdictions such as the U.S. and Australia, the recognition of significant permanent 
differences during the fiscal years ended 2020 and 2019, and non-cash charges to adjust the carrying value of our 
U.S.  and  Australian  deferred  tax  assets  due  to  changes  in  our  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  our  U.S.  and 
Australian  deferred  tax  assets.  In  June  2019,  as  a  result  of  our  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  its  Australian 
deferred tax assets, we recorded non-cash charges to tax expense of $54.7 million to reduce the carrying value of 
these  assets.  Our  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  our Australian  and  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets  is  based  on  all 
available positive and negative evidence. Such evidence includes, but is not limited to, recent cumulative earnings 
or  losses,  expectations  of  future  taxable  income  by  taxing  jurisdiction,  and  the  carry-forward  periods  available  for 
the utilization of deferred tax assets.

Significant permanent differences included non-deductible charges related to the Notes, nondeductible share-

based payment expense and research and development incentives.

See Note 8, “Income Tax,” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for our reconciliation of loss 
before income tax expense to income tax expense. A change in our global operations could result in changes to our 
effective tax rates, future cash flows and overall profitability of our operations.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.5 billion, short-term investments totaling 
$676.1  million  and  trade  receivables  totaling  $112.0  million.  Since  our  inception,  we  have  primarily  financed  our 
operations through cash flows generated by operations.

Our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities for the fiscal years ended 

2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  574,210  $  466,342  $  311,456 

(318,931)   

(604,198)   

(51,696) 

(42,575)   

(3,187)   

906,789 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(1,176)   

(855)   

(630) 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

$  211,528  $ 

(141,898)  $  1,165,919 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be 
sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs  for  at  least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will 
depend  on  many  factors  including  our  growth  rate,  the  timing  and  extent  of  spend  on  research  and  development 
efforts, employee headcount, marketing and sales activities, acquisitions of additional businesses and technologies, 
the timing and extent of exchange of the Notes for payments of cash, the introduction of new software and services 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
offerings, enhancements to our existing software and services offerings and the continued market acceptance of our 
products.

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  has  historically  been  affected  by  the  amount  of  net  income  (loss) 
adjusted  for  non-cash  expense  items  such  as  depreciation  and  amortization,  depreciation  of  right-of-use  assets, 
non-coupon  impact  related  to  the  Notes  and  capped  calls  and  expense  associated  with  share-based  awards,  the 
timing  of  employee-related  costs  such  as  bonus  payments,  collections  from  our  customers,  which  is  our  largest 
source of operating cash flows, and changes in other working capital accounts.

Accounts impacting working capital consist of trade receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, 
trade and other payables, current provisions, and current deferred revenue. Our working capital may be impacted 
by  various  factors  in  future  periods,  such  as  billings  to  customers  for  subscriptions,  licenses  and  maintenance 
services and the subsequent collection of those billings or the amount and timing of certain expenditures.

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $574.2  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  as  a 
result of $346.2 million in loss before income tax expense adjusted by non-cash charges including the net loss of 
marking to fair value of the embedded exchange feature of the Notes and related capped call transactions of $336.0 
million,  debt  discount  and  issuance  cost  amortization  of  $35.6  million,  share-based  payment  expense  of  $313.4 
million, depreciation and amortization of $62.3 million, and depreciation of our right-of-use assets of $35.1 million. 
The  net  increase  of  $143.0  million  from  our  operating  assets  and  liabilities  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $131.5 
million  increase  in  our  deferred  revenue  as  a  result  of  increased  sales  of  subscriptions  and  renewals  of 
maintenance  contracts  and  a  $51.5  million  increase  in  our  trade  and  other  payables,  provisions  and  other  non-
current  liabilities,  offset  by  a  $29.4  million  increase  in  trade  receivables  and  a  $10.6  million  increase  in  prepaid 
expenses  and  other  assets.  Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  also  impacted  by  interest  received  of 
$29.2 million and income tax paid, net of tax refund received of $17.9 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $466.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, as a 
result of $605.6 million in loss before income tax expense adjusted by non-cash charges including the net loss of 
marking to fair value of the embedded exchange feature of the Notes and related capped call transactions of $533.9 
million,  depreciation  and  amortization  of  $70.2  million,  share-based  payment  expense  of  $257.8  million  and  debt 
discount  and  issuance  cost  amortization  of  $33.9  million.  The  net  increase  of  $169.0  million  from  our  operating 
assets  and  liabilities  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $122.5  million  increase  in  our  deferred  revenue  as  a  result  of 
increased sales of subscriptions and renewals of maintenance contracts and a $75.6 million increase in trade and 
other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities, offset by a $30.2 million increase in trade receivables. 
Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  also  impacted  by  interest  received  of  $30.3  million  and  tax  refunds 
received, net of income tax paid of $7.0 million.

 Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $318.9 million. This was 
primarily  related  to  purchases  of  investments  totaling  $985.9  million,  cash  paid  for  business  combinations,  net  of 
cash acquired, totaling $53.2 million and capital expenditures totaling $35.7 million, offset by cash received from the 
maturing of investments which totaled $513.3 million and proceeds from sales of investments of $245.5 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was $604.2 million. This was 
primarily related to cash paid for business combinations, net of cash acquired, totaling $418.6 million, purchases of 
investments totaling $648.0 million and purchases of property and equipment totaling $44.2 million to support the 
growth of our business, including hardware, equipment and leasehold improvements, offset by cash received from 
the maturing of investments which totaled $485.0 million and proceeds from sales of investments of $20.5 million.

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020  was  $42.6  million  and  was 
primarily  related  to  payments  of  lease  obligations  of  $38.1  million  and  coupon  interest  payments  on  the  Notes  of 
$(6.3) million,  offset by proceeds from exercises of employee share options of $1.8 million. 

Net  cash  used  by  financing  activities  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019  was  $3.2  million  and  was 
primarily  related  to  coupon  interest  payments  on  the  Notes  of  $6.3  million,  offset  by  proceeds  from  exercises  of 
employee share options of $3.5 million. 

55

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

We  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  which  includes  all  standards 
issued by the IASB and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. The preparation of the 
consolidated  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues, and expenses. We base our judgments and 
estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  other  various  factors  we  believe  to  be  reasonable  under  the 
circumstances,  and  we  evaluate  these  estimates  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these 
estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect the financial results or the financial 
position reported in future periods.

While  our  significant  accounting  policies  are  more  fully  described  in  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve 
a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the accounting policies we believe are the most 
critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue recognition

Revenues are generally recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services provided to 
our customers, reflecting the amount of consideration we expect to receive for those products or services. We enter 
into contracts that can include various combinations of products and services, which are generally capable of being 
distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected 
from  customers,  which  are  subsequently  remitted  to  governmental  authorities.  The  revenue  recognition  policy  is 
consistent for sales generated directly with customers and sales generated indirectly through solution partners and 
resellers.

Revenues are recognized upon the application of the following steps: 

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Identification of the contract or contracts with a customer; 
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract; 
Determination of the transaction price; 
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 
Recognition of revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of billing our customers. We receive payments 
from customers based on a billing schedule as established in our contracts. Contract assets are recognized when 
performance  is  completed  in  advance  of  scheduled  billings.  Deferred  revenue  is  recognized  when  billings  are  in 
advance of performance under the contract. Our revenue arrangements include standard warranty provisions that 
our  products  and  services  will  perform  and  operate  in  all  material  respects,  with  the  applicable  published 
specifications, the  financial impacts which have historically been and are expected to continue to be insignificant. 
Our contracts do not include a significant financing component. 

Our  contracts  with  customers  often  include  promises  to  transfer  multiple  products  and  services  to  a 
customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should 
be accounted for separately versus together may require judgment.

We  allocate  the  transaction  price  for  each  contract  to  each  performance  obligation  based  on  the  relative 
standalone  selling  price  (“SSP”)  for  each  performance  obligation.  We  use  judgment  in  determining  the  SSP  for 
products and services. We typically determine an SSP range for our products and services which is reassessed on 
a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change. For all performance obligations other than perpetual and 
term licenses, we are able to determine SSP based on the observable prices of products or services sold separately 
in  comparable  circumstances  to  similar  customers.  In  instances  where  performance  obligations  do  not  have 
observable standalone sales, we utilize available information that may include market conditions, pricing strategies, 
the economic life of the software, and other observable inputs to estimate the price we would charge if the products 
and services were sold separately.

Our  products  are  generally  sold  with  a  right  of  return,  we  may  provide  other  credits  or  incentives,  and  in 
certain instances we estimate customer usage of our services, which are accounted for as variable consideration 
when determining the amount of revenue to recognize. Returns and credits are estimated at contract inception and 
updated at the end of each reporting period if additional information becomes available. Variable consideration was 
not material for the periods presented.

56

Recognition of revenue

Revenue  recognized  from  contracts  with  customers  is  disaggregated  into  categories  that  depict  how  the 
nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. We report our 
revenues in four categories: (i) subscription, (ii) maintenance, (iii) perpetual license, and (iv) other. In addition, we 
present revenue by geographic region in Note 15, “Revenue,” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Subscription revenues

Subscription revenues consist primarily of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises 
term  license  agreements  for  our  Data  Center  products,  which  are  software  licensed  for  a  specified  period,  and 
includes  support  and  maintenance  service  that  is  bundled  with  the  license  for  the  term  of  the  license  period. 
Subscription revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the 
price  of  the  licenses.  Our  subscription-based  arrangements  generally  have  a  contractual  term  of  one  to  twelve 
months, with a majority being one month. For cloud-based services, subscription revenue is recognized ratably as 
services  are  performed,  commencing  with  the  date  the  service  is  made  available  to  customers.  For  on-premises 
term-based licenses, we recognize revenue upfront for the portion that relates to the delivery of the term license and 
the  support  and  related  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  as  the  services  are  delivered  over  the  term  of  the 
arrangement.

Maintenance revenues

Maintenance  revenues  represent  fees  earned  from  providing  customers  unspecified  future  updates, 
upgrades  and  enhancements  and  technical  product  support  for  perpetual  license  products  on  an  if  and  when 
available basis. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

Perpetual license revenues

Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the 
customer’s premises other than Data Center products. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis. Perpetual license 
revenues  consist  of  the  revenues  recognized  from  sales  of  licenses  to  new  customers  and  additional  licenses  to 
existing customers. We typically recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements once 
the customer obtains control of the license, which is generally upon delivery of the license.

Other revenues

Other  revenues  include  primarily  fees  received  for  sales  of  third-party  apps  in  the Atlassian  Marketplace. 
Technical account management, consulting and training services are also included in other revenue. Revenue from 
the sale of third-party apps via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized at the date of product delivery given that all of 
our  obligations  have  been  met  at  that  time  and  on  a  net  basis  as  we  function  as  the  agent  in  the  relationship. 
Revenue from technical account management is recognized over the time period that the customer has access to 
the service. Revenue from consulting and training is recognized over time as the services are performed. 

Business combinations

We include the results of operations of the businesses that we acquire beginning from the acquisition date. 
We  allocate  the  purchase  price  of  our  acquisitions  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on  their 
estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities 
is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combination and 
are expensed as incurred.

We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the intangible assets acquired 
at the acquisition date. The estimation is primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models 
used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to 
the underlying significant assumptions. Our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. We use a 
discounted  cash  flow  method  of  the  income  approach  to  measure  the  fair  value  of  these  intangible  assets. 
Assumptions  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  intangible  assets  include  revenue  growth  rates,  technology 
migration curve, customer attrition rates and discount rates. These assumptions are forward-looking and could be 
affected by future economic and market conditions.

During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the date of acquisition, we may record 
adjustments  to  the  fair  value  of  these  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on 

57

additional information obtained affecting the fair value of those assets and liabilities, with the corresponding offset to 
goodwill. In addition, uncertain tax positions are initially established in connection with a business combination as of 
the acquisition date. We continue to collect information and reevaluate these provisional estimates and assumptions 
as  deemed  reasonable  by  management.  We  record  any  adjustments  to  these  provisional  estimates  and 
assumptions  against  goodwill  provided  they  arise  within  the  measurement  period.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the 
measurement  period  or  final  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  or  liabilities  assumed,  whichever 
comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations. 

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year and 
when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. We perform our annual goodwill impairment 
test  at  the  level  of  our  operating  segment  as  there  are  no  lower  levels  within  the  Group  at  which  goodwill  is 
monitored. Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of the operating segment. 
When  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  operating  segment  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  an  impairment  loss  is 
recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets

We acquire intangible assets separately or in connection with business combinations. Intangible assets are 
measured  at  cost  initially.  All  of  our  intangible  assets  are  subject  to  amortization  and  are  amortized  over  their 
estimated useful life using the straight-line method. The amortization expense on intangible assets is recognized in 
the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  in  the  expense  category,  consistent  with  the  function  of  the  intangible 
asset.

The estimated useful lives for each intangible asset class are as follows:

Patents, trademarks and other rights

Customer relationships

Acquired developed technology

1 - 12 years

2 - 10 years

2 - 7 years

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  assessed  for  impairment  whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the 
intangible  asset  may  be  impaired.  When  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying 
amount, an impairment loss is recognized.

Impairment of non-financial assets

At the end of each reporting period, we assess whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. 
If  any  indication  exists,  or  when  annual  impairment  testing  for  an  asset  is  required,  we  estimate  the  asset’s 
recoverable  amount.  The  recoverable  amount  is  determined  for  an  individual  asset,  unless  the  asset  does  not 
generate  cash  inflows  that  are  largely  independent  of  those  from  other  assets  or  groups  of  assets.  An  asset’s 
recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  an  asset’s  or  cash  generating  unit  (“CGU”)’s  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal 
and its value in use. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is 
considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-
tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such 
transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, which supersedes the previous leases standard, IAS 17, Leases 
and  related  interpretations.  The  standard  introduced  a  single  lessee  accounting  model  and  requires  a  lessee  to 
recognize leases on its statement of financial position, represented by right-of-use assets and lease obligations. We 
adopted IFRS 16 as of July 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective method and, therefore, the comparatives for 
fiscal years 2019 and 2018 have not been restated.

Prior to adoption of IFRS 16

The  determination  of  whether  an  arrangement  is  or  contains  a  lease  is  based  on  the  substance  of  the 
arrangement  at  the  inception  date,  whether  fulfillment  of  the  arrangement  is  dependent  on  the  use  of  a  specific 

58

asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an 
arrangement.  We  categorize  leases  at  their  inception  as  either  operating  or  finance  leases.  Expenses  incurred  in 
operating  leases  (net  of  any  incentives  received  from  the  lessor)  are  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
term of the lease.

After adoption of IFRS 16

Group as lessee

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Our lease agreements generally contain lease and 
non-lease components. Lease payments under our lease arrangements are primarily fixed. Non-lease components 
primarily include payments for maintenance and utilities and are expensed as incurred.

Lease  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease  payments  at  the  lease 
commencement  date.  The  interest  rate  used  to  determine  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease  payments  is  our 
incremental  borrowing  rate,  because  the  interest  rate  implicit  in  our  leases  is  not  readily  determinable.  Our 
incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms 
and payments, and in economic environments where the leased asset is located. Our lease terms include periods 
under options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. We 
generally use the base, non-cancelable, lease term when determining lease liabilities. We reassess the lease term if 
and when a significant event or change in circumstances occurs within the control of the Group.

Right-of-use assets are recognized at cost at the lease commencement date. The cost of right-of-use assets 
includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct cost incurred, any prepaid lease payments less lease 
incentives and an estimate of restoration cost. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the 
shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets. 

We  apply  the  short-term  lease  recognition  exemption  for  our  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value 
assets.  Short-term  leases  are  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less.  Low-value  assets  are  primarily 
comprised  of  office  equipment.  Payments  associated  with  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Taxation

Current tax

Current  income  tax  assets  and/or  liabilities  comprise  amounts  expected  to  be  recovered  or  paid  to  Her 
Majesty's  Revenue  &  Customs  (“HMRC”),  the  Australian  Taxation  Office,  the  United  States  Internal  Revenue 
Service (“IRS”) and other fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, which are unpaid at each 
reporting date. Current tax is payable on taxable income that differs from the consolidated statements of operations 
in  the  financial  statements  due  to  permanent  and  temporary  timing  differences.  The  calculation  of  current  tax  is 
based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

We  use  the  liability  method  of  accounting  for  income  taxes.  Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities 
represent temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial 
statements and their corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable income. Deferred tax however is 
not recognized on the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability (other than in a 
business combination) in a transaction that affects neither tax nor accounting income.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments  in 
subsidiaries and associates, except where we are able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
provided for in full.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future 
and it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on our forecast of future 
results  of  operations.  Deferred  tax  assets  are  adjusted  for  significant  non-taxable  income,  expenses  and  specific 
limits on the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each 
reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will allow the 
deferred tax asset to be recovered.

59

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  calculated,  without  discounting,  at  tax  rates  and  in  accordance  with 
laws that are expected to apply to their respective period of realization, provided the tax rates and laws are enacted 
or  substantively  enacted  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  are 
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income 
will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  are  offset  when  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  offset  current  tax 
assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and 
we intend to settle our current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities 
are recognized as a component of tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations, except where 
they  relate  to  items  that  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  or  directly  in  equity,  in  which  case  the 
related deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively. Where deferred tax 
arises  from  the  initial  accounting  for  a  business  combination,  the  tax  effect  is  included  in  the  accounting  for  the 
business combination.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences for which management considers it 
is  probable  that  future  taxable  income  will  be  available  to  utilize  those  temporary  differences.  Significant 
management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based 
upon  the  likely  timing  and  the  level  of  future  taxable  income,  together  with  future  tax-planning  strategies. 
Assumptions  about  the  generation  of  future  taxable  income  depend  on  management’s  estimates  of  future  cash 
flows,  future  business  expectations,  capital  expenditures,  dividends,  and  other  capital  management  transactions. 
Management  judgment  is  also  required  in  relation  to  the  application  of  income  tax  legislation,  which  involves 
complexity and an element of uncertainty. Where management judgment is found to be misplaced, some or all of 
recognized deferred tax asset and liability carrying amounts may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding 
credit or charge to the consolidated statements of operations. 

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments Not Yet Adopted in Fiscal Year 2020

The IASB has issued other amendments resulting from improvements to IFRS that management considers 
do not have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group. We do not expect 
them to have a material impact on our accounting policies. 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Research and Development

Our  research  and  development  organization  is  primarily  responsible  for  design,  development,  testing  and 
delivery of our products and platform. It is also responsible for our customer services platforms, including billing and 
support, our Marketplace platform, and marketing and sales systems that power our automated distribution model.

As a company, we prioritize research and development above all other operating investments. Over the last 
two  fiscal  years,  we  invested  $989.1  million  in  research  and  development  activities,  excluding  share-based 
compensation, translating to 35.0% of the revenue generated over the same period. During this period, we released 
new versions, features, and cloud platform capabilities to drive existing customer success and expansion as well as 
attract new customers to our products.

As of June 30, 2020, over 50% of our employees were involved in research and development activities. Our 
research  and  development  organization  is  primarily  distributed  across  six  locations:  Sydney,  Australia,  the  San 
Francisco  Bay  Area,  California,  New  York,  New  York,  Austin,  Texas,  Bengaluru,  India,  and  Ankara,  Turkey.  In 
addition, we conduct research and development activities at our partner location in Gdansk, Poland.

Our  research  and  development  organization  consists  of  flexible  and  dynamic  teams  that  follow  agile 
development methodologies to enable rapid product releases across our various platforms: cloud, server and data 
center. In addition to investing in our internal development teams, we invest heavily in our developer ecosystem to 
enable  external  software  developers  to  build  features  and  solutions  on  top  of  our  platform.  Given  our  relentless 
focus  on  the  customer,  we  work  closely  with  our  customers  to  develop  our  products,  and  have  designed  a 
development process that incorporates the feedback that matters most from our users. From maintaining an active 
online community to measuring user satisfaction for our products, we are able to address our users’ greatest needs.

60

Intellectual Property

We protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, domain names, copyrights, trade 
secrets  and  patents,  as  well  as  contractual  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  access  to  our  proprietary 
technology.

We  registered  ‘‘Atlassian’’  as  a  trademark  in  the  United  States,  Australia,  the  EU,  Russia,  China,  Japan, 
Switzerland,  Norway,  Singapore,  Israel,  Korea,  and  Canada.  We  have  also  registered  or  filed  for  trademark 
registration of product-related trade names and logos in the United States, Australia, the EU, Brazil, Russia, India, 
and China, and certain other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe 
it would be beneficial and cost effective.

As  of  June  30,  2020,  we  had  117  issued  patents  and  have  over  200  applications  pending  in  the  United 
States. We also have a number of patent applications pending before the European Patent Office. These patents 
and  patent  applications  seek  to  protect  proprietary  inventions  relevant  to  our  business.  We  intend  to  pursue 
additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We are the registered holder of a variety of domain names that include ‘‘Atlassian’’ and similar variations. 

In addition to the protection provided by our registered intellectual property rights, we protect our intellectual 
property rights by imposing contractual obligations on third parties who develop or access our technology. We enter 
into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners. Our employees, 
consultants  and  contractors  are  also  subject  to  invention  assignment  agreements,  pursuant  to  which  we  obtain 
rights  to  technology  that  they  develop  for  us.  We  further  protect  our  rights  in  our  proprietary  technology  and 
intellectual property through restrictive license and service use provisions in both the general and product-specific 
terms of use on our website and in other business contracts.

D. Trend Information

We operate with a long-term mindset to drive durable growth measured over decades.

In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we completed the full rollout of free cloud editions across our core 
products  -  Jira  Software,  Confluence  and  Jira  Service  Desk.  We  also  launched  the Atlassian  Cloud  Enterprise,  a 
complete  ladder  of  cloud  editions  to  fit  any  size  customer’s  needs.  This  is  the  direct  result  of  our  multi-year 
investment in our cloud platform.

  Migrating  our  larger  customers  to  the  cloud  is  one  of  our  most  important  priorities  over  the  next  several 
years.  Consistent  with  our  strategy,  our  server  business  is  slowing.  As  a  result,  we  expect  perpetual  license 
revenue,  mainly  driven  by  new  server  sales  and  upgrades,  will  decline  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  2021. 
Maintenance revenue, mainly driven by server renewals, will be flat year over year as we expect a smaller impact 
from price increases and a growing impact from server migrations.

While COVID-19 did not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations 
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the extent to which COVID-19 ultimately impacts our business, results 
of  operations,  and  financial  position  will  depend  on  future  developments,  which  are  uncertain  and  cannot  be 
predicted at this time. For example, while our diverse customer base is a competitive advantage for us and helps 
fuel  our  low-friction  flywheel  sales  model,  we  have  revenue  exposure  to  customers  who  are  small-  and  medium-
sized  businesses  and  to  industries  that  may  be  disproportionately  impacted  by  COVID-19. Also,  a  majority  of  our 
cloud customers choose to be billed on a monthly basis and many of these customers are small and medium-sized 
businesses that may be adversely impacted by COVID-19. In addition, we may experience elongated sales cycles 
and extended payment terms and concessions as the economic and social impacts of COVID-19 become more fully 
realized. 

Across  our  deployment  options,  we  expect  to  see  less  revenue  growth  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30, 
2021  from  pricing  and  packaging. Any  pricing  optimizations  will  be  specifically  targeted  to  support  our  long-term 
business  strategy.  We  will  offer  loyalty  discounts  to  incentivize  eligible  existing  enterprise  server  customers  to 
migrate to our cloud products. We will also continue to support our customers that are facing challenging times as a 
result of COVID-19’s impact on the macroeconomy.

We’ll  continue  investing  to  pursue  the  large  market  opportunities  ahead  of  us,  despite  macroeconomic 
headwinds and slower revenue growth. We expect to invest in additional personnel as we scale, with the majority in 
research  and  development.  We  plan  to  invest  in  our  platform,  cloud  services,  migration  tools,  new  product 

61

initiatives, and in improvements across the cloud portfolio. We expect our operating income and operating cash flow 
to decrease in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

Other  than  as  disclosed  elsewhere  in  this  annual  report,  we  are  not  aware  of  any  trends,  uncertainties, 
demands, commitments or events for the current fiscal year that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on 
our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital reserves, or that caused the disclosed financial information to 
be not necessarily indicative of future results of operations or financial conditions.

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  did  not  have  any  relationships  with  unconsolidated  organizations  or  financial  partnerships,  such  as 
structured  finance  or  special  purpose  entities  that  would  have  been  established  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  off-
balance sheet arrangements or other purposes. Other than operating leases for office space, we have not engaged 
in off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

F. Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal contractual obligations primarily consist of obligations under our Notes, leases for office space, 
contractual commitments for hosting services and capital purchase obligations for the construction or purchase of 
property and equipment.

At June 30, 2020 contractual obligations, were as follows:

Payments Due by Period
1 to 3
years

Less than
1 year

3 to 5
years

Total

After 5
years

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Exchangeable senior notes (1)

$ 2,211,244  $ 2,211,244  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

Lease liabilities (2)

Purchase obligations

Capital purchase obligations

Total

297,082 

235,002 

9,781 

41,584 

90,972 

9,781 

109,015 

144,030 

— 

54,325 

92,158 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 2,753,109  $ 2,353,581  $  253,045  $ 

54,325  $ 

92,158 

(1) As of June 30, 2020, the closing price exchange condition of the Notes has been met and the Notes and exchange derivative liability are 
classified as current on our consolidated statements of financial position and may be due in less than one year. The amount related to the Notes 
represent the if-exchanged value using stock price as of June 30, 2020. Refer to Note 16, “Exchangeable Senior Notes,” to the notes to our 
consolidated financial statements for more details on the Notes. 

(2) Lease liabilities represent undiscounted lease payments excluding certain low-value and short-term leases. For further information, refer to 
Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 12, “Leases,” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

G. Safe Harbor

See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth information for our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of 
June 30, 2020. Unless otherwise stated, the address for our non-employee directors and executive officers, other 
than  Messrs.  Cannon-Brookes  and  Farquhar,  is  350  Bush  Street,  Floor  13,  San  Francisco,  California  94104. The 
address for Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar is Level 6, 341 George Street, Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
Executive Officers and Employee Directors:

Age Position

Michael Cannon-Brookes

40 Co-Founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

Scott Farquhar
Jay Simons (1)
James Beer
Erika Fisher

Tami Rosen 

Sri Viswanath

40 Co-Founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director
47 President
59 Chief Financial Officer
35 General Counsel

49 Chief People Officer

45 Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

Shona L. Brown (2)

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez (3)(4) 

Sasan Goodarzi (2)

Jay Parikh (2)

Enrique Salem (3)(4) 
Steven Sordello (3)

Richard P. Wong (4)

__________________________________

54 Director and Chair

44 Director

52 Director

47 Director

54 Director
51 Director

51 Director

(1) Mr. Simons continued to serve as the Company’s President until his departure from the Company in August 

2020.

(2) Member of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee.

(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

(4) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until their successor 
is duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any 
of  our  directors  or  executive  officers  and  no  arrangement  or  understanding  with  major  shareholders,  customers, 
suppliers or others, pursuant to which any directors or executive officers were selected as a director or member of 
senior management.

Executive Officers and Employee Directors

Michael Cannon-Brookes co-founded Atlassian and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a 
member of our board of directors since October 2002. Mr. Cannon-Brookes has also served as an adjunct professor 
of computer science & engineering at the University of New South Wales, Australia since April 2014. Mr. Cannon-
Brookes holds a Bachelor of Commerce in information systems from the University of New South Wales, Australia.

Scott Farquhar co-founded Atlassian and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a member of 
our board of directors since October 2002 and as chair of our board of directors from December 2016 to April 2018. 
Mr.  Farquhar  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  business  information  technology  from  the  University  of  New  South 
Wales, Australia.

Jay  Simons  has  served  as  our  President  since  August  2011  through  August  2020.  From  June  2008  to 
August 2011, Mr. Simons served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing. From October 2005 to May 2008, 
Mr.  Simons  served  in  various  roles,  including  Vice  President,  Marketing,  at  BEA  Systems,  Inc.,  an  enterprise 
software company, which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in 2008. From 1998 to 2005, Mr. Simons served in 
various  roles,  including  Vice  President,  Product  Marketing  &  Strategy,  at  Plumtree  Software,  Inc.,  a  web  software 
company, which was acquired by BEA Systems, Inc. in 2005. Mr. Simons is currently a director of HubSpot, Inc., a 
cloud-based  marketing  and  sales  software  platform  company.  Mr.  Simons  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  political 
science and environmental science from the University of Washington.

63

 
 
 
 
James  Beer  has  served  as  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  February  2018.  Before  joining Atlassian,  Mr. 
Beer  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  McKesson  Corporation,  a  Fortune  10 
healthcare  services  and  information  technology  company.  Between  2006  and  2013,  Mr.  Beer  was  Executive  Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer of Symantec Corporation, a cybersecurity company, where he managed the 
worldwide  finance  organization.  Previous  to  his  work  at  Symantec,  Mr.  Beer  was  Chief  Financial  Officer  of AMR 
Corp.  and  American  Airlines,  AMR’s  principal  subsidiary.  Mr.  Beer  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Aeronautical Engineering from Imperial College, London University, and a Master of Business Administration from 
Harvard Business School. Mr. Beer currently serves on the board of directors for Alaska Air Group, parent company 
of Alaska Airlines, and ForeScout Technologies, Inc., an Internet of things (IoT) security company. Mr. Beer is also a 
member of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco's Economic Advisory Council.

Erika Fisher has served as our General Counsel since July 2019. From April 2016 to July 2019, Ms. Fisher 
served multiple roles at Atlassian, including Legal Counsel, Privacy & Product Counsel and Head of Privacy before 
becoming General Counsel. From November 2013 to March 2016, Ms. Fisher served as an Associate at Goodwin 
Procter  LLP,  focusing  her  practice  on  technology  companies  and  intellectual  property  transactions.  From  January 
2012 to June 2013, Ms. Fisher was an Associate at Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, where she worked on real estate 
and structured finance transactions. Ms. Fisher began her legal career as a judicial intern in both the U.S. District 
Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  Florida  and  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  Middle  District  of  Florida.  Ms.  Fisher 
holds a Juris Doctorate (JD) degree from the University of Pennsylvania, a Certificate in Business and Public Policy 
from the Wharton School, and a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Miami.

Tami Rosen has served as our Chief People Officer since January 2020. From April 2018 to January 2020, 
Ms. Rosen served as Chief People Officer at Luminar Technologies, and became their advisor from January 2020 to 
April 2020. From July 2015 to May 2019, Ms. Rosen served as Vice President of People at Quora from May 2017 to 
February  2018.  From  January  2014  to April  2017,  Ms.  Rosen  served  as  the  Senior  Director  Human  Resources/
Faculty of Apple University at Apple. From May 1997 to October 2013, Ms. Rosen held multiple leadership roles at 
Goldman  Sachs,  including  Managing  Director  of  Human  Capital  Management,  Divisional  HR  Head  for  the 
Investment  Management  Division,  Global  HR  Co-Head  for  the  Federation  Divisions,  Co-Head  of  Federation 
Experience Hire Recruiting, and Divisional HR Head for the Operations Division. Ms. Rosen holds a Bachelor of Arts 
degree in Law and Society from Binghamton University.

Sri  Viswanath  has  served  as  our  Chief  Technology  Officer  since  January  2016.  From  April  2013  to 
December  2015,  Mr.  Viswanath  served  as  Chief  Technology  Officer  and  Senior  Vice  President  of  Product  and 
Engineering  at  Groupon,  Inc.,  a  global  local  commerce  company.  From  September  2012  to  April  2013,  Mr. 
Viswanath  was  the  Vice  President  of  Research  and  Development  for  mobile  computing  at  VMware,  a  provider  of 
cloud and virtualization software and services. From September 2009 to November 2011, Mr. Viswanath served as 
Senior  Vice  President  of  Engineering  at  Ning,  Inc.,  an  online  SaaS  platform  company,  which  was  acquired  in 
November  2011  by  Glam  Media,  a  media  company,  where  he  became  Senior  Vice  President  of  Engineering  and 
General  Manager  of  publisher  products  from  November  2011  to  August  2012.  From  1999  to  July  2008,  Mr. 
Viswanath  led  the  development  of  a  number  of  open-source  and  business-to-business  products  at  Sun 
Microsystems. Mr. Viswanath is currently a director of Splunk Inc., a company that produces software for searching, 
monitoring,  and  analyzing  machine-generated  big  data.  Mr.  Viswanath  holds  a  Master  of  Science  in  computer 
science from Clemson University and a Master of Science in management from Stanford University.

Non-Employee Directors

Shona L. Brown has served on our board of directors since November 2015 and as chair of our board of 
directors since April 2018. Dr. Brown is currently an independent advisor. She served as a senior advisor to Google 
Inc.,  an  Internet  search  and  technology  company,  from  January  2013  until  November  2015.  From  April  2011  to 
December 2012, Dr. Brown served as Senior Vice President of Google.org, Google's charitable organization. From 
2003 to 2011, Dr. Brown served as Vice President and later as Senior Vice President, Business Operation of Google 
Inc. From 1995 to 2003, Dr. Brown was a consultant at McKinsey & Company, where she served as a partner from 
2000 to 2003. Dr. Brown is currently a director of PepsiCo, Inc., a food and beverage company, as well as several 
private companies and non-profit organizations. Dr. Brown holds a Bachelor of Computer Systems Engineering from 
Carleton University, a Master of Arts in philosophy and economics from Oxford University, and a Ph.D. in industrial 
engineering and industrial management from Stanford University.

Heather  Mirjahangir  Fernandez  has  served  on  our  board  of  directors  since  November  2015. 
Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez is the Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of Solv., an early stage private company in 
the  digital  health  space.  From  January  2014  to August  2015,  Ms.  Mirjahangir  Fernandez  served  as  Senior  Vice 
President and General Manager of Business Services at Trulia, Inc., an online residential real estate site, which was 

64

acquired by Zillow, Inc. in 2015. From August 2006 to January 2014, Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez served in various 
other  senior  management  positions  in  sales  and  marketing  at  Trulia,  Inc.  Prior  to  Trulia,  Inc.,  Ms.  Mirjahangir 
Fernandez was an advisor at Morgan Stanley and Director of the Impact Group at Blanc & Otus. Ms. Mirjahangir 
Fernandez  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  political  science  from  University  of  California,  Berkeley  and  a  Master  of 
Business Administration from Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

Sasan  Goodarzi  has  served  on  our  board  of  directors  since April  2018.  Mr.  Goodarzi  has  served  as  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  board  member  of  Intuit,  Inc.,  a  financial  software  company,  since  January  2019.  From  May 
2016  to  January  2019,  Mr.  Goodarzi  was  Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  Intuit,  Inc.  Small 
Business  Group.  From  2004  to  2010,  Mr.  Goodarzi  was  Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  for  Intuit’s 
ProTax division and Intuit Financial Services. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Goodarzi served as Intuit’s Chief Information 
Officer. From 2013 to 2016, Mr. Goodarzi served as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Turbo 
Tax. Prior to Intuit, Mr. Goodarzi worked for Invensys, a global provider of industrial automation, transportation and 
controls technology, serving as Global President of the Products group. He also held a number of senior leadership 
roles in the automation control division at Honeywell and served as the Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of a 
technology startup, Lazer Cables Inc. Mr. Goodarzi earned his Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering 
at  the  University  of  Central  Florida  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  the  Kellogg  School  of 
Management at Northwestern University.

Jay Parikh has served on our board of directors since July 2013. Mr. Parikh has served as Vice President of 
Infrastructure  Engineering  at  Facebook,  Inc.,  a  social  media  and  social  networking  service  company,  since 
November 2009. From October 2007 to October 2009, Mr. Parikh served as Senior Vice President, Engineering & 
Operations at Ning, Inc., a social networking company. From April 1999 to October 2007, Mr. Parikh served as Vice 
President  of  Engineering  at Akamai  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  cloud  services  provider.  Mr.  Parikh  holds  a  Bachelor  of 
Science in mechanical engineering from Virginia Tech.

Enrique Salem has served on our board of directors since July 2013. Mr. Salem has served as a Managing 
Director  of  Bain  Capital  Ventures  since  July  2014.  From April  2009  to  July  2012,  Mr.  Salem  served  as  President, 
Chief Executive Officer and a director of Symantec Corporation, a cybersecurity company. From June 2004 to April 
2009, Mr. Salem served in various other senior management positions at Symantec Corporation. From April 2002 
to June 2004, Mr. Salem served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Brightmail, Inc., an email filtering 
company, which was acquired by Symantec Corporation in 2004. Mr. Salem is currently a director of FireEye, Inc., a 
network  security  company,  ForeScout Technologies,  Inc.,  an  Internet  of  things  (IoT)  security  company,  DocuSign, 
Inc., an e-signature solutions company, and several private companies. Mr. Salem holds a Bachelor of Arts degree 
in computer science from Dartmouth College.

Steven Sordello has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Since July 2007, Mr. Sordello 
has  served  as  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  LinkedIn  Corporation,  an  online  business-oriented  social  networking 
service,  which  was  acquired  by  Microsoft  in  2016.  From August  2006  to  July  2007,  Mr.  Sordello  served  as  Chief 
Financial  Officer  of  TiVo,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  of  digital  video  recorders.  From  May  1999  to  October  2005, 
Mr.  Sordello  served  in  several  roles,  including  as  Chief  Financial  Officer,  at Ask  Jeeves,  Inc.,  an  Internet  search 
engine company, which was acquired by IAC in 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Sordello served in various finance roles at 
Adobe  Systems  Incorporated,  a  software  company,  and  Syntex  Corporation,  a  pharmaceuticals  company,  which 
was  acquired  by  Roche  Pharmaceuticals  in  1994.  Mr.  Sordello  is  currently  a  member  of  the  board  of  trustees  of 
Santa  Clara  University.  Mr.  Sordello  holds  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
business from Santa Clara University. 

Richard P. Wong has served on our board of directors since July 2010. Mr. Wong has served as a General 
Partner to Accel Partners, a venture capital firm, since December 2006. From January 2001 to November 2006, Mr. 
Wong held a number of executive roles at Openwave Systems Inc., a mobile software company, including Senior 
Vice  President  of  Products  and  Chief  Marketing  Officer.  Mr.  Wong  is  currently  a  director  of  several  private 
companies. Mr. Wong holds a Master of Management from the MIT Sloan School of Management and a Bachelor of 
Science in materials science and engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

65

B. Compensation

Executive Officers’ Compensation

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  we  paid  an  aggregate  of  $3,615,460  in  cash  compensation  and 
benefits to our executive officers, including our Co-Chief Executive Officers who also served as employee directors. 
We  paid  our  executive  officers  a  base  salary  and  annual  cash  bonus  and  made  contributions  to  their  retirement 
funds; however, Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to participate in our bonus for fiscal year 
2020. 

Directors’ Compensation

Employee Directors

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we did not pay our employee directors any compensation for their 
services as directors. The table below sets forth the compensation paid to our employee directors for their services 
as executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020: 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 Employee Directors’ Compensation (U.S. $) (1) 

Name
Michael Cannon-Brookes

Salary/Fees(2)
$ 

46,323  $ 

Scott Farquhar

$ 

50,183  $ 

Benefits

Annual 
Bonus(3)

Long-Term 
Incentive 

Retirement 
Benefits(4)

Total

269  $ 

201  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

4,426  $ 

4,787  $ 

51,018 

55,171 

(1) For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the cash compensation for our employee directors were set, and paid, 
in Australian  dollars.  Currency  received  by  our  employee  directors  in Australian  dollars  have  been  converted 
into U.S. dollars using a monthly average exchange rate for fiscal year 2020 of AUD 1.49 to USD 1.00. 

(2) Messrs.  Cannon-Brookes  and  Farquhar  each  opted  for  their  salaries  to  be  reduced  to AUD  $74,653.28,  the 

annualized statutory minimum wage in Australia, effective July 1, 2019. 

(3) Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to participate in our bonus plan during the fiscal year 

ended June 30, 2020. 

(4) These  amounts  represent  our  contributions  to  each  employee  director's  retirement  fund,  as  required  by 

applicable jurisdictional law. 

Non-Employee Directors

On  December  4,  2019  our  shareholders  approved  a  new  policy  (the  “Director  Compensation  Policy”), 
effective as of December 4, 2019, pursuant to which our non-employee directors are eligible to receive the following 
cash retainers and equity awards (U.S. $): 

Annual Retainer for Board of Directors Membership

Annual service on the board of directors

Additional retainer for annual service as chair of the board of directors

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Chairs

Annual service as chair of the Audit Committee

Annual service as chair of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee

Annual service as chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

$ 55,000 

$ 50,000 

$ 20,000 

$ 15,000 

$ 10,000 

On the date of each annual general meeting (“AGM”), each non-employee director who continues as a non-
employee director following  the AGM is granted  RSUs  on the date of such AGM having a value of $250,000 (the 
“Annual  Grant”).  A  new  non-employee  director  who  joins  other  than  at  an  AGM  (on  the  first  eligible  grant  date 
following their appointment to our board of directors) is granted a pro-rata proportion of an Annual Grant based on 
the time between their appointment and the next AGM. The Annual Grant vests in full on the earlier of: (i) the one-
year  anniversary  of  the  grant  date;  and  (ii)  the  next AGM,  subject  to  continued  service  as  a  director  through  the 
applicable  vesting  date,  unless  the  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee  determines  that 
circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. 

66

All awards granted to our non-employee directors are subject to 100% accelerated vesting upon the sale of 

the company.

We reimburse all reasonable expenses incurred by non-employee directors in connection with their service 
on our board of directors. This would include expenses incurred for attending board or committee meetings, or we 
may alternatively provide a travel allowance for such purpose. We may reimburse reasonable expenses for items 
which,  for  tax  purposes,  would  be  treated  as  a  taxable  benefit,  in  which  case  we  may  also  pay  any  such  tax  on 
behalf of the non-employee director or provide a tax gross-up. In addition, we provide liability-related insurance and 
indemnification benefits to our directors.

Each of our non-employee directors is required, within four years following their first election to our board of 
directors (or, if later, from the effective date of our Director Compensation Policy), to own Class A ordinary shares 
having an aggregate value of at least $250,000.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we paid our non-employee directors in accordance with our Director 
Compensation Policy. The table below sets forth the compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2020:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation (U.S. $)

Name

Salary/Fees

Benefits

Annual 
Bonus

Long-Term 
Incentives(5)

Retirement 
Benefits 

$ 
Shona Brown (1)
Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez $ 
$ 
Sasan Goodarzi (2)

Jay Parikh

Enrique Salem

Steven Sordello (3)

Richard P. Wong (4)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

102,500   

52,500   

60,000   

52,500   

52,500   

72,500   

62,500   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

250,027  (6)

250,027  (6)

250,027  (6)

250,027  (6)

250,027  (6)

250,027  (6)

250,027  (6)

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

Total 
352,527 

302,527 

310,027 

302,527 

302,527 

322,527 

312,527 

(1) Dr. Brown was the chair of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee through December 31, 

2019 and chair of the board of directors.

(2)  Mr.  Goodarzi  was  the  chair  of  the  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee  from  January  1, 

2020 through June 30, 2020.

(3)  Mr. Sordello was the chair of the Audit Committee.

(4)  Mr. Wong was the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

(5)  The  equity  awards  are  not  subject  to  performance  measures,  so  the  value  of  the  equity  awards  have  been 
included  in  full,  notwithstanding  that  the  equity  awards  are  subject  to  outstanding  service-based  vesting 
conditions. 

(6)  Each continuing non-employee member of our board of directors received an Annual Grant. 

Director Agreements 

We entered into director agreements with each of Messrs. Parikh and Salem, each dated July 30, 2013. The 
director  agreements  for  Messrs.  Parikh  and  Salem  each  provided  the  non-employee  director  with  an  option  to 
purchase  200,000  shares  of  restricted  stock  (automatically  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  Class  A  ordinary 
shares  upon  our  IPO),  in  each  case  at  an  exercise  price  of  U.S.  $2.92.  The  options  vest  in  48  equal  monthly 
installments  from  their  respective  grant  dates  (each  on  July  30,  2013).  Messrs.  Parikh  and  Salem  each  early 
exercised  his  option  and  received  shares  subject  to  the  company’s  right  of  repurchase  if  the  applicable  director 
terminates  his  service  for  any  reason  prior  to  the  applicable  vesting  dates. All  early-exercised  shares  for  each  of 
Messrs. Parikh and Salem have vested and are no longer subject to the company’s right of repurchase.

We  also  entered  into  director  agreements  with  Dr.  Brown,  Ms.  Mirjahangir  Fernandez  and  Mr.  Sordello  in 
November 2015, and with Mr. Goodarzi in April 2018, and each were eligible to receive cash retainers and equity 
awards in accordance with the terms of our Director Compensation Policy.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  not  entered  into  a  director  agreement  with  Mr.  Wong.  In  addition,  we  have  not  entered  into  a 

director agreement or employment agreement with either Mr. Cannon-Brookes or Mr. Farquhar.

In addition, pursuant our Director Compensation Policy, Messrs. Wong, Parikh and Salem each were eligible 

to receive cash retainers and an Annual Grant in accordance with the terms of our Director Compensation Policy. 

We  do  not  have  service  contracts  with  any  of  our  non-employee  directors  that  provide  for  benefits  upon  a 

termination of service.

Executive Severance Plan 

In December 2014, we adopted an executive severance plan (the "Executive Severance Plan"), under which 
certain of our executive officers, excluding Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar, may participate. The Executive 
Severance  Plan  provides  for  a  severance  payment  equal  to  six  months  of  base  salary  upon  a  termination  by  us 
without  "cause"  (as  defined  in  the  Executive  Severance  Plan)  or  a  resignation  by  the  executive  officer  for  "good 
reason"  (as  defined  in  the  Executive  Severance  Plan).  In  addition,  upon  such  a  termination  within  12  months 
following a "change in control" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan) in which outstanding equity awards of 
the company will be assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity, an executive officer will generally 
receive 100% (or such lower percentage as may be determined by our board of directors or the Compensation and 
Leadership  Development  Committee)  accelerated  vesting  of  all  unvested  and  outstanding  equity  awards  held  by 
such  executive  officer  at  such  time;  provided,  that  any  equity  awards  subject  to  performance  conditions  will  be 
deemed satisfied at the target levels specified in the applicable award agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if 
the outstanding equity awards of the company will not be assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity 
in  connection  with  the  change  in  control,  then  each  executive  officer  will  receive  100%  accelerated  vesting  of  all 
unvested  and  outstanding  equity  awards  held  by  such  executive  officer  at  such  time;  provided,  that  any  equity 
awards  subject  to  performance  conditions  will  be  deemed  satisfied  at  the  target  levels  specified  in  the  applicable 
award agreements. 

Executive Bonus Plan 

We paid cash incentive bonuses to our executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 pursuant to 
our annual executive bonus plan (the “FY20 Bonus Plan”). Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not 
to participate in the FY20 Bonus Plan. 

The FY20 Bonus Plan provided our executive officers with an opportunity to earn an annual bonus payment 
with a target equal to 50% to 60% of their base salary and a maximum payout equal to 125%, as applicable, of their 
base  salary,  based  on  company  performance  (measured  by  revenue)  and  individual  performance.  In  fiscal  year 
2020,  payout  to  our  executive  officers  pursuant  to  the  FY20  Bonus  Plan  was  equal  to  100%  of  each  executive 
officer’s bonus target amount. 

Retirement Benefits 

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  we  contributed  approximately  $9,213  into  retirement  funds  on 
behalf of our executive officers in Australia (as required by applicable jurisdictional law), and approximately $58,367 
into  a  tax  qualified  retirement  plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”)  on  behalf  of  our  executive  officers  in  the  United  States. 
Currency  received  by  our  employee  directors  in Australian  dollars  have  been  converted  into  U.S.  dollars  using  a 
monthly average exchange rate for fiscal year 2020 of AUD $1.49 to U.S. $1.00. 

401(k) Plan 

We maintain a 401(k) Plan that provides all regular U.S. employees, including U.S. executive officers, with 
an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) Plan, participants may elect to 
defer a portion of their eligible compensation on a pre-tax and Roth after-tax, and voluntary after-tax basis and have 
it  contributed  to  the  401(k)  Plan  subject  to  applicable  annual  Code  limits.  The  401(k)  Plan  allows  for  matching 
contributions to be made by us. Currently, we make a safe harbor match based on the participant's pre-tax and Roth 
after-tax contributions up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's base salary, bonus and commissions paid during 
the  applicable  contribution  period.  Employee  elective  deferrals  and  safe  harbor  matching  contributions  are  100% 
vested at all times.

Health and Welfare Benefits 

68

Our executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, including our medical, 
dental, life and disability insurance plans, to the same extent as other employees generally in the jurisdiction each 
executive  officer  resides.  In  addition,  we  generally  do  not  provide  our  executive  officers  or  directors  with  material 
perquisites or other personal benefits. 

Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Options

We periodically grant options and RSUs to our employees, directors and consultants to enable them to share 

in our successes and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns their interests with those of our shareholders.

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  we  granted  199,236  RSUs  in  the  aggregate  under  our  2015 
Share  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2015  Plan”)  to  our  non-employee  directors  and  executive  officers.  Our  non-employee 
directors were granted equity awards during such fiscal year in accordance with the Director Compensation Policy. 

As of June 30, 2020, our executive officers held options to purchase 345,500 Class A ordinary shares, and 

443,553 RSUs. As of June 30, 2020, our directors held 16,190 RSUs. 

Equity Compensation Plans 

Prior  to  our  IPO  in  December  2015,  we  granted  equity  awards  under  three  main  equity  plans,  our  UK 
Employee Share Option Plan (the “Share Option Plan”), our 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan (the “2013 Plan”) and our 
2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer grant equity 
awards under these equity plans. All equity awards have since been granted under our 2015 Plan. 

2015 Share Incentive Plan 

Our 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in October 2015 and approved by our shareholders in 
November 2015 and became effective immediately prior to our IPO in December 2015. The 2015 Plan replaced the 
Share  Option  Plan,  the  2013  Plan  and  the  2014  Plan.  The  2015  Plan  allows  the  Compensation  and  Leadership 
Development  Committee  to  make  equity-based  incentive  awards  to  our  officers,  employees,  directors  and 
consultants; provided, that awards to non-employee directors and consultants will be made under a subplan to the 
2015 Plan. 

We  initially  reserved  20,700,000  Class A  ordinary  shares  for  the  issuance  of  awards  under  the  2015  Plan. 
The  2015  Plan  provides  that  the  number  of  shares  reserved  and  available  for  issuance  under  the  plan  will 
automatically increase each July 1, beginning on July 1, 2016, by 5% of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares on 
the  immediately  preceding  June  30th  or  such  lesser  number  of  Class  A  ordinary  shares  as  determined  by  the 
cCompensation and Leadership Development Committee in its discretion. This number is subject to adjustment in 
the  event  of  a  share  split,  share  dividend  or  other  change  in  our  capitalization. As  of  June  30,  2020,  7,371,743 
RSUs,  9,582  restricted  Class  A  ordinary  shares,  and  99,587  options  to  purchase  Class  A  ordinary  shares  at  a 
weighted-average exercise price of approximately $0.73 remained outstanding under the 2015 Plan. 

The  shares  we  issue  under  the  2015  Plan  will  be  newly  created  shares  or  shares  that  we  reacquire.  The 
Class A ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement 
of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the 
issuance of shares, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan or our other 
equity plans will be added back to the Class A ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

Options and share appreciation rights with respect to no more than 5,000,000 shares may be granted to any 
one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum “performance-based award” payable to any one “covered 
employee” during a performance cycle under the 2015 Plan is 5,000,000 shares or $5,000,000 in the case of cash-
based performance awards. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive share options may 
not exceed 20,700,000 cumulatively increased on July 1, 2016 and on each July 1st thereafter by the lesser of the 
annual  increase  for  such  year  or  10,350,000  shares. The  value  of  all  awards  issued  under  the  2015  Plan  and  all 
other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year cannot exceed $1,500,000. 

The  2015  Plan  is  administered  by  our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee.  Our 
Compensation and Leadership Development Committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible 
for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and 
to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons 
eligible  to  participate  in  the  2015  Plan  will  be  those  full-  or  part-time  officers,  employees,  non-employee  directors 
and consultants as selected from time to time by our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee in its 
discretion. Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee may also delegate to our Chief Executive 

69

Officers, the chair of our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee, or a committee including either of 
such  individuals,  the  power  to  grant  awards  to  individuals  (other  than  individuals  subject  to  Section  16  of  the 
Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code. 

The  2015  Plan  permits  us  to  grant  options  that  are  intended  to  qualify  as  incentive  share  options  under 
Section  422  of  the  Code  and  options  that  do  not  so  qualify.  The  per  share  exercise  price  of  each  option  will  be 
determined by our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee but may not be less than 100% of the 
fair market value of a Class A ordinary share on the date of grant. An incentive share option that is granted to an 
employee who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our shares, or a 10% owner, 
must have a per share exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value of a Class A ordinary share on 
the  date  of  grant.  The  term  of  each  option  will  be  fixed  by  our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development 
Committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive share option 
held by a 10% owner). Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee will determine at what time or 
times each option may be exercised. To the extent required for incentive share option treatment under Section 422 
of  the  Code,  the  aggregate  fair  market  value  (determined  as  of  the  time  of  grant)  of  the  shares  that  first  become 
exercisable by an option holder during any calendar year must not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any option 
exceeds this limit, it will constitute a nonqualified share option. 

Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee may award share appreciation rights subject to 
such  conditions  and  restrictions  as  it  may  determine.  Share  appreciation  rights  entitle  the  recipient  to  Class  A 
ordinary shares, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our share price over the exercise price. The per 
share exercise price may not be less than 100% of fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The term of a 
share appreciation right may not exceed ten years. 

Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee may award restricted Class A ordinary shares 
and  RSUs  to  participants  subject  to  such  conditions  and  restrictions  as  it  may  determine.  These  conditions  and 
restrictions  may  include  the  achievement  of  certain  performance  goals  and/or  continued  employment  with  us 
through  a  specified  vesting  period.  Our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee  may  also  grant 
Class  A  ordinary  shares  that  are  free  from  any  restrictions  under  the  2015  Plan.  Unrestricted  Class  A  ordinary 
shares  may  be  granted  to  participants  in  recognition  of  past  services  or  for  other  valid  consideration  and  may  be 
issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant. 

Our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee  may  grant  performance  share  awards  to 
participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of Class A ordinary shares upon the achievement of certain 
performance goals and such other conditions as our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee shall 
determine.  Our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee  may  grant  dividend  equivalent  rights  to 
participants  that  entitle  the  recipient  to  receive  credits  for  dividends  that  would  be  paid  if  the  recipient  had  held  a 
specified number of Class A ordinary shares. 

Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan 

to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals. 

Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee may grant awards of restricted shares, RSUs, 
performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based 
compensation"  under  Section  162(m)  of  the  Code.  These  awards  will  only  vest  or  become  payable  upon  the 
attainment  of  performance  goals  that  are  established  by  our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development 
Committee  and  related  to  one  or  more  performance  criteria.  The  performance  criteria  that  could  be  used  with 
respect  to  any  such  awards  include:  total  shareholder  return,  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and 
amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in 
the market price of our shares, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue 
or bookings, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, 
operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net 
profit  levels,  productivity,  expense,  margins,  operating  efficiency,  customer  satisfaction,  working  capital,  earnings 
(loss) per share of our shares, sales or market shares, number of customers and number of average users, any of 
which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a 
peer group. 

The  2015  Plan  provides  that  upon  the  effectiveness  of  a  “sale  event,”  as  defined  in  the  2015  Plan,  an 
acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To 
the extent that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor 
entity,  all  unvested  and/or  unexercisable  awards  with  time-based  vesting,  conditions  or  restrictions  granted  under 

70

the  2015  Plan  shall  fully  accelerate,  and  all  awards  with  conditions  and  restrictions  relating  to  the  attainment  of 
performance  goals  may  become  vested  and  nonforfeitable  in  the  plan  administrator's  discretion  or  to  the  extent 
specified in the applicable award agreement, in each case prior to the effectiveness of the sale event and then shall 
terminate.  In  the  event  of  such  termination,  individuals  holding  options  and  share  appreciation  rights  will  be 
permitted to exercise such options and share appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. 
In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a 
cash  payment  to  participants  holding  vested  and  exercisable  options  and  share  appreciation  rights  equal  to  the 
difference  between  the  per  share  cash  consideration  payable  to  shareholders  in  the  sale  event  and  the  exercise 
price of the options or share appreciation rights. 

Our  board  of  directors  may  amend  or  discontinue  the  2015  Plan  and  our  Compensation  and  Leadership 
Development Committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any 
other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. 
Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our shareholders. 

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of shareholder 

approval of the 2015 Plan. 

Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan

The Share Option Plan was adopted in November 2013. Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer 
grant any equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance were cancelled. The Share 
Option  Plan  will  continue  to  govern  outstanding  awards  granted  thereunder.  As  of  June  30,  2020,  options  to 
purchase 11,778 Class A ordinary shares remained outstanding under the Share Option Plan at a weighted-average 
exercise price of approximately $3.18 per share. 

The Share Option Plan allowed for the grant of options to our eligible employees, consultants or directors.

The Share Option Plan is administered by our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee. The 
administrator  has  full  power  to  select,  from  among  the  individuals  eligible  for  options,  the  individuals  to  whom 
options  will  be  granted,  determine  the  specific  terms  and  conditions  of  each  option,  administer  the  Share  Option 
Plan and delegate functions and powers as it may consider appropriate to administer the Share Option Plan to any 
person or persons capable of performing those functions and exercising those powers. 

An option, whether vested or unvested, lapses on the earliest to occur on the date: (i) specified in the offer to 
participate in the Share Option Plan; (ii) on which a “cessation event” (as defined in the Share Option Plan) occurs; 
(iii) on which the option otherwise lapses under the terms of the Share Option Plan; (iv) on which any lapsing event 
occurs as specified in the offer to participate in the Share Option Plan; and (v) if no date is specified and the option 
has not otherwise lapsed, June 30, 2017. We may elect to purchase options, whether vested or not, from an option 
holder prior to the options being exercised. 

Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  “exit  event”  (as  defined  in  the  Share  Option  Plan),  each  option  will  either  be 
(i)  assumed  or  an  equivalent  option  or  right  will  be  substituted  by  such  successor  corporation  or  a  parent  or 
subsidiary of such successor operation or (ii) terminated in exchange for a payment of cash, securities and/or other 
property equal to the excess of the fair market value of the portion of the options that are vested and exercisable 
immediately prior to the consummation of the exit event over the per share exercise price thereof. 

Our board of directors may amend the Share Option Plan at any time; however, such amendment must not 
adversely affect the rights of option holders, without their consent, unless such amendment is required by applicable 
law. 

2013 U.S. Share Option Plan

The 2013 Plan was adopted in November 2013. Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer grant 
any equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance were cancelled. The 2013 Plan 
will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2020, options to purchase 346,809 
Class  A  ordinary  shares  remained  outstanding  under  the  2013  Plan  at  a  weighted-average  exercise  price  of 
approximately $3.18 per share. 

The 2013 Plan allowed for the grant of options to our employees, directors and consultants. 

The  2013  Plan  is  administered  by  our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee.  The 
administrator  has  full  power  to  select,  from  among  the  individuals  eligible  for  options,  the  individuals  to  whom 

71

options will be granted, to implement an option exchange program, to determine the specific terms and conditions of 
each option and to construe and interpret the terms of the 2013 Plan and any award agreements thereunder. 

The  2013  Plan  permitted  the  granting  of  both  options  to  purchase  restricted  shares  intended  to  qualify  as 
incentive share options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. Incentive share options 
were  only  granted  to  employees  and  were  required  to  meet  certain  other  requirements.  The  per  share  option 
exercise price of each option was determined by our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee but 
were  not  be  less  than  100%  of  the  fair  market  value  of  a  restricted  share  on  the  date  of  grant. The  term  of  each 
option did not exceed seven years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive share option held by 
a 10% owner). The administrator determines at what time or times each option may be exercised. 

The 2013 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “corporate transaction,” as defined in the 2013 Plan, 
each  outstanding  option  will  either  be  (i)  assumed  or  an  equivalent  award  will  be  substituted  by  the  successor 
corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation or (ii) terminated, in exchange for payment of 
cash, securities and/or other property for vested and exercisable options.

Our  board  of  directors  may  amend  or  discontinue  the  2013  Plan  at  any  time;  however,  such  amendment 
must not adversely affect the rights of option holders without their consent. Certain amendments to the 2013 Plan 
require the approval of our shareholders.

2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan

The 2014 Plan was adopted in March 2014. Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer grant any 
equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance were cancelled. As of June 30, 2020, 
no RSUs remained outstanding under the 2014 Plan.

2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan 

The 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) was adopted by our board of directors in October 2015 

and approved by our shareholders in November 2015. We may, but have not yet elected to, implement the ESPP. 

The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes up to a total of 5,700,000 Class A ordinary shares to participating 
employees. The  ESPP  provides  that  the  number  of  shares  reserved  and  available  for  issuance  will  automatically 
increase each July 1st, beginning on July 1, 2016, by the lesser of (i) 2,850,000 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 1% of 
the  outstanding  number  Class  A  ordinary  shares  on  the  immediately  preceding  June  30th,  or  (iii)  such  lesser 
number  of  Class  A  ordinary  shares  as  determined  by  the  plan  administrator.  The  share  reserve  is  subject  to 
adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization. 

The  ESPP  is  administered  by  our  Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee.  The 

administrator has the authority to make all determinations for administration of the ESPP. 

All  employees  employed  by  us  or  by  any  of  our  designated  affiliates  whose  customary  employment  is  for 
more than 20 hours a week (unless this exclusion is not permitted by applicable law) are eligible to participate in the 
ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our shares 
is not eligible to purchase Class A ordinary shares under the ESPP. 

Offerings  to  our  employees  to  purchase  Class A  ordinary  shares  under  the  ESPP  may  be  made  at  such 
times as determined by the administrator. Offerings will continue for such period, referred to as offering periods, as 
the  administrator  may  determine,  but  may  not  be  longer  than  27  months.  Each  eligible  employee  may  elect  to 
participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form before the applicable offering date. 

Each  employee  who  is  a  participant  in  the  ESPP  may  purchase  Class  A  ordinary  shares  by  authorizing 
payroll  deductions  of  up  to  10%  of  their  eligible  compensation  during  an  offering  period.  Unless  the  participating 
employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, their accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase 
Class  A  ordinary  shares  on  the  last  business  day  of  the  applicable  offering  period  equal  to  the  lower  of  (i)  the 
accumulated payroll deductions divided by either a per share price equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share 
of our Class A ordinary shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is 
lower, (ii) 2,500 Class A ordinary shares, or (iii) such other lesser maximum number of Class A ordinary shares as 
shall have been established by the administrator in advance of the offering. Under applicable tax rules, an employee 
may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of Class A ordinary shares, valued at the start of the purchase period, 
under the ESPP in any calendar year. 

72

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering 
period will be refunded. An employee's rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or 
when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason. 

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee 
or board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of our Class A ordinary shares that are 
authorized  under  the  ESPP  and  certain  other  amendments  require  the  approval  of  our  shareholders.  The  plan 
administrator may adopt subplans under the ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries and may permit such 
employees to participate in the ESPP on different terms, to the extent permitted by applicable law. 

C. Board of Directors Practices

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members, all of whom were elected pursuant to the board 
composition provisions of our articles of association. Under our amended and restated articles of association, the 
appointment of directors is determined by a majority of our board of directors and there are no contractual rights for 
any shareholder to appoint a director to the board of directors.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information 
provided  by  each  director  concerning  their  background,  employment  and  affiliations,  our  board  of  directors  has 
determined that Dr. Brown, Messrs. Goodarzi, Parikh, Salem, Sordello and Wong, and Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez 
do  not  have  relationships  that  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  in  carrying  out  the 
responsibilities  of  a  director  and  that  each  of  these  directors  is  "independent"  as  that  term  is  defined  under  the 
NASDAQ listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior 
relationships  that  each  non-employee  director  has  with  our  company  and  all  other  facts  and  circumstances  our 
board  of  directors  deemed  relevant  in  determining  their  independence,  including  the  beneficial  ownership  of  our 
shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in "Related Party Transactions."

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation and Leadership Development 
Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The composition and responsibilities of each 
of  the  committees  of  our  board  of  directors  are  described  below.  Members  serve  on  these  committees  until  their 
resignation  or  until  otherwise  determined  by  our  board  of  directors.  Our  board  of  directors  may  establish  other 
committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Messrs.  Salem  and  Sordello  and  Ms.  Mirjahangir  Fernandez,  each  of  whom  is  a  non-employee  director, 
comprise  our  Audit  Committee.  Mr.  Sordello  is  the  chair  of  our  Audit  Committee.  Our  board  of  directors  has 
determined  that  each  of  the  members  of  our  Audit  Committee  satisfies  the  requirements  for  independence  and 
financial literacy under the listing standards of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has 
determined  that  Mr.  Sordello  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as  defined  in  the  SEC  rules  and 
satisfies  the  financial  sophistication  requirements  of  the  NASDAQ  listing  standards.  Our  Audit  Committee  is 
responsible for, among other things:

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

selecting and hiring our independent registered public accounting firm; 
evaluating the performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm 
and the performance of the company’s internal audit function; 
approving  the  audit  and  pre-approving  any  non-audit  services  to  be  performed  by  our  independent 
registered public accounting firm; 
reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and 
practices; 
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure 
controls and procedures; 
overseeing and reviewing our guidelines and policies that govern the process by which our exposure to risk 
is assessed and managed by management
overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls, or audit 
matters; 

73

•

•

reviewing  and  discussing  with  management  and  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  the 
results of our annual audit and the financial statements included in our publicly filed reports; and 
reviewing and approving any proposed related person transactions.

Our Audit Committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of 

the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

Compensation and Leadership Development Committee

Dr.  Brown  and  Messrs.  Goodarzi  and  Parikh,  each  of  whom  is  a  non-employee  director,  comprise  our 
Compensation  and  Leadership  Development  Committee.  Mr.  Goodarzi  is  the  chair  of  our  Compensation  and 
Leadership  Development  Committee.  Although  the  rules  of  NASDAQ  do  not  require  the  Compensation  and 
Leadership Development Committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors for as long as we remain a 
foreign  private  issuer,  our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  each  member  of  our  Compensation  and 
Leadership  Development  Committee  satisfies  the  requirements  for  independence  under  the  NASDAQ  listing 
standards and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Each member of our Compensation and Leadership 
Development Committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 
Exchange Act. Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee is responsible for, among other things:

•

•

•

reviewing  and  evaluating  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers'  and  other  executive  officers'  compensation, 
incentive compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment 
agreements,  severance  arrangements  and  change  in  control  agreements,  and  any  other  benefits, 
compensation or arrangements; 

administering our equity and cash compensation plans, and other material benefit programs; and 

overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans, and benefits programs.

Our Compensation and Leadership Development Committee operates under a written charter that satisfies 

the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 

Ms.  Mirjahangir  Fernandez  and  Messrs.  Salem  and  Wong,  each  of  whom  is  a  non-employee  director, 
comprise  our  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  Mr.  Wong  is  the  chair  of  our  Nominating  and 
Corporate Governance Committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our Nominating and 
Corporate  Governance  Committee  satisfies  the  requirements  for  independence  under  the  NASDAQ  listing 
standards. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things:

•

•

•

evaluating  and  making  recommendations  regarding  the  composition,  qualification,  organization  and 
governance of our board of directors and its committees; 
evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in 
mandate or dissolution of committees; and 
reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines. 

Our  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  operates  under  a  written  charter  that  satisfies  the 

NASDAQ listing standards.

D. Employees

We  have  made  significant  investments  in  our  business  to  support  future  growth,  including  a  substantial 
increase  in  our  global  employee  base.  As  of  June  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  we  had  4,907,  3,616,  and  2,638 
employees, respectively.

E. Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please refer to “Item 

6.B. Compensation” and “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

74

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  the  beneficial  ownership  of  our  shares  as  of 

June 30, 2020 by: 

•
•
•
•

each executive officer; 
our directors;
our directors and executive officers as a group; and 
each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our outstanding shares 
(by number or by voting power).

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the 
information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the 
footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table 
below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to 
applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 128,201,296 Class A ordinary shares and 119,761,681 Class 
B  ordinary  shares  outstanding  as  of  June  30,  2020.  In  computing  the  number  of  shares  beneficially  owned  by  a 
person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options 
held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020 or issuable upon 
the vesting of RSUs held by the person within 60 days of June 30, 2020.

However,  except  as  described  above,  we  did  not  deem  such  shares  outstanding  for  the  purpose  of 

computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Name of Beneficial Owner

5% Shareholders:

Shares Beneficially Owned

Class A

Class B

Shares

%

Shares

%

% of Total 
Voting 
Power (1)

Entities affiliated with Baillie Gifford & Co. (2)

  7,593,631 

 5.92 %  

Entities affiliated with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (3)

  16,391,824 

 12.79 %  

— 

— 

  — 

  — 

*

*

Directors and Executive Officers:

Michael Cannon-Brookes (4)

Scott Farquhar (5)

Jay Simons (6)

James Beer (7)

Sri Viswanath (8)

Erika Fisher (9)

Tami Rosen

Shona Brown (10)

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez (11)

Jay Parikh (12)

Enrique Salem (13)

Steven Sordello (14)

Sasan Goodarzi (15)

Richard P. Wong (16)

All directors and executive officers as a group (14 
persons) (17)

_________

*Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%

75

— 

— 

  — 

  — 

59,299,340  49.51 %  44.73 %

59,299,340  49.51 %  44.73 %

876,978

33,927

313,253

6,158

— 

  — 

28,845

13,425

17,625

128,432

42,859

7,196

143,835

*

*  

*  

*  

*  

*  

*  

*  

*  

*  

*  

333,000

*

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

— 

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

1,612,533

 1.26 % 118,931,680  99.31 %

 89.8 %

 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Percentage  of  total  voting  power  represents  voting  power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  our  Class  A  ordinary 
shares and Class B ordinary shares as a single class. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote 
per share and holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

(2) Based on information reported by Baillie Gifford & Co (“Baillie Gifford”) on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on 
January 16, 2020. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, Baillie Gifford reported that it has 
sole dispositive power with respect to 7,593,631 shares, and sole voting power with respect to 3,493,567 shares. 
Baillie Gifford listed their address as Calton Square, 1 Greenside Row, Edinburgh EH1 3AN, Scotland, UK.

(3) Based on information reported by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“T. Rowe Price”) on Schedule 13G filed with 
the SEC on February 14, 2020. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, T. Rowe Price reported 
that  it  has  sole  dispositive  power  with  respect  to  16,391,824  shares,  and  sole  voting  power  with  respect  to 
6,059,395  shares.  Entities  affiliated  with  T.  Rowe  Price  listed  their  address  as  100  E.  Pratt  Street,  Baltimore, 
Maryland 21202.

(4)  Consists  of  (i)  4,850,850  Class  B  ordinary  shares  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Cannon-Brookes  and  (ii)  54,448,490 
Class B ordinary shares held of record by CBC Co Pty Limited as trustee for the Cannon-Brookes Head Trust.

(5)  Consists  of  (i)  4,850,850  Class  B  ordinary  shares  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Farquhar  and  (ii)  54,448,490  Class  B 
ordinary shares held of record by Skip Enterprises Pty Limited as trustee for the Farquhar Family Trust.

(6) Consists of (i) 245,720 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Simons, (ii) 87,280 Class B ordinary shares 
held of record by The Jay Norman Simons 2013 Annuity Trust, in which Mr. Simons shares voting and dispositive 
power,  (iii)  511,812  Class A  ordinary  shares  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Simons,  (iv)  345,500  Class A  ordinary  shares 
subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2020, and (v) 19,666 RSUs that vest 
within 60 days of June 30, 2020.

(7) Consists of (i) 10,208 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Beer as trustee of the James A & Lael L Beer 
Trust and (ii) 23,719 RSUs that vest within 60 days of June 30, 2020.

(8) Consists of (i) 297,570 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Viswanath and (ii) 15,683 RSUs that vest 
within 60 days of June 30, 2020.

(9) Consists of (i) 1,342 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Ms. Fisher and (ii) 4,816 RSUs that vest within 60 
days of June 30, 2020.

(10) Consists of 28,845 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Dr. Brown.

(11) Consists of 13,425 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez.

(12) Consists of 17,625 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Parikh.

(13) Consists of 128,432 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Salem.

(14) Consists of 42,859 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Sordello.

(15) Consists of (i) 6,944 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Goodarzi and (ii) 252 RSUs that vest within 
60 days of June 30, 2020.

(16) Consists of 143,835 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Wong.

(17)  Consists  of  (i)  1,202,897  Class  A  ordinary  shares,  (ii)  118,931,680  Class  B  ordinary  shares,  (iii)  options  to 
purchase  345,500  Class A  ordinary  shares  that  are  exercisable  within  60  days  of  June  30,  2020  and  (iv)  64,136 
RSUs that vest within 60 days of June 30, 2020.

Two  of  our  major  shareholders,  Michael  Cannon-Brookes  and  Scott  Farquhar,  hold  the  majority  of  our 
outstanding Class B ordinary shares. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result 
in a change of control of our company.

 As of June 30, 2020, approximately 0.1% of our outstanding shares were Class B shares held in the United 
States by one record holder. As of June 30, 2020, approximately 51.50% of our outstanding shares were Class A 
shares held in the United States by one record holder (Cede and Company). 

76

As of June 30, 2020, entities affiliated with each of Artisan Partners Limited Partnership, Capital Research 
Global  Investors,  Sands  Capital  Management,  respectively,  and  entities  and  individuals  affiliated  with  FMR  LLC 
each no longer hold greater than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

B. Related Party Transactions

Other  than  as  described  below,  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  there  has  not  been  any 
transaction  to  which  we  were  or  are  a  party  in  which  we,  any  of  our  directors,  executive  officers,  associates,  or 
holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of 
any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

RSUs

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we granted RSUs to our non-employee directors and certain of 

our executive officers.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers to indemnify them 
to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law. These agreements indemnify these individuals against certain 
costs, charges, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred by such director in the execution or discharge of 
his  duties.  These  agreements  do  not  indemnify  our  directors  against  any  liability  attaching  to  such  individuals  in 
connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or 
she is a director, which would be rendered void under the Companies Act.

We  have  obtained  insurance  policies  under  which,  subject  to  the  limitations  of  the  policies,  coverage  is 
provided  to  our  directors  and  executive  officers  against  loss  arising  from  claims  made  by  reason  of  breach  of 
fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities 
matters,  and  to  us  with  respect  to  payments  that  may  be  made  by  us  to  these  directors  and  executive  officers 
pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/

or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the  Securities  Act  may  be  permitted  to  directors, 
executive officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the 
opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, 
unenforceable.

Registration Agreement

In July 2010, our predecessor entity, Atlassian Corporation Pty Ltd., entered into a Registration Agreement 
with  certain  holders  of  our  outstanding  share  capital,  including  Messrs.  Cannon-Brookes  and  Farquhar.  As  of 
June 30, 2020, certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, including Messrs. 
Cannon-Brookes  and  Farquhar,  are  entitled  to  rights  with  respect  to  the  registration  of  their  shares  under  the 
Securities Act.

Atlassian Foundation

The  Atlassian  Foundation  was  established  in  2008  with  the  vision  of  helping  to  make  the  world  better. 
Together  with  the  Atlassian  Foundation  International  Limited,  which  was  established  in  2016,  the  Atlassian 
Foundation  works  on  a  range  of  different  projects  in  conjunction  with  organizations  including  the  Australian 
Government  Department  of  Foreign  Affairs  and  Trade,  Brookings  Center  for  Universal  Education,  Co-Impact, 
Educate!,  Education  Commission,  Education  Outcomes  Fund,  40K  Foundation,  Global  Business  Coalition  for 
Education, Humanitix, Raspberry Pi Foundation, Room to Read, Ruangguru, and Teach for All.

We contribute approximately 1% of our annual profits and all revenues associated with our starter licenses 
for on-premises products to the Atlassian Foundation. We donated $5.3 million to the Atlassian Foundation in fiscal 
year  2020.  Additionally,  since  the  Atlassian  Foundation's  inception,  we  have  provided,  at  no  charge,  certain 
resources to Atlassian Foundation employees such as office space and salaries.

LinkedIn

77

In  fiscal  year  2020,  we  purchased  approximately  $5.2  million  of  services  from  LinkedIn  Corporation 
(“LinkedIn”), for recruiting purposes, in the ordinary course of business. Mr. Sordello, one of our board members, is 
Chief  Financial  Officer  of  LinkedIn.  The  transactions  between Atlassian  and  LinkedIn  were  not  negotiated  by  Mr. 
Sordello. Mr. Sordello does not have a material interest in the relationship described above.

Splunk

In fiscal year 2020, we purchased $3.1 million of services from Splunk Inc. (“Splunk”) for systems monitoring 
purposes, in the ordinary course of business. Sri Viswanath, our Chief Technology Officer, is a director of Splunk. 
The contract with Splunk was not negotiated by Mr. Viswanath and was executed before he joined the board. Mr. 
Viswanath does not have a material interest in the relationship described above.

Intuit

In fiscal year 2020, Intuit purchased approximately $0.5 million of products from us, in the ordinary course of 
business.  Mr.  Goodarzi,  one  of  our  board  members,  is  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  director  of  Intuit.  The 
transactions between Atlassian and Intuit were not negotiated by Mr. Goodarzi and were in the ordinary course of 
business. Mr. Goodarzi does not have a material interest in the relationship described above.

Certain Relationships

From  time  to  time,  we  engage  in  certain  transactions  with  other  companies  affiliated  with  our  directors, 
executive  officers,  and  significant  shareholders  or  their  immediate  family  members.  We  believe  that  all  such 
arrangements have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and do not represent a material interest to 
such directors, executive officers or significant shareholders.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

The Audit Committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related party 
transactions,  which  are  transactions  between  us  and  related  persons  in  which  we  or  a  related  person  has  or  will 
have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, 
executive  officer,  nominee  for  director,  or  greater  than  5%  beneficial  owner  of  our  ordinary  shares,  in  each  case 
since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our Audit Committee 
charter provides that the Audit Committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

We  are  not  a  party  to  any  material  legal  proceedings.  From  time  to  time  we  may  be  subject  to  legal 
proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We investigate these claims as they arise and 
accrue estimates for resolution of legal and other contingencies when losses are probable and estimable. Although 
the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe there was not at least a reasonable 
possibility that we had incurred a material loss with respect to such loss contingencies as of June 30, 2020.

Dividend Policy

While we have in the past paid limited dividends, we do not have any present or future plan to pay dividends 
on  our  shares.  Any  future  determination  as  to  the  declaration  and  payment  of  dividends,  if  any,  will  be  at  the 
discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on then existing conditions, including 
our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  contractual  restrictions,  capital  requirements,  general  business 
conditions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

78

 
B. Significant Changes

We  have  not  experienced  any  significant  changes  since  the  date  of  our  audited  consolidated  financial 

statements included in this annual report.

Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 

A. Offer and Listing Details 

The  principal  market  in  which  our  Class  A  ordinary  shares  are  traded  is  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select 

Market under the symbol “TEAM.”

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our Class A ordinary shares are quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TEAM.”

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The  information  required  by  this  section,  including  a  summary  of  certain  key  provisions  of  our  articles  of 
association, is set forth in Exhibit 4.4 (Description of Share Capital) filed as an exhibit to our annual report filed with 
the SEC on August 23, 2019, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

C. Material Contracts

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than 
as  may  be  described  in  “Item  4.  Information  on  the  Company,”  “Item  5.  Operating  and  Financial  Review  and 
Prospects” or elsewhere in this annual report.

D. Exchange Controls

Other than applicable taxation, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing law and regulations and 
certain  economic  sanctions  which  may  be  in  force  from  time  to  time,  there  are  currently  no  English  laws  or 
regulations,  or  any  provision  of  our  articles  of  association,  which  would  prevent  the  import  or  export  of  capital  or 
remittance of dividends, interest and other payments to holders of our securities who are not residents of the United 
Kingdom on a general basis.

79

 
E. Taxation

Material United Kingdom Tax Considerations

The comments set out below are based on current United Kingdom tax law as applied in England and HMRC 
practice  (which  may  not  be  binding  on  HMRC)  as  of  the  date  of  this  annual  report,  both  of  which  are  subject  to 
change, possibly with retrospective effect. They are intended as a general guide and apply only to our shareholders 
resident and, in the case of an individual, domiciled for tax purposes in the United Kingdom and to whom “split year” 
treatment  does  not  apply  (except  insofar  as  express  reference  is  made  to  the  treatment  of  non-United  Kingdom 
residents), who hold Class A ordinary shares as an investment and who are the absolute beneficial owners thereof. 
The  discussion  does  not  address  all  possible  tax  consequences  relating  to  an  investment  in  the  Class A  ordinary 
shares. Certain categories of shareholders, including those carrying on certain financial activities, those subject to 
specific tax regimes or benefiting from certain reliefs or exemptions, those connected with us, those that own (or are 
deemed to own) 5% or more of our shares and/or voting power (either alone or together with connected persons) 
and those for whom the Class A ordinary shares are employment-related securities may be subject to special rules 
and this summary does not apply to such shareholders and any general statements made in this disclosure do not 
take them into account. This summary does not address any inheritance tax considerations.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, 
legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to 
specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under United 
Kingdom tax law. In particular:

Taxation of Dividends

We  will  not  be  required  to  withhold  amounts  on  account  of  United  Kingdom  tax  at  source  when  paying  a 

dividend.

Individuals

United Kingdom resident and domiciled holders do not have to pay tax on the first £2,000 of dividend income 
received in the 2020/2021 tax year (the "dividend allowance"). However tax will be levied on any dividends received 
over  the  dividend  allowance  at  7.5%  on  dividend  income  within  the  basic  rate  band,  32.5%  on  dividend  income 
within the higher rate band and 38.1% on dividend income within the additional rate band. 

Corporate Shareholders

Although shareholders who are within the charge to corporation tax would strictly be subject to corporation 
tax on dividends paid by us (subject to special rules for such shareholders that are “small” companies), generally 
such dividends will fall within an exempt class and will not be subject to corporation tax (provided certain conditions 
are  met  and  anti-avoidance  rules  are  satisfied).  However,  each  shareholder's  position  will  depend  on  its  own 
individual  circumstances  and  shareholders  within  the  charge  to  corporation  tax  should  consult  their  own 
professional advisers.

Non-Residents

A  shareholder  resident  outside  the  United  Kingdom  may  also  be  subject  to  foreign  taxation  on  dividend 
income under local law. Shareholders who are not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should obtain 
their own tax advice concerning tax liabilities on dividends received from us.

Taxation of Capital Gains on Disposals of Class A ordinary shares

United Kingdom Shareholders

Shareholders who are resident in the United Kingdom, and individual shareholders who are temporarily non-
resident and subsequently resume residence in the United Kingdom within a certain time, may depending on their 
circumstances  and  the  availability  of  exemptions  or  reliefs  (including,  for  example,  the  annual  exempt  amount  for 
individuals),  be  liable  to  United  Kingdom  taxation  on  chargeable  gains  in  respect  of  gains  arising  from  a  sale  or 
other disposal (or deemed disposal) of the Class A ordinary shares.

80

Non-United Kingdom Shareholders

An individual holder who is not a United Kingdom resident shareholder will not be liable to United Kingdom 
capital  gains  tax  on  chargeable  gains  realized  on  the  disposal  of  their  Class  A  ordinary  shares  unless  such 
shareholder  carries  on  (whether  solely  or  in  partnership)  a  trade,  profession  or  vocation  in  the  United  Kingdom 
through  a  branch  or  agency  in  the  United  Kingdom  to  which  the  shares  are  attributable.  In  these  circumstances, 
such shareholder may, depending on their individual circumstances, be chargeable to United Kingdom capital gains 
tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of their shares.

A corporate holder of shares who is not a United Kingdom resident shareholder will not be liable for United 
Kingdom corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its shares unless it carries on a trade in the 
United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the shares are attributable. In these circumstances, a 
disposal of shares by such shareholder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of 
United Kingdom corporation tax.

Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax 

The statements in this section titled “Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)” are intended as a 
general  guide  to  the  current  United  Kingdom  stamp  duty  and  SDRT  position.  The  discussion  below  relates  to 
shareholders wherever resident, but investors should note that certain categories of person are not liable to stamp 
duty or SDRT and others may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for tax, be required to 
notify and account for SDRT under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.

General

Except in relation to depositary receipt systems and clearance services (to which the special rules outlined 

below apply):

(i) No stamp duty or SDRT will arise on the issue of Class A ordinary shares in registered form by us.

(ii) An agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares will normally give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate 
of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer. SDRT is, in general, payable by 
the purchaser.

(iii)  Instruments  transferring  Class A  ordinary  shares  will  generally  be  subject  to  stamp  duty  at  the  rate  of 
0.5% of the consideration given for the transfer (rounded up to the next £5). The purchaser normally pays 
the stamp duty.

(iv) If a duly stamped transfer completing an agreement to transfer is produced within six years of the date 
on  which  the  agreement  is  made  (or,  if  the  agreement  is  conditional,  the  date  on  which  the  agreement 
becomes  unconditional),  any  SDRT  already  paid  is  generally  repayable,  normally  with  interest,  and  any 
SDRT charge yet to be paid is cancelled.

Depositary Receipt Systems and Clearance Services

United Kingdom domestic law provides that where our Class A ordinary shares are issued or transferred to 
a  depositary  receipt  system  or  clearance  service  (or  their  nominees  or  agents)  SDRT  (in  the  case  of  an  issue  of 
shares) and stamp duty or SDRT (in the case of a transfer of shares) may be payable, broadly at the higher rate of 
1.5%  of  the  amount  or  value  of  the  consideration  given  (or,  in  certain  circumstances,  the  value  of  the  shares) 
(rounded up to the nearest £5 in the case of stamp duty). Generally, transfers within such depositary receipt system 
or  clearance  service  are  thereafter  not  subject  to  stamp  duty  or  SDRT,  provided  that  (in  the  case  of  a  clearance 
service) no election under section 97A of the Finance Act 1986 has been made (as to which, see further below).

81

However,  following  the  European  Court  of  Justice  decision  in  C-569/07  HSBC  Holdings  Plc,  Vidacos 
Nominees  Limited  v.  The  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Revenue  &  Customs  and  the  First-tier  Tax  Tribunal 
decision  in  HSBC  Holdings  Plc  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Corporation  v.  The  Commissioners  of  Her 
Majesty's Revenue & Customs, HMRC has confirmed that a charge to 1.5% SDRT is no longer payable when new 
shares  are  issued  to  a  clearance  service  (such  as,  in  our  understanding,  DTC)  or  depositary  receipt  system.  We 
consider that this position still holds notwithstanding the United Kingdom’s exit from the EU on January 31, 2020. 
The HM Treasury Autumn Budget 2017 Report contained a statement that “The government will not reintroduce the 
Stamp  Duty  and  Stamp  Duty  Reserve  Tax  1.5%  charge  on  the  issue  of  shares  (and  transfers  integral  to  capital 
raising) into overseas clearance services and depositary receipt systems following the UK’s exit from the EU”. As far 
as  we  are  aware  there  has  been  no  subsequent  government  statement  revising  this  position.  Further,  as  EU 
Directive  2008/7/EC,  which  is  the  basis  for  the  European  Court  of  Justice  decisions  referenced  above  (the 
“Directive”)  is  not  expressly  identified  as  a  provision  which  will  not  be  binding  on  the  United  Kingdom  during  the 
“implementation  period,”  we  understand  that  the  Directive  currently  remains  effective  to  the  same  extent  as  it  did 
during the time when the United Kingdom was a member of the EU.

HMRC remains of the view that where Class A ordinary shares are transferred (a) to, or to a nominee or an 
agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services or (b) to, or to a nominee or an 
agent for, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, stamp duty or SDRT will generally be 
payable at the higher rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given or, in certain circumstances, the 
value of the Class A ordinary shares.

There  is  an  exception  from  the  1.5%  charge  on  the  transfer  to,  or  to  a  nominee  or  agent  for,  a  clearance 
service where the clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act 
1986  which  has  been  approved  by  HMRC  and  which  applies  to  the  Class  A  ordinary  shares.  In  these 
circumstances, SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer will 
arise on any transfer of Class A ordinary shares into such an account and on subsequent agreements to transfer 
such Class A ordinary shares within such account. It is our understanding that DTC has not made an election under 
section  97A(1)  of  the  Finance Act  of  1986,  and  that  therefore  transfers  or  agreements  to  transfer  shares  held  in 
book entry (i.e., electronic) form within the facilities of DTC should not be subject to United Kingdom stamp duty or 
SDRT.

Any  liability  for  stamp  duty  or  SDRT  in  respect  of  a  transfer  into  a  clearance  service  or  depositary  receipt 
system,  or  in  respect  of  a  transfer  within  such  a  service,  which  does  arise  will  strictly  be  accountable  by  the 
clearance service or depositary receipt system operator or their nominee, as the case may be, but will, in practice, 
be payable by the participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  material  U.S.  federal  income  tax  considerations  relating  to  the 
ownership and disposition of Class A ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses 
only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that hold Class A ordinary shares as capital assets 
(generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address all 
U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax 
considerations applicable to a holder of Class A ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, 
without limitation, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

banks, financial institutions or insurance companies; 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts; 

tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in 
Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively; 

real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts; 

persons  that  hold  the  Class  A  ordinary  shares  as  part  of  a  “hedging,”  “integrated,”  “wash  sale”  or 
“conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; 

82

 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

partnerships  (including  entities  classified  as  partnerships  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  or  other 
pass-through entities, or persons that will hold the Class A ordinary shares through such an entity; 

certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States; 

holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of the 
Class A ordinary shares; 

persons who received the Class A ordinary shares as compensation;

persons subject to Section 451(b) of the Code; 

holders that own directly, indirectly or through attribution Class B ordinary shares; and 

holders that have a “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes other than the U.S. dollar.

Further,  this  summary  does  not  address  the  U.S.  federal  estate,  gift,  or  alternative  minimum  tax 
considerations,  or  any  U.S.  state,  local,  or  non-U.S.  tax  considerations  of  the  ownership  and  disposition  of  the 
Class A ordinary shares.

This  description  is  based  on  the  Code,  existing,  proposed  and  temporary  U.S.  Treasury  Regulations 
promulgated  thereunder  and  administrative  and  judicial  interpretations  thereof.  All  the  foregoing  is  subject  to 
change,  which  change  could  apply  retroactively,  and  to  differing  interpretations,  all  of  which  could  affect  the  tax 
considerations  described  below.  There  can  be  no  assurances  that  the  IRS  will  not  take  a  contrary  or  different 
position concerning the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares or that 
such a position would not be sustained by a court. We have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with 
respect to the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership, or disposition of the Class 
A ordinary shares. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-
U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares that is (or 

is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•

•

•

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; 

a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created 
or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or 

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and 
one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a 
valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If  a  partnership  (or  any  other  entity  treated  as  a  partnership  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  holds 
Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in the Class A ordinary 
shares  will  depend  in  part  upon  the  status  of  the  partner  and  the  activities  of  the  partnership.  Such  a  partner  or 
partnership  should  consult  its  tax  advisor  regarding  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax  considerations  of  owning  and 
disposing of the Class A ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign 

investment company” (“PFIC”).

Distributions

Although  we  do  not  currently  plan  to  pay  dividends,  and  subject  to  the  discussion  in  “—Passive  Foreign 
Investment  Company  Considerations,”  below,  the  gross  amount  of  any  distribution  (before  reduction  for  any 
amounts  withheld  in  respect  of  foreign  withholding  tax)  actually  or  constructively  received  by  a  U.S.  holder  with 
respect to Class A ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. holder's 

83

 
 
pro  rata  share  of  our  current  and  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  as  determined  under  U.S.  federal  income  tax 
principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and 
will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares. Distributions 
in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either 
long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held the Class A ordinary shares 
for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings 
and  profits  under  U.S.  federal  income  tax  principles,  it  is  expected  that  any  distribution  will  be  reported  as  a 
dividend,  even  if  that  distribution  would  otherwise  be  treated  as  a  non-taxable  return  of  capital  or  as  capital  gain 
under the rules described above.

Non-corporate  U.S.  holders  may  qualify  for  the  preferential  rates  of  taxation  with  respect  to  dividends  on 
Class A ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more 
than  one  year)  applicable  to  qualified  dividend  income  (as  discussed  below)  if  we  are  a  “qualified  foreign 
corporation” and certain other requirements (discussed below) are met. A non-United States corporation (other than 
a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable 
year)  generally  will  be  considered  to  be  a  qualified  foreign  corporation  (a)  if  it  is  eligible  for  the  benefits  of  a 
comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is 
satisfactory  for  purposes  of  this  provision  and  which  includes  an  exchange  of  information  provision,  or  (b)  with 
respect to any dividend it pays on Class A ordinary shares which are readily tradable on an established securities 
market in the United States. The Class A ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which is 
an established securities market in the United States. However, there can be no assurance that the Class A ordinary 
shares  will  be  considered  readily  tradable  on  an  established  securities  market  in  the  United  States  in  later  years. 
Subject  to  the  discussion  in  “-Passive  Foreign  Investment  Company  Considerations,”  below,  such  dividends  will 
generally  be  “qualified  dividend  income”  in  the  hands  of  individual  U.S.  holders,  provided  that  a  holding  period 
requirement  (more  than  60  days  of  ownership,  without  protection  from  the  risk  of  loss,  during  the  121-day  period 
beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date) and certain other requirements are met. The dividends will not be 
eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

A U.S. holder generally may claim the amount of any Australian withholding tax as either a deduction from 
gross income or a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability. The foreign tax credit is subject to numerous 
complex limitations that must be determined and applied on an individual basis. Generally, the credit cannot exceed 
the proportionate  share of a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. holder’s taxable income 
from  foreign  sources  bears  to  such  U.S.  holder’s  worldwide  taxable  income.  In  applying  this  limitation,  a  U.S. 
holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” 
or “U.S. source.” This limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The amount of 
a distribution with respect to the Class A ordinary shares that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal 
income  tax  purposes  than  it  is  for Australian  income  tax  purposes,  potentially  resulting  in  a  reduced  foreign  tax 
credit  for  the  U.S.  holder.  In  addition,  the  creditability  of  foreign  taxes  could  be  affected  by  actions  taken  by 
intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holders of the Class A ordinary shares and us if, as a result of 
such  actions,  the  holders  of  the  Class  A  ordinary  shares  are  not  properly  treated  as  beneficial  owners  of  the 
underlying  ordinary  shares.  Each  U.S.  holder  should  consult  its  own  tax  advisors  regarding  the  foreign  tax  credit 
rules. 

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of 
the  foreign  currency  calculated  by  reference  to  the  spot  exchange  rate  on  the  day  the  U.S.  holder  receives  the 
distribution,  regardless  of  whether  the  foreign  currency  is  converted  into  U.S.  dollars  at  that  time.  Any  foreign 
currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be 
U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on 
the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect 
of the dividend.

84

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares

A  U.S.  holder  will  generally  recognize  gain  or  loss  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes  upon  the  sale, 
exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the 
U.S.  dollar  value  of  the  amount  realized  from  such  sale  or  exchange  and  the  U.S.  holder's  tax  basis  for  those 
Class  A  ordinary  shares.  Subject  to  the  discussion  in  “—Passive  Foreign  Investment  Company  Considerations” 
below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares 
generally will be equal to the cost of such Class A ordinary shares. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other 
taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential 
rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder's holding period determined at the time 
of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such Class A ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such 
gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to 
limitations  under  the  Code. Any  such  gain  or  loss  that  a  U.S.  holder  recognizes  generally  will  be  treated  as  U.S. 
source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the 
spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will 
result  from  currency  fluctuations  between  the  trade  date  and  the  settlement  date  of  such  a  purchase  or  sale. An 
accrual  basis  taxpayer,  however,  may  elect  the  same  treatment  required  of  cash  basis  taxpayers  with  respect  to 
purchases and sales of the Class A ordinary shares that are traded on an established securities market, provided 
the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the 
IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are 
translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  the  spot  rate  on  the  trade  date  of  the  purchase  or  sale.  Such  an  accrual  basis 
taxpayer  may  recognize  exchange  gain  or  loss  based  on  currency  fluctuations  between  the  trade  date  and  the 
settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Net Investment Income Tax

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts may be subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of 
their  “net  investment  income,”  which  may  include  all  or  a  portion  of  their  dividend  income  and  net  gains  from  the 
disposition of Class A ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its 
tax  advisors  regarding  the  applicability  of  the  net  investment  income  tax  to  its  income  and  gains  in  respect  of  its 
investment in the Class A ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

If we are classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally 
intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could 
derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A  corporation  organized  outside  the  United  States  generally  will  be  classified  as  a  PFIC  for  U.S.  federal 
income  tax  purposes  in  any  taxable  year  in  which,  after  applying  certain  look-through  rules  with  respect  to  the 
income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 
50%  of  the  average  quarterly  value  of  its  total  gross  assets  (which,  assuming  we  are  not  a  controlled  foreign 
corporation for the year being tested, would be measured by the fair market value of our assets) is attributable to 
assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

Passive  income  for  this  purpose  generally  includes  dividends,  interest,  royalties,  rents,  gains  from 
commodities  and  securities  transactions,  the  excess  of  gains  over  losses  from  the  disposition  of  assets  which 
produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of cash, including 
any  funds  raised  in  prior  or  future  offerings.  If  a  non-U.S.  corporation  owns  directly  or  indirectly  at  least  25%  by 
value  of  the  stock  of  another  corporation,  the  non-U.S.  corporation  is  treated  for  purposes  of  the  PFIC  tests  as 
owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share 
of  the  other  corporation’s  income.  The  determination  of  whether  we  are  a  PFIC  is  a  fact-intensive  determination 
made on an annual basis and the applicable law is subject to varying interpretation. If we are classified as a PFIC in 
any taxable year during which a U.S. holder owns the Class A ordinary shares, such U.S. holder will be subject to 
special tax rules discussed below and could suffer adverse tax consequences.

85

We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  a  PFIC,  and  we  do  not  expect  to  become  a  PFIC  in  the  forseeable  future. 
However, our status in any taxable year will depend on our assets, income and activities in each year, and because 
this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we 
will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable years. If we were a PFIC for any 
taxable  year  while  a  taxable  U.S.  holder  held  our  Class A  ordinary  shares,  such  U.S.  holder  would  generally  be 
taxed at ordinary income rates on any gain recognized from the sale or exchange of our Class A ordinary shares 
and on any dividends treated as “excess distributions” and interest charges generally applicable to underpayments 
of tax should apply to any taxes payable.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, U.S. holders may be able to make certain elections that could alleviate 
some  of  the  adverse  consequences  of  PFIC  status  and  would  result  in  an  alternative  treatment  of  the  Class  A 
ordinary  shares.  Such  elections  include  a  “mark  to  market”  election,  a  “deemed  sale”  election,  and  a  “qualified 
electing fund” election. We may or may not be able to provide the information required to make any such elections, 
and U.S. holders should therefore not assume that any particular election will be available to them.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. holders described in this section would 
apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries 
that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If  a  U.S.  holder  owns  Class A  ordinary  shares  during  any  taxable  year  in  which  we  are  a  PFIC,  the  U.S. 
holder  generally  will  be  required  to  file  an  IRS  Form  8621  (Information  Return  by  a  Shareholder  of  a  Passive 
Foreign  Investment  Company  or  Qualified  Electing  Fund)  with  respect  to  the  company,  generally  with  the  U.S. 
holder's  federal  income  tax  return  for  that  year.  If  our  company  were  a  PFIC  for  a  given  taxable  year,  then  you 
should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

The  U.S.  federal  income  tax  rules  relating  to  PFICs  are  complex.  Prospective  U.S.  investors  are  urged  to 
consult  their  own  tax  advisers  with  respect  to  the  ownership  and  disposition  of  the  Class A  ordinary  shares,  the 
consequences  to  them  of  an  investment  in  a  PFIC,  any  elections  available  with  respect  to  the  Class A  ordinary 
shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Class A 
ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S.  holders  generally  will  be  subject  to  information  reporting  requirements  with  respect  to  dividends  on 
Class A ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of Class A ordinary shares that 
are  paid  within  the  United  States  or  through  U.S.-related  financial  intermediaries,  unless  the  U.S.  holder  is  an 
“exempt  recipient.”  In  addition,  U.S.  holders  may  be  subject  to  backup  withholding  on  such  payments,  unless  the 
U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes 
an  exemption.  Backup  withholding  is  not  an  additional  tax,  and  the  amount  of  any  backup  withholding  will  be 
allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, 
provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting

Certain  U.S.  holders  who  are  individuals  are  required  to  report  information  relating  to  an  interest  in  the 
Class  A  ordinary  shares,  subject  to  certain  exceptions  (including  an  exception  for  shares  held  in  accounts 
maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) 
with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information 
reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

86

We  are  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act.  In  accordance  with  these 
requirements,  we  file  reports  and  furnish  other  information  as  a  foreign  private  issuer  with  the  SEC.  These 
materials, including this report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference 
Room  at  100  F  Street,  N.E.,  Room  1580,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  The  SEC  also  maintains  a  Web  site  at 
www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. 
This report as well as some of the other information submitted by us to the SEC may be accessed through this Web 
site. In addition, information about us is available at our web site at www.atlassian.com.

I. Subsidiary Information

 Not applicable.

Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Currency Risk

We operate globally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from exposure to various currencies in 
the  ordinary  course  of  business.  Our  exposures  primarily  consist  of  the  Australian  Dollar,  British  pound,  Euro, 
Japanese  yen,  Philippine  peso,  Indian  rupee  and  Canadian  dollar.  Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  from  commercial 
transactions and recognized financial assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. Our 
foreign  exchange  policy  is  reviewed  annually  by  the  our Audit  Committee  and  requires  us  to  monitor  our  foreign 
exchange exposure on a regular basis.

The substantial majority of our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, and our operating expenses 
are generally denominated in the local currencies of the countries where our operations are located. We therefore 
benefit from a strengthening of the U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. 

We  have  a  cash  flow  hedging  program  in  place  and  enter  into  derivative  transactions  to  manage  certain 
foreign  currency  exchange  risks  that  arise  in  our  ordinary  business  operations.  We  recognize  all  derivative 
instruments as either assets or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial position and measure them at 
fair  value.  Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  changes  in  fair  value  are  accounted  for  depending  on  the  use  of  the 
derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

We  enter  into  master  netting  agreements  with  select  financial  institutions  to  reduce  our  credit  risk,  and  we 
trade  with  several  counterparties  to  reduce  our  concentration  risk  with  any  single  counterparty.  We  do  not  have 
significant exposure to counterparty credit risk at this time. We do not require nor are we required to post collateral 
of any kind related to our foreign currency derivatives.

Foreign currency exchange rate exposure

We  hedged  material  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  using  balance  sheet 
hedges. The fluctuations in the fair market value of balance sheet hedges due to foreign currency rates generally 
offset those of the hedged items, resulting in no material effect on profit. Consequently, we are primarily exposed to 
significant foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with regard to the spot component of derivatives held within a 
designated cash flow hedge relationship affecting other comprehensive income

Foreign currency sensitivity

A  sensitivity  analysis  performed  on  our  hedging  portfolio  as  of  June  30,  2020  and  2019  indicated  that  a 
hypothetical  10%  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  against  the  Australian  dollar  applicable  to  our  business  would 
decrease  the  fair  value  of  our  foreign  currency  contracts  by  $27.0  million  and  $22.5  million,  respectively,  and  a 
hypothetical  10%  weakening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  against  the Australian  dollar  would  increase  the  fair  value  of  our 
foreign currency contracts by $27.0 million and $22.5 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

Our  cash  equivalents  and  investment  portfolio  are  subject  to  market  risk  due  to  changes  in  interest  rates. 
Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates. As of June 30, 
2020, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.5 billion and short-term investments totaling $676.1 million. 

87

 
 
A sensitivity analysis performed on our portfolio as of June 30, 2020 and 2019 indicated that a hypothetical 
100 basis point increase in interest rates would decrease the market value of our investments by $5.4 million and 
$2.3 million, respectively, and a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would increase the market 
value of our investments by $1.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively. This estimate is based on a sensitivity model 
that measures market value changes when changes in interest rates occur.

Equity Price Risk

We  are  exposed  to  equity  price  risk  in  connection  with  our  Notes,  including  exchange  and  settlement 
provisions based on the price of our Class A ordinary shares at exchange or maturity of the Notes. In addition, the 
capped call transactions associated with the Notes also include settlement provisions that are based on the price of 
our Class A ordinary shares. The amount of cash we may receive from capped call counterparties in connection with 
the capped calls is determined by the price of our Class A ordinary shares. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on the Notes embedded exchange derivative and capped call transactions 
as of June 30, 2020 and 2019 indicated that a hypothetical 10% increase in our share price would increase the fair 
value  of  the  Notes  embedded  exchange  derivative  and  capped  call  transactions  by  $192.6  million  and  $122.4 
million, respectively, and a hypothetical 10% decrease in our share price would decrease the fair value of the Notes 
embedded exchange derivative and capped call transactions by $184.8 million and $116.3 million, respectively.

We are also exposed to equity price risk in connection with our equity investments. Our marketable and non-
marketable  equity  investments  are  susceptible  to  market  price  risk  from  uncertainties  about  future  values  of  the 
investment securities. As of June 30, 2020 and 2019, our marketable equity investments are fair valued at $100.2 
million  and  $58.9  million,  respectively.  A  hypothetical  10%  increase  in  the  respective  share  prices  of  our  equity 
investments as of June 30, 2020 and 2019 would increase the fair value of our marketable equity investments by 
$10.0 million and $5.9 million, respectively, and a hypothetical 10% decrease in the respective share prices of our 
equity  investments  would  decrease  the  fair  value  of  our  marketable  equity  investments  by  $10.0  million  and  $5.9 
million, respectively.

See Note 5, “Financial Assets and Liabilities,” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more 

details on our quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk.

Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 

Not applicable.

PART II 

Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 

None.

Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None. 

Item 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure controls and procedures

Our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  after  evaluating  the  effectiveness  of  our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of June 30, 2020, have 
concluded  that,  as  of  such  date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  and  ensured  that  the 
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated 
and communicated to our management, including our Co-Chief Executive Officers and our Chief Financial Officer, to 
allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure  and  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within 
the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms.

88

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting,  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  management  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). 
Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  policies  and  procedures  that  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  reporting 
purposes in accordance with IFRS. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over 
financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of  June  30,  2020.  Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  Ernst  & 
Young LLP, has issued an audit report with respect to our internal control over financial reporting, which appears in 
Part III, Item 18 of this annual report. 

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There  was  no  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the 
evaluation  required  by  Rule  13a-15(d)  and  15d-15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  that  occurred  during  the  year  ended 
June  30,  2020  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting.

Limitations on effectiveness of controls and procedures

In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, 
can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives.  In  addition,  the  design  of 
disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting must reflect the fact that there are 
resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible 
controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Item 16. [RESERVED]

Item 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sordello is independent and qualifies as an “audit committee 
financial  expert”  as  set  forth  in  Rule  10A-3  under  the  Exchange  Act  and  satisfies  the  financial  sophistication 
requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards. 

Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Our  board  of  directors  has  adopted  a  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  that  applies  to  all  of  our 
employees,  officers  and  directors,  including  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  other 
executive  and  senior  financial  officers.  The  full  text  of  our  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  is  posted  on  the 
investor relations page of our website at https://investors.atlassian.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to 
our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, as it applies to our executive officers and 
directors, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees and the aggregate of all other fees billed to us by Ernst & 

Young LLP for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

Audit fees (1)

Audit-related fees (2)

Tax fees (3)

Other fees (4)

Total

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

2,745  $ 
876 

243 

11 

3,875  $ 

2,980 
648 

220 

8 

3,856 

$ 

$ 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Audit  Fees  consist  of  fees  incurred  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  integrated  audit  of  our 
annual  consolidated  financial  statements,  review  of  the  quarterly  consolidated  financial  statements  and  foreign 
statutory  audits  and  services  that  are  normally  provided  by  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  in  connection  with  statutory  and 
regulatory  filings  or  engagements.  Audit  fees  also  include  accounting  consultations,  research  related  to  the 
integrated audit.

(2) Audit-Related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to 
the  performance  of  the  audit  or  review  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  are  not  reported 
under  “Audit  Fees.”  This  primarily  consists  of  fees  for  service  organization  control  audits  and  due  diligence  on 
acquisitions.

(3) Tax fees relate to assistance with tax compliance, tax planning and various tax advisory services.

(4) Other fees are any additional amounts for products and services provided by the principal accountants.

Our Audit Committee has adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagement of our independent accountant 
to  perform  certain  audit  and  non-audit  services.  Pursuant  to  this  policy,  which  is  designed  to  assure  that  such 
engagements do not impair the independence of our auditors, the Audit Committee pre-approves annually all audit 
services, audit-related services, tax services and other services as described above, that may be performed by our 
independent accountants. All of the audit and non-audit services provided by our principal accountants have been 
pre-approved by our Audit Committee.

Item 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 

Not applicable.

Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 

Not applicable.

Item 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

Item 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of NASDAQ. 
Under  the  securities  laws  of  the  United  States,  foreign  private  issuers  are  subject  to  different  disclosure 
requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants. We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance 
as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the 
rules  adopted  by  the  SEC  and  NASDAQ's  listing  standards.  Under  NASDAQ's  rules,  a  foreign  private  issuer  is 
subject to less stringent  corporate governance  requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of NASDAQ 
permit a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of NASDAQ. We 
intend  to  follow  home  country  practices  in  lieu  of  the  listing  requirements  of  NASDAQ  with  regard  to  voting  by  a 
show of hands and quorum requirements. Otherwise, we intend to follow the requirements of NASDAQ to the extent 
possible under English law.

In addition, because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and executive officers are not subject to 
short-swing profit liability and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, 
however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act 
and related SEC rules to the extent appropriate.

Item 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

90

PART III

Item 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Item 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements are filed as part of this annual report, together with the report of the 

independent registered public accounting firm:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of June 30, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

91

Item 19. EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number

Description

3.1  (1)

Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the company. 

4.1  (2)

Form of certificate evidencing Class A ordinary shares.

4.2  (3)

Registration Agreement, dated July 2, 2010, by and among the company and certain of its 
shareholders.

4.3  (4)

Indenture dated April 27, 2018 between the company and U.S. Bank National Association.

4.4  (7)

Description of share capital.

10.1  (4)

Capped call confirmation.

10.1  (5)

Lease, dated October 25, 2017, by and between Atlassian Inc. and MV Campus Owner, LLC.

10.1  (6)

Lease, dated  November 22, 2017, by and between Atlassian Inc. and 350 Bush Street Owner, 
LLC.

10.1  (3) #

Form of Deed of Indemnity entered into between the company and its directors.

10.2  (3) #

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the company and its officers.

10.3  (3) # Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.4  (3) #

2013 U.S. Share Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.5  (3) #

2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.6  (3) #

2015 Share Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.7  (3) #

2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan.

10.8  (3) # Ordinary Shares Option Agreement.

10.9  (3) # Deed of Amendment to Class B Ordinary Shares Option Agreement.

  10.10  (3) # Class B Ordinary Shares Exercise Agreement.

  10.11  (3) # Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.

  10.12  (3) # Executive Severance Plan and form of Executive Severance Agreement entered into between 

the Registrant and its executive officers.

  10.13  #

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

  10.14  (3) #

Form of Director Agreement.

  10.15  (3)

Lease, dated March 25, 2015, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and Council of the City of 
Sydney.

  10.16  (3)

Lease, dated December 22, 2011, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and 341 George St Pty Ltd.

  10.17  (3)

Lease, dated July 9, 2015, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and 341 George St Pty Ltd.

  10.18  (3)

Lease, dated June 26, 2011, by and between Atlassian, Inc. and Redbird Investment Group, LLC.

12.1 

12.2 

12.3 

13.1 

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) 
and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) 
and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 
15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to 
§906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

13.2 

13.3 

21.1 

23.1 

Description

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to 
§906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

____________________________

(1)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on December 8, 2016. 

(2)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (File No. 333-207879) filed on November 18, 2015.

(3)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-207879) filed on November 9, 2015.

(4)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on April 30, 2018.

(5)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on October 30, 2017.

(6)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on November 27, 2017.

(7)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 20-F filed on August 23, 2019.

# 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

93

 
 
 
 
 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly 

caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf. 

SIGNATURES

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

 /s/ Michael Cannon-Brookes
 Name:
 Title:

  Michael Cannon-Brookes

Co-Chief Executive Officer

 /s/ Scott Farquhar
 Name:
 Title:

Scott Farquhar
Co-Chief Executive Officer

Date: August 14, 2020

By:

By:

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

F-2

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

F-1

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Atlassian Corporation Plc

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the 
Company) as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, 
changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2020, and the related 
notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2020 and 2019, 
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2020, in 
conformity  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the  International Accounting  Standards 
Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated August 14, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion 
thereon. 

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for accounting 
for  leases  as  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  Leases,  and  the  amendments  effective  July  1,  2019  under  the 
modified retrospective method.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the 
PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB. Those  standards  require  that  we  plan 
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of 
material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to 
accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging, 
subjective  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  the  critical  audit  matter  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical 
audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the  account  or  disclosures  to 
which it relates.

F-2

Description of the Matter

How We Addressed the 
Matter in Our Audit

As  described  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company 
primarily  derives  revenues  from  cloud-based  services  agreements  and  subscription-
based and perpetual software license arrangements that include bundled support and 
maintenance services for the term of the license period. The Company’s contracts with 
customers  often  contain  multiple  performance  obligations,  including  promises  to 
transfer  multiple  software  products  and/or  services  to  a  customer.  To  account  for 
promised  goods  and  services  in  accordance  with  IFRS  15,  Revenue  from  Contracts 
with  Customers,  the  Company  allocates  the  transaction  price  to  the  distinct 
performance  obligations  on  a  relative  standalone  selling  price  basis  and  recognizes 
revenue  when  control  of  the  distinct  performance  obligation  is  transferred  to  the 
customer. For example, the Company recognizes software license revenue at the time 
of delivery of the license and recognizes subscription and support revenue over time 
as the services are performed.

Auditing  the  Company’s  recognition  of  revenue  was  challenging  and  complex  due  to 
the  effort  required  to  analyze  the  accounting  treatment  for  the  Company’s  various 
software  product  and  service  offerings  in  accordance  with  IFRS  15.  This  involved 
assessing  the  impact  of  terms  and  conditions  of  new  or  amended  contracts  with 
customers  or  new  product  or  service  offerings,  the  determination  of  the  relative 
standalone  selling  prices  for  each  distinct  performance  obligation  and  the  timing  of 
recognition of revenue.

We  obtained  an  understanding,  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operating 
effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  controls  over  the  relevant  terms  of  its 
contracts,  the  appropriate  accounting  for  those  terms  under  IFRS  15,  including  the 
identification  of  performance  obligations,  determination  of  the  relative  standalone 
selling  price  for  each  performance  obligation,  and  the  determination  of  the  timing  of 
recognition  of  revenue.  This  included  testing  relevant  controls  over  the  information 
systems  that  are  important  to  the  initiation,  recording  and  billing  of  revenue 
transactions.

Among other procedures to evaluate management’s identification and determination of 
the distinct performance obligations, we read executed contracts for a sample of sales 
transactions to understand the contract, identified the promised goods and services in 
the contract and identified the distinct performance obligations. To test management’s 
determination of relative standalone selling price for each performance obligation, we 
performed  audit  procedures,  among  others,  to  assess  the  appropriateness  of  the 
methodology  applied,  tested  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  underlying  data  and 
calculations,  and  tested  sample  selections  to  corroborate  the  data  underlying  the 
Company’s  calculations.  We  also  evaluated  whether  the  Company  appropriately 
applied its revenue recognition policy to a sample of sales transactions to determine 
whether  revenue  was  recognized  in  the  correct  amount  and  period.  Finally,  we 
assessed the appropriateness of the related disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

San Francisco, California

August 14, 2020

F-3

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Atlassian Corporation Plc

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Atlassian Corporation Plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2020, based on 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  Atlassian 
Corporation Plc (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of June 30, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company’s  2020  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  our  report  dated August  14,  2020 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for 
its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s Report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on 
the  assessed  risk,  and  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance  with authorizations of management  and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

San Francisco, California

August 14, 2020

F-4

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

Notes

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2019

2018

2020

Revenues:

Subscription

Maintenance

Perpetual license

Other

Total revenues

Cost of revenues (1) (2)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development (1) (2)

Marketing and sales (1) (2)

General and administrative (1)

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Other non-operating expense, net

Finance income

Finance costs

Loss before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net loss

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss 
per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic

Diluted

(1) 

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

General and administrative

$ 

931,455  $ 

633,950  $ 

410,694 

394,526 

326,511 

469,350 

95,162 

118,206 

93,593 

88,058 

15

1,614,173 

1,210,127 

268,807 

1,345,366 

210,285 

999,842 

763,188 

299,683 

268,409 

579,134 

268,356 

215,714 

1,331,280 

1,063,204 

83,171 

60,602 

880,978 

172,690 

708,288 

415,776 

187,315 

151,242 

754,333 

6

8

18

18

18

18

14,086 

(63,362)   

(46,045) 

(338,486)   

(535,453)   

(15,157) 

27,801 

33,500 

(49,610)   

(40,241)   

9,877 

(6,806) 

(346,209)   

(605,556)   

(58,131) 

(4,445)   

(32,065)   

(55,301) 

$ 

(350,654)  $ 

(637,621)  $ 

(113,432) 

$ 

$ 

(1.43)  $ 

(1.43)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(0.49) 

(0.49) 

244,844 

244,844 

238,611 

238,611 

231,184 

231,184 

$ 

19,787  $ 

17,450  $ 

204,150 

149,049 

41,960 

47,498 

39,303 

51,960 

11,955 

98,609 

23,605 

28,704 

(2) 

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

$ 

29,509  $ 

27,997  $ 

21,188 

166 

12,860 

60 

— 

28,744 

36,090 

The above consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Net loss

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent 
periods:

Net change in unrealized gain on investments classified at fair 
value through other comprehensive income

Income tax effect

Other comprehensive income for items that will not be reclassified 
to profit or loss, net of tax

Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent 
periods:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

Notes

2020

2019

2018

$ 

(350,654)  $ 

(637,621)  $ 

(113,432) 

5

41,255 

38,662 

(9,380)   

(8,813)   

31,875 

29,849 

— 

— 

— 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

(613)   

(35)   

118 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments classified at 
fair value through other comprehensive income

Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments

Income tax effect

Other comprehensive income (loss) after tax that will be 
reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive loss, net of tax

5

5

5,053 

16,711 

1,340 

1,539 

(8,961)   

(553)   

12,190 

44,065 

2,291 

32,140 

(586) 

(8,341) 

2,502 

(6,307) 

(6,307) 

$ 

(306,589)  $ 

(605,481)  $ 

(119,739) 

The above consolidated statements of comprehensive loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Trade receivables

Tax receivables

Derivative assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets:

Property and equipment, net

Deferred tax assets
Goodwill

Intangible assets, net

Right-of-use assets, net

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities:

Notes

2020

2019

June 30,

14

$ 

1,479,969  $ 

1,268,441 

5

9

5,16

14

10

8
11

11

12

14

676,072 

112,019 

1,509 

327,487 

46,730 

445,046 

82,525 

707 

215,156 

30,236 

2,643,786 

2,042,111 

97,648 

35,351 
645,140 

129,690 

217,683 

124,774 

1,250,286 

81,459 

17,084 
608,907 

150,975 

— 

76,722 

935,147 

$ 

3,894,072  $ 

2,977,258 

Trade and other payables

14

$ 

202,570  $ 

159,487 

Tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Lease obligations

Derivative liabilities

Current portion of exchangeable senior notes, net

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities:

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Lease obligations

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other capital reserves

Other components of equity

Accumulated deficit

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

14

15

12

5,16

16

8

14

15

12

17

17

17

17

19,583 

14,291 

573,813 

34,743 

1,284,596 

889,183 

3,018,779 

31,304 

9,493 

27,192 

229,825 

2,173 

299,987 

11,703 

8,983 

440,954 

— 

855,005 

853,576 

2,329,708 

13,872 

6,082 

27,866 

— 

34,263 

82,083 

3,318,766 

2,411,791 

24,744 

459,892 

1,130,918 

76,144 

(1,116,392)   

575,306 

24,199 

458,166 

816,660 

32,079 

(765,637) 

565,467 

$ 

3,894,072  $ 

2,977,258 

The above consolidated statements of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Notes

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Other capital 
reserves

Other components of equity

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Investments at 
fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income reserve

Accumulated 
deficit

Total equity

Balance as of June 30, 2017

Net loss

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive loss, net of tax

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options

Vesting of early exercised shares
Issuance of ordinary shares for settlement of restricted share 
units
Share-based payment

Tax benefit from share plans

Reduction in deferred tax assets

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Net loss

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive loss, net of tax

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options

Vesting of early exercised shares
Issuance of ordinary shares for settlement of restricted share 
units
Share-based payment

Replacement equity awards related to business combination

Tax benefit from share plans

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Net loss

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive loss, net of tax

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options

Vesting of early exercised shares
Issuance of ordinary shares for settlement of restricted share 
units
Share-based payment

Replacement equity awards related to business combination

Tax benefit from share plans

17

17

17

7

8

17

17

17

7

13

17

17

17

7

13

Cumulative effect of applying new accounting pronouncement

2

$  22,726  $  450,959  $ 

437,346  $ 

2,215  $ 

4,289  $ 

(258)  $ 

(14,584)  $ 

902,693 

— 

— 

— 

243 

37 

525 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,761 

46 

— 

— 

— 

— 

805 

3,807 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(525) 

162,873 

140 

(42,734) 

119,754 

— 

(5,839) 

(5,839) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

118 

118 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(586) 

(586) 

(113,432) 

(113,432) 

— 

(6,307) 

(113,432) 

(119,739) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,004 

83 

— 

162,873 

140 

(42,734) 

124,366 

$  23,531  $  454,766  $ 

557,100  $ 

(3,624)  $ 

4,407  $ 

(844)  $ 

(128,016)  $ 

907,320 

— 

— 

— 

150 

51 

467 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,392 

8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(467) 

257,777 

1,768 

482 

668 

3,400 

259,560 

— 

1,077 

1,077 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(35) 

(35) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(637,621) 

(637,621) 

31,098 

31,098 

— 

32,140 

(637,621) 

(605,481) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,542 

59 

— 

257,777 

1,768 

482 

263,628 

$  24,199  $  458,166  $ 

816,660  $ 

(2,547)  $ 

4,372  $ 

30,254  $ 

(765,637)  $ 

565,467 

— 

— 

— 

76 

64 

405 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,726 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(32) 

(405) 

313,706 

552 

437 

— 

545 

1,726 

314,258 

— 

8,714 

8,714 

— 

(613) 

(613) 

— 

(350,654) 

(350,654) 

35,964 

35,964 

— 

44,065 

(350,654) 

(306,589) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(101) 

(101) 

1,802 

32 

— 

313,706 

552 

437 

(101) 

316,428 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

$  24,744  $  459,892  $  1,130,918  $ 

6,167  $ 

3,759  $ 

66,218  $  (1,116,392)  $ 

575,306 

The above consolidated statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Operating activities

Loss before income tax expense
Adjustments to reconcile loss before income tax expense to net cash provided 
by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Gain on sale of investments, disposal of assets and other

Net unrealized foreign currency gain

Share-based payment expense

Net unrealized loss on exchange derivative and capped call transactions

Amortization of debt discount and issuance cost

Interest income

Interest expense

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities

Deferred revenue

Interest received

Tax refunds received (income tax paid), net

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities

10, 11

12

7

6

16

9

Purchases of intangible assets

Purchases of property and equipment

Proceeds from sales of property, equipment and intangible assets

Purchases of investments

Proceeds from maturities of investments

Proceeds from sales of investments

Increase in restricted cash

Payment of deferred consideration

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from exercise of share options

Proceeds from issuance of exchangeable senior notes, net of discount and 
issuance costs (payment of issuance cost)

Purchase of capped calls

Payments of lease obligations

Interest paid 

Repayment of exchangeable senior notes

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

— 

(1,163) 

(188) 

162,873 

12,414 

7,478 

(9,877) 

1,113 

(8,449) 

43,477 

97,676 

8,679 

(4,246) 

— 

— 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

Notes

2020

2019

2018

$ 

(346,209)  $ 

(605,556)  $ 

(58,131) 

70,248 

79,435 

62,271 

35,127 

(993) 

(1,503) 

313,395 

335,953 

35,608 

— 

(2,357) 

(770) 

257,762 

533,908 

33,939 

(27,801) 

(33,500) 

14,002 

6,302 

(30,211) 

(19,635) 

(29,440) 

(10,608) 

51,532 

1,085 

75,624 

15

131,535 

122,502 

29,217 

(17,876) 

30,328 

7,038 

574,210 

466,342 

311,456 

— 

(2,110) 

(35,709) 

(44,192) 

(30,209) 

— 

3,721 

2,775 

(985,931) 

(648,036) 

(347,822) 

513,268 

245,498 

(2,085) 

(760) 

485,021 

20,545 

(552) 

— 

206,119 

123,862 

(3,131) 

(3,290) 

(318,931) 

(604,198) 

(51,696) 

16

16

12

16

1,802 

3,542 

3,995 

— 

— 

(38,125) 

(6,250) 

(2) 

(42,575) 

(1,176) 

(410) 

990,494 

— 

— 

(6,319) 

— 

(87,700) 

— 

— 

— 

(3,187) 

906,789 

(855) 

(630) 

211,528 

(141,898) 

  1,165,919 

  1,268,441 

  1,410,339 

244,420 

$  1,479,969  $  1,268,441  $  1,410,339 

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

13

(53,212) 

(418,595) 

The above consolidated statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-9

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Corporate Information

Atlassian  Corporation  Plc  (the  “Company”)  is  a  public  company  limited  by  shares,  incorporated  and 
registered in the United Kingdom. The registered office of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Atlassian,” 
the “Group,” “our,” or “we”) is located at Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG, c/o Herbert Smith 
Freehills LLP.

We  design,  develop,  license  and  maintain  software  and  provision  software  hosting  services  to  help  teams 
organize, discuss and complete their work. Our primary  products include Jira Software, targeting software teams, 
and  Jira  Core,  targeting  other  business  teams  (collectively,  “Jira”),  Confluence  for  team  content  creation  and 
sharing, Trello for capturing and adding structure to fluid, fast-forming work for teams, Jira Service Desk for team 
service  and  support  applications,  Opsgenie  for  incident  management,  Jira  Align  for  enterprise  agile  planning, 
Bitbucket  for  code  sharing  and  management  and  Atlasian  Access  for  enterprise-grade  security  and  centralized 
administration.

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2020  were 

authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors on August 14, 2020.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  which  includes  all  standards  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“IASB”)  and  related  interpretations  issued  by  the  IFRS  Interpretations  Committee.  The 
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for debt and equity financial 
assets and derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

All amounts included in the consolidated financial statements are reported in thousands of U.S. dollars (U.S. 
$ in thousands) except where otherwise stated. Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may 
not add up precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

Effective  July  1,  2019,  we  adopted  the  requirements  of  IFRS  16,  Leases,  (“IFRS  16”)  using  the  modified 
retrospective  method  as  discussed  below.  We  recognized  the  cumulative  effect  of  the  initial  application  of  the 
standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit on the date of initial application while the 
prior period amounts were not adjusted. 

Use of estimates

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgments,  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.  Management  continually  evaluates  its 
judgments and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management 
bases its judgments and estimates on historical experience and on other various factors it believes to be reasonable 
under the circumstances, the result of which forms the basis of the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are 
not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions 
and  conditions  and  may  materially  affect  the  financial  results  or  the  financial  position  reported  in  future  periods. 
Significant  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  made  by  management  include  revenue  recognition  and 
impairment of non-financial assets (see Note 3, “Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments”). Other estimates, 
assumptions  and  judgments  made  by  management  include  business  combinations,  fair  value  measurement  of 
financial instruments and accounting for income taxes.

F-10

In January 2020, the World Health Organization declared a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) a Public Health 
Emergency of International Concern, and a pandemic in March 2020. The impact of COVID-19 continues to unfold 
and the extent of the impact will depend on a number of factors, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, 
its severity, the actions taken by governments and authorities to contain the virus or treat its impact, and how quickly 
and  to  what  extent  normal  economic  and  operating  conditions  can  resume.  The  Group  considered  the  impact  of 
COVID-19  on  the  assumptions  and  estimates  used,  including  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  for  accounts 
receivable, the credit worthiness of customers entering into revenue arrangements, our impairment assessment of 
assets, the fair values of our financial instruments, and income taxes, which require increased judgement and carry 
a higher degree of estimate uncertainty. The Group determined that there were no material adverse impacts on the 
consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2020. As  events  continue  to  evolve  and  additional 
information becomes available, the Group’s assumptions and estimates may change in future periods. 

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial positions and the results of operations of the 
Group. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with 
the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The financial statements 
of  the  subsidiaries  are  prepared  for  the  same  reporting  period  as  the  Company,  using  consistent  accounting 
policies. Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated. 

Segment

The  Group  operates  as  a  single  operating  segment,  which  is  also  its  reporting  segment.  An  operating 
segment  is  defined  as  a  component  of  an  entity  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available  and  whose 
results  of  operations  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker.  The  Group's  chief  operating 
decision makers are the Group's Co-Chief Executive Officers, who review results of operations to make decisions 
about allocating resources and assessing performance based on consolidated financial information. Accordingly, the 
Group has determined it operates in one operating segment.

Foreign currency

The Group's consolidated financial statements are presented using the U.S. dollar, which is the Company's 
functional currency. Some of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency is the local currency. We translate 
the  financial  statements  of  these  subsidiaries  to  U.S.  dollars  using  month-end  exchange  rates  for  assets  and 
liabilities,  and  average  exchange  rates  for  revenue,  costs,  and  expenses.  Adjustments  resulting  from  translating 
foreign  functional  currency  financial  statements  into  U.S.  dollars  are  recorded  as  a  separate  component  on 
the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 

Foreign  currency  transaction  gains  and  losses  from  re-measurement  of  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that 
are denominated in currencies other than the respective functional currencies are included in other non-operating 
expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the period.

Revenue recognition

Policies, Estimates and Judgments

Revenues are generally recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services provided to 
our customers, reflecting the amount of consideration we expect to receive for those products or services. We enter 
into contracts that can include various combinations of products and services, which are generally capable of being 
distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected 
from  customers,  which  are  subsequently  remitted  to  governmental  authorities.  The  revenue  recognition  policy  is 
consistent for sales generated directly with customers and sales generated indirectly through solution partners and 
resellers. 

Revenues are recognized upon the application of the following steps: 

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Identification of the contract or contracts with a customer; 
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract; 
Determination of the transaction price; 
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 
Recognition of revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

F-11

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of billing our customers. We receive payments 
from customers based on a billing schedule as established in our contracts. Contract assets are recognized when 
performance  is  completed  in  advance  of  scheduled  billings.  Deferred  revenue  is  recognized  when  billings  are  in 
advance of performance under the contract. Our revenue arrangements include standard warranty provisions that 
our  products  and  services  will  perform  and  operate  in  all  material  respects  with  the  applicable  published 
specifications, the  financial impacts which have historically been and are expected to continue to be insignificant. 
Our contracts do not include a significant financing component.

Our  contracts  with  customers  often  include  promises  to  transfer  multiple  products  and  services  to  a 
customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should 
be accounted for separately versus together may require judgment.

We  allocate  the  transaction  price  for  each  contract  to  each  performance  obligation  based  on  the  relative 
standalone  selling  price  (“SSP”)  for  each  performance  obligation.  We  use  judgment  in  determining  the  SSP  for 
products and services. We typically determine an SSP range for our products and services which is reassessed on 
a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change. For all performance obligations other than perpetual and 
term licenses, we are able to determine SSP based on the observable prices of products or services sold separately 
in  comparable  circumstances  to  similar  customers.  In  instances  where  performance  obligations  do  not  have 
observable standalone sales, we utilize available information that may include market conditions, pricing strategies, 
the economic life of the software, and other observable inputs to estimate the price we would charge if the products 
and services were sold separately.

Our  products  are  generally  sold  with  a  right  of  return,  we  may  provide  other  credits  or  incentives,  and  in 
certain instances we estimate customer usage of our services, which are accounted for as variable consideration 
when determining the amount of revenue to recognize. Returns and credits are estimated at contract inception and 
updated at the end of each reporting period if additional information becomes available. Variable consideration was 
not material for the periods presented. 

Recognition of revenue

Revenue  recognized  from  contracts  with  customers  is  disaggregated  into  categories  that  depict  how  the 
nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. We report our 
revenues in four categories: (i) subscription, (ii) maintenance, (iii) perpetual license, and (iv) other. In addition, we 
present revenue by geographic region in Note 15, “Revenue.”

Subscription revenues

Subscription revenues consist primarily of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises 
term  license  agreements  for  our  Data  Center  products,  which  are  software  licensed  for  a  specified  period,  and 
includes  support  and  maintenance  service  that  is  bundled  with  the  license  for  the  term  of  the  license  period. 
Subscription revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the 
price  of  the  licenses.  Our  subscription-based  arrangements  generally  have  a  contractual  term  of  one  to  twelve 
months, with a majority being one month. For cloud-based services, subscription revenue is recognized ratably as 
services  are  performed,  commencing  with  the  date  the  service  is  made  available  to  customers.  For  on-premises 
term-based licenses, we recognize revenue upfront for the portion that relates to the delivery of the term license and 
the  support  and  related  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  as  the  services  are  delivered  over  the  term  of  the 
arrangement.

Maintenance revenues

Maintenance  revenues  represent  fees  earned  from  providing  customers  unspecified  future  updates, 
upgrades  and  enhancements  and  technical  product  support  for  perpetual  license  products  on  an  if  and  when 
available basis. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

Perpetual license revenues

Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the 
customer’s premises other than Data Center products. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis. Perpetual license 
revenues  consist  of  the  revenues  recognized  from  sales  of  licenses  to  new  customers  and  additional  licenses  to 
existing customers. We typically recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements once 
the customer obtains control of the license, which is generally upon delivery of the license. 

F-12

Other revenues

Other  revenues  include  primarily  fees  received  for  sales  of  third-party  apps  in  the Atlassian  Marketplace. 
Technical account management, consulting and training services are also included in other revenues. Revenue from 
the sale of third-party apps via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized at the date of product delivery given that all of 
our  obligations  have  been  met  at  that  time  and  on  a  net  basis  as  we  function  as  the  agent  in  the  relationship. 
Revenue from technical account management is recognized over the time period that the customer has access to 
the service. Revenue from consulting and training is recognized over time as the services are performed. 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Group considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less 
and  subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in  value  to  be  cash  equivalents.  Cash  equivalents  also  include 
amounts due from third-party credit card processors as they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature and are 
typically converted to cash within three days of the sales transaction.

Current versus non-current classification

The  Group  presents  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  based  on 
current or non-current classification. An asset is current when it is: expected to be realized or intended to be sold or 
consumed in the normal operating cycle; expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period; or 
cash  or  cash  equivalent  unless  restricted  from  being  exchanged  or  used  to  settle  a  liability  for  at  least  twelve 
months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current. A liability is current when it is due to 
be settled within twelve months after the reporting period. The Group classifies all other liabilities as non-current. 

Financial Instruments

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability 

or equity instrument of another entity.

Our  financial  assets  include  trade  receivables  and  contract  assets,  debt  and  equity  investments  and 
derivative  financial  instruments.  We  generally  classify  financial  assets  into  the  following  categories:  subsequently 
measured at amortized cost, at fair value through other comprehensive income, and at fair value through profit or 
loss depending on the contractual cash flows of and our business model for holding the respective asset. Financial 
assets  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  include  debt  and  equity  investments  and  derivative 
financial instruments. Trade receivables and contract assets are measured at amortized cost. Purchases or sales of 
financial  assets  that  require  delivery  of  assets  within  a  time  frame  established  by  regulation  or  convention  in  the 
market place (regular way trades) are recognized on the trade date.

Our  financial  liabilities  include  trade  and  other  payables,  exchangeable  senior  notes  (the  “Notes”)  and 
derivative  financial  instruments.  We  generally  classify  financial  liabilities  as  subsequently  measured  at  amortized 
cost  and  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss.  Financial  liabilities  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  are  the  derivative 
financial  instruments. Trade  and  other  payables  are  measured  at  amortized  cost  and  the  Notes  are  measured  at 
amortized cost using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method.

Debt investments

The  Group’s  marketable  debt  securities  were  classified  as  instruments  at  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive  income.  These  debt  securities  give  rise  to  cash  flows  that  are  solely  payments  of  principal  and 
interest  on  the  principal  amount  outstanding.  After  consideration  of  our  objectives,  as  well  as  our  liquidity 
requirements,  we  may  sell  these  debt  securities  prior  to  their  stated  maturities.  As  we  view  these  securities  as 
available for use to support current operations, we classify highly liquid securities with maturities beyond 12 months 
as current assets under the caption short-term investments on the consolidated statements of financial position. Fair 
value  changes  of  marketable  debt  securities  that  have  been  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  are 
reclassified to profit or loss upon sale of the financial asset. 

Equity investments

We  invest  in  equity  securities  of  public  and  private  companies,  in  which  the  Company  does  not  have  a 
controlling interest or significant influence, to promote business and strategic objectives. The Group has irrevocably 
designated  the  equity  investments  as  instruments  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income.  Changes  in 
fair value of these equity investments are recognized in other comprehensive income and never reclassified to profit 
or loss, even if the asset is impaired, sold or otherwise derecognized.

F-13

Marketable  equity  securities  are  measured  at  fair  value  using  readily  determinable  market  value.  Non-
marketable  equity  securities  are  measured  at  fair  value  using  market  data,  such  as  publicly  available  financing 
round valuations. Judgment is required particularly in estimating the fair values of non-marketable equity securities.

Exchangeable senior notes

The  Notes  are  classified  as  financial  liabilities  at  amortized  cost  and  measured  using  the  EIR  method. 
Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount and issuance cost that are an integral part of the 
EIR. The EIR amortization is included as finance costs in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative financial instruments

The  Group  enters  into  foreign  exchange  forward  contracts  with  the  objective  to  mitigate  certain  currency 
risks  associated  with  cost  of  revenues  and  operating  expenses  denominated  in  foreign  currencies. These  foreign 
exchange  forward  contracts  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.  We  also  enter  into  foreign  exchange  forward 
contracts  to  hedge  a  portion  of  certain  foreign  currency  denominated  as  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  to  reduce 
the  risk  that  such  foreign  currency  will  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  exchange  rates.  Hedging  derivative 
instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. 

At  the  inception  of  a  hedge  relationship,  the  Group  formally  designates  and  documents  the  hedge 
relationship  to  which  it  wishes  to  apply  hedge  accounting  and  the  risk  management  objective  and  strategy  for 
undertaking the hedge.

The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk 
being  hedged  and  how  the  Group  will  assess  whether  the  hedging  relationship  meets  the  hedge  effectiveness 
requirements (including the analysis of sources of hedge ineffectiveness and how the hedge ratio is determined). A 
hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting if it meets all of the following effectiveness requirements:

•
•

•

There is ‘an economic relationship’ between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;
The effect of credit risk does not ‘dominate the value changes’ that result from that economic relationship; 
and
The  hedge  ratio  of  the  hedging  relationship  is  the  same  as  the  ratio  resulting  from  the  quantity  of  the 
hedged item and the quantity of the hedging instrument.

For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gains (losses) on the 
derivatives is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and is subsequently recognized in 
earnings when the hedged exposure is recognized in earnings. Amounts reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve 
to  profit  or  loss  are  recorded  to  the  same  functional  expense  as  the  hedged  item  or  items.  Gains  (losses)  on 
derivatives representing  hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in earnings. For derivative instruments that are not 
designated  as  hedges,  gains  (losses)  from  changes  in  fair  values  are  primarily  recognized  in  other  income 
(expense), net.

The  Group  has  other  derivatives  such  as  embedded  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and  capped  call 
transactions  (“Exchange  and  Capped  Call  Derivatives”).  Please  see  Note  16,  “Exchangeable  Senior  Notes”  for 
details. The  Exchange  and  Capped  Call  Derivatives  are  measured  at  fair  value  at  each  reporting  date  and  gains 
(losses)  from  changes  in  fair  values  are  recognized  in  other  non-operating  expense,  net. The  Group  used  Black-
Scholes option pricing models to fair value the Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives. Certain inputs used in the 
model such as stock price volatility requires judgment. 

Impairment of financial assets

The Group measures loss allowances on debt investments at fair value through other comprehensive income 
at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (“ECLs”), except for securities that are determined to have low 
credit  risk  at  the  reporting  date  and  other  securities  and  bank  balances  for  which  credit  risk  has  not  increased 
significantly  since  initial  recognition,  which  are  measured  as  12-month  ECLs.  ECLs  are  a  probability-weighted 
estimate of the difference in the present value of contractual cash flows and the present value of cash flows that the 
Group expects to receive. Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected 
life of a financial instrument. 12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible 
within the 12 months following the reporting date. 

F-14

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. The 
Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each 
reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, 
adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

Derecognition

Financial  assets  are  derecognized  when  the  rights  to  receive  cash  flows  from  the  financial  assets  have 
expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. 

Financial  liabilities  are  derecognized  when  the  obligation  under  the  liability  is  discharged  or  cancelled  or 
expires.  When  an  existing  financial  liability  is  replaced  by  another  from  the  same  lender  on  substantially  different 
terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as 
the  derecognition  of  the  original  liability  and  the  recognition  of  a  new  liability.  The  difference  in  the  respective 
carrying amounts is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

Fair value measurement

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement 
or for disclosure purposes. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  When  determining  fair  value,  we 
consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, as well as assumptions that market 
participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. 

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are:

•
•

•

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
Level  2  -  Valuation  techniques  for  which  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement is directly or indirectly observable
Level  3  -  Valuation  techniques  for  which  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement is unobservable 

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is included in Level 1.

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation 
techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely 
as  little  as  possible  on  entity-specific  estimates.  If  all  significant  inputs  required  to  measure  the  fair  value  an 
instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2.

If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in 

Level 3. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input 
that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Group's assessment of the significance of a particular input to 
the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and considers factors specific to 
the asset or liability. 

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using 
the  straight-line  method  to  allocate  the  cost  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  or,  in  the  case  of  leasehold 
improvements  and  certain  leased  equipment,  the  remaining  lease  term  if  shorter.  The  estimated  useful  lives  for 
each asset class are as follows:

Equipment

Computer hardware and computer-related software
Furniture and fittings

1 - 3 years

1 - 5 years
3 - 10 years

Leasehold improvements

Shorter of the remaining lease term or 7 years

F-15

Business combinations

We include the results of operations of the businesses that we acquire as of the acquisition date. We record 
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price 
over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses 
are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the intangible assets acquired 
at the acquisition date. The estimation is primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models 
used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to 
the underlying significant assumptions. Our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. We use a 
discounted  cash  flow  method  of  the  income  approach  to  measure  the  fair  value  of  these  intangible  assets. 
Assumptions  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  intangible  assets  include  revenue  growth  rates,  technology 
migration curves, customer attrition rates and discount rates. These assumptions are forward-looking and could be 
affected by future economic and market conditions.

During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the date of acquisition, the Group may 
record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based 
on  additional  information  obtained  affecting  the  fair  value  of  those  assets  and  liabilities,  with  the  corresponding 
offset  to  goodwill.  In  addition,  uncertain  tax  positions  are  initially  established  in  connection  with  a  business 
combination as of the acquisition date. The Group continues to collect information and reevaluates these provisional 
estimates and assumptions as deemed reasonable by management. The Group records any adjustments to these 
provisional estimates and assumptions against goodwill provided they arise within the measurement period. Upon 
the  conclusion  of  the  measurement  period  or  final  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  or  liabilities 
assumed,  whichever  comes  first,  any  subsequent  adjustments  are  recorded  to  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations. Please refer to Note 13, “Business combinations,” for details.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the identifiable assets acquired 
and  liabilities  assumed.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  Group's  fiscal 
year  and  when  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  be  impaired. The  Group  performs  its  goodwill 
impairment test at the level of its operating segment as there are no lower levels within the Group at which goodwill 
is monitored. Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of the operating segment. 
When  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  operating  segment  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  an  impairment  loss  is 
recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets

We acquire intangible assets separately or in connection with business combinations. Intangible assets are 
measured  at  cost  initially.  All  of  our  intangible  assets  are  with  finite  lives  and  are  amortized  over  their  estimated 
useful  life  using  the  straight-line  method.  The  amortization  expense  on  intangible  assets  is  recognized  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations in the expense category, consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

The estimated useful lives for each intangible asset class are as follows:

Patents, trademarks and other rights

Customer relationships

Acquired developed technology

1 - 12 years

2 - 10 years

2 - 7 years

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  assessed  for  impairment  whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the 
intangible  asset  may  be  impaired.  When  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying 
amount, an impairment loss is recognized.

F-16

Impairment of non-financial assets

At the end of each reporting period, the Group assesses whether there is an indication that an asset may be 
impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates 
the  asset’s  recoverable  amount.  The  recoverable  amount  is  determined  for  an  individual  asset,  unless  the  asset 
does  not  generate  cash  inflows  that  are  largely  independent  of  those  from  other  assets  or  groups  of  assets. An 
asset’s  recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  an  asset’s  or  cash  generating  unit  (“CGU”)’s  fair  value  less  costs  of 
disposal and its value in use. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the 
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-
tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such 
transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

Share-based payments

Share-based  payments  cover  equity-settled  awards  including  stock  options,  restricted  share  units  (“RSUs”) 
and restricted shares issued to our employees in exchange of their service. The cost of the equity-settled awards is 
determined  by  the  fair  value  at  the  grant  date. The  fair  value  of  RSUs  or  restricted  shares  is  equal  to  the  market 
value of our common stock on the grant date. The Group estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-
Scholes  option  pricing  model.  This  option-pricing  model  requires  the  input  of  assumptions,  including  the  awards’ 
expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock.

We  recognize  equity-settled  awards  cost,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  over  the  awards’  requisite  service 
period  on  a  graded-vesting  basis.  No  compensation  cost  is  recognized  for  awards  that  do  not  ultimately  vest 
because  service  conditions  have  not  been  met  and  we  estimate  forfeiture  based  on  historical  experience.  The 
respective  expenses  are  recognized  as  employee  benefits  and  classified  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations according to the activities that the employees perform.

The  Group  also  issues  replacement  awards  in  connection  with  business  combinations  in  exchange  for 
awards held by employees of the acquiree. We recognize the portion of the acquiree award that is attributable to 
pre-combination  service  as  purchase  consideration.  The  portion  of  the  replacement  award  attributable  to  post-
combination service is recognized as employee benefits and classified in our consolidated statements of operations 
according to the activities that the employees perform.

Provisions

Provisions  are  recognized  when  the  Group  has  a  present  obligation  (legal  or  constructive)  as  a  result  of  a 
past  event,  it  is  probable  that  an  outflow  of  resources  embodying  economic  benefits  will  be  required  to  settle  the 
obligation  and  a  reliable  estimate  can  be  made  of  the  amount  of  the  obligation.  If  the  effect  of  the  time  value  of 
money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, when appropriate, the risks 
specific  to  the  liability.  When  discounting  is  used,  the  increase  in  the  provision  due  to  the  passage  of  time  is 
recognized as a finance cost.

Leases

Prior to adoption of IFRS 16

The  determination  of  whether  an  arrangement  is  or  contains  a  lease  is  based  on  the  substance  of  the 
arrangement  at  the  inception  date,  whether  fulfillment  of  the  arrangement  is  dependent  on  the  use  of  a  specific 
asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an 
arrangement.  The  Group  categorizes  leases  at  their  inception  as  either  operating  or  finance  leases.  Expenses 
incurred in operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized on a straight-line basis 
over the term of the lease.

F-17

After adoption of IFRS 16

Group as lessee

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Our lease agreements generally contain lease and 
non-lease components. Lease payments under our lease arrangements are primarily fixed. Non-lease components 
primarily include payments for maintenance and utilities and are expensed as incurred.

Lease  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease  payments  at  the  lease 
commencement  date.  The  interest  rate  used  to  determine  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease  payments  is  our 
incremental  borrowing  rate,  because  the  interest  rate  implicit  in  our  leases  is  not  readily  determinable.  Our 
incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms 
and payments, and in economic environments where the leased asset is located. Our lease terms include periods 
under options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. We 
generally  use  the  base,  non-cancelable,  lease  term  when  determining  lease  liabilities.  We  reassesses  the  lease 
term if and when a significant event or change in circumstances occurs within the control of the Group.

Right-of-use assets are recognized at cost at the lease commencement date. The cost of right-of-use assets 
includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct cost incurred, any prepaid lease payments less lease 
incentives and an estimate of restoration cost. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the 
shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets. 

We  apply  the  short-term  lease  recognition  exemption  for  our  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value 
assets.  Short-term  leases  are  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less.  Low-value  assets  are  primarily 
comprised  of  office  equipment.  Payments  associated  with  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Research and development 

Research  and  development  expense  includes  the  employee  and  hardware  costs  incurred  for  the 
development  of  new  products,  enhancements  and  updates  of  existing  products  and  quality  assurance  activities. 
These  costs  incurred  for  the  development  of  computer  software  are  expensed  until  the  point  that  technological 
feasibility  has  been  established,  which  for  our  products,  is  typically  reached  shortly  before  the  release  of  such 
products and as a result, the Group has not capitalized any research and development costs.

Taxation

Current tax

Current  income  tax  assets  and/or  liabilities  comprise  amounts  expected  to  be  recovered  or  paid  to  Her 
Majesty's Revenue & Customs, the Australian Taxation Office, the United States Internal Revenue Service and other 
fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, which are unpaid at each reporting date. Current 
tax  is  payable  on  taxable  income  that  differs  from  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  in  the  financial 
statements due to permanent and temporary timing differences. The calculation of current tax is based on tax rates 
and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

The Group uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
represent temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial 
statements and their corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable income. Deferred tax however is 
not recognized on the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability (other than in a 
business combination) in a transaction that affects neither tax nor accounting income.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments  in 
subsidiaries and associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and 
it  is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Deferred  tax  liabilities  are 
generally provided for in full.

F-18

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future 
and it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on the Group's forecast of 
future  results  of  operations.  Deferred  tax  assets  are  adjusted  for  significant  non-taxable  income,  expenses  and 
specific limits on the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed 
at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will 
allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  calculated,  without  discounting,  at  tax  rates  and  in  accordance  with 
laws that are expected to apply to their respective period of realization, provided the tax rates and laws are enacted 
or  substantively  enacted  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  are 
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income 
will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  are  offset  when  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  offset  current  tax 
assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and 
the  Group  intends  to  settle  its  current  tax  assets  and  liabilities  on  a  net  basis.  Changes  in  deferred  tax  assets  or 
liabilities  are  recognized  as  a  component  of  tax  expense  (benefit)  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
except where they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which 
case  the  related  deferred  tax  is  also  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  or  equity,  respectively.  Where 
deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting 
for the business combination.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences for which management considers it 
is  probable  that  future  taxable  income  will  be  available  to  utilize  those  temporary  differences.  Significant 
management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based 
upon  the  likely  timing  and  the  level  of  future  taxable  income,  together  with  future  tax-planning  strategies. 
Assumptions  about  the  generation  of  future  taxable  income  depend  on  management’s  estimates  of  future  cash 
flows,  future  business  expectations,  capital  expenditures,  dividends,  and  other  capital  management  transactions. 
Management  judgment  is  also  required  in  relation  to  the  application  of  income  tax  legislation,  which  involves 
complexity and an element of uncertainty. Where management judgment is found to be misplaced, some or all of 
recognized deferred tax asset and liability carrying amounts may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding 
credit or charge to the consolidated statements of operations. 

For details of taxation, please refer to Note 8, “Income Tax.”

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments Adopted in Fiscal Year 2020

IFRS 16, Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, which supersedes the previous leases standard, IAS 17, Leases 
(“IAS  17”),  and  related  interpretations. The  standard  introduced  a  single  lessee  accounting  model  and  requires  a 
lessee  to  recognize  leases  on  its  statement  of  financial  position,  represented  by  right-of-use  assets  and  lease 
obligations.  We  adopted  IFRS  16  as  of  July  1,  2019,  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  and,  therefore,  the 
comparatives for fiscal year 2019 and 2018 have not been restated.

We applied IFRS 16 using the following practical expedients permitted under the new standard:

•
•
•

•

The use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics; 
Reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous; 
The exclusion from recognition of right-of-use assets or lease obligations for leases of low value or for leases 
with a term ending within 12 months as of July 1, 2019; and,
The exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset as of July 1, 2019.

On adoption of IFRS 16, we recognized lease obligations in relation to leases which had previously been 
classified as ‘operating leases’ under the principles of IAS 17. These liabilities were measured at the present value 
of  the  remaining  lease  payments,  discounted  using  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  as  of  July  1,  2019.  The 
weighted-average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease obligations on July 1, 2019 was 2.91%. Right-of-
use  assets  were  recognized  as  an  amount  equal  to  the  lease  liability,  adjusted  by  the  amount  of  any  prepaid  or 
accrued lease payments. 

F-19

The adoption of IFRS 16 affected the following items on our consolidated statements of financial position as 

of July 1, 2019: 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets – increased by $9.5 million;
Right-of-use assets, net – increased by $241.4 million;
Property and equipment, net – decreased by $1.2 million;

•
•
•
• Other non-current assets – increased by $0.9 million;
Trade and other payables – decreased by $1.4 million;
•
•
Lease obligations, current – increased by $29.8 million;
• Other non-current liabilities – decreased by $33.8 million; and
Lease obligations, non-current – increased by $256.2 million.
•

The net impact on accumulated deficit as of July 1, 2019 was an increase of $0.1 million.

The following table presents the reconciliation of our operating lease commitments disclosed as of June 30, 

2019 to our lease obligations recognized as of July 1, 2019: 

Operating lease commitments disclosed as of June 30, 2019

Less: Short-term leases recognized on a straight-line basis as expense
Undiscounted lease commitments, excluding short-term leases
Discounted using incremental borrowing rate and recognized as lease obligations as of July 
1, 2019

Lease obligations, current

Lease obligations, non-current

Total lease obligations

July 1, 2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

330,848 

(1,756) 
329,092 

285,973 

29,787 

256,186 

285,973 

There is no material impact on other comprehensive income and basic and diluted earnings per share from 

the adoption of IFRS 16.

IFRIC Interpretations 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (“IFRIC 23”)

On  June  7,  2017,  the  IFRS  IC  issued  IFRIC  23,  which  clarifies  how  the  recognition  and  measurement 
requirements of IAS 12, Income Taxes, are applied where there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. IFRIC 23 
applies  to  all  aspects  of  income  tax  accounting  where  there  is  an  uncertainty  regarding  the  treatment  of  an  item, 
including taxable profit or loss, the tax bases of assets and liabilities, and tax losses and credits. This interpretation 
became effective for annual periods beginning on, or after January 1, 2019 and did not have a significant impact on 
our consolidated financial statements.

New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments Not Yet Adopted in Fiscal Year 2020

The IASB has issued other amendments resulting from improvements to IFRS that management considers 
do not have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group. The Group does 
not expect them to have a material impact on the accounting policies.

F-20

 
 
 
3. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

Management  has  identified  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  for  which  significant  judgments, 

estimates and assumptions are made.

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

Revenue recognition

Determining the SSP for products and services requires estimates and assumptions. We typically determine a 
SSP range for our products and services which is reassessed on a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances 
change.  For  all  performance  obligations  other  than  perpetual  and  term  licenses,  we  are  able  to  determine  SSP 
based  on  the  observable  prices  of  products  or  services  sold  separately  in  comparable  circumstances  to  similar 
customers.  In  instances  where  performance  obligations  do  not  have  observable  standalone  sales,  we  utilize 
available information that may include market conditions, pricing strategies, the economic life of the software, and 
other observable inputs to estimate the price we would charge if the products and services were sold separately.

Critical accounting judgments

Impairment of non-financial assets

For  assets  excluding  goodwill,  and  CGUs,  impairment  assessments  are  made  at  each  reporting  date  by 
evaluating  conditions  specific  to  the  Group  and  to  the  particular  asset  that  may  lead  to  impairment.  Goodwill  is 
tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of the Group's fiscal year and when circumstances indicate 
that  the  carrying  value  may  be  impaired.  These  include  product  performance,  technology,  economic  and  political 
environments, and future product expectations. If an impairment trigger exists or when annual impairment testing for 
an asset is required, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined.

There  was  no  goodwill  impairment  in  the  fiscal  years  ended  2020,  2019  and  2018.  No  indicators  of 
impairment existed that were significant enough to warrant non-financial assets other than goodwill to be tested for 
impairment in the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019 and 2018. For details of non-financial assets, please refer to Note 
10, “Property and Equipment” and Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible assets.”

F-21

4. Group Information

As of June 30, 2020, the Group’s subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, were as follows:

Name
Atlassian (UK) Limited

Atlassian (UK) Holdings Limited

Atlassian (Australia) Limited

Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited

Atlassian, Inc.

Atlassian Network Services, Inc.

Dogwood Labs, Inc.

Trello, Inc.

AgileCraft LLC

AgileCraft Australia Pty Ltd (1)

OpsGenie, Inc.

Opsgenie Yazılım Anonim Şirketi
iFountain, LLC

Halp, Inc

Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd

Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd

Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd.

Atlassian Pty Ltd

Good Software Co. Pty Ltd

Code Barrel Pty Ltd

Lead Green Pty Ltd

Lead Green Trust

Vertical First Pty Ltd

Vertical First Trust

Atlassian Capital Pty. Ltd.

MITT Australia Pty Ltd

MITT Trust

Atlassian Holdings B.V.

Atlassian K.K.

Atlassian Germany GmbH
Atlassian Philippines, Inc.

Atlassian France SAS

Atlassian B.V.

Atlassian Canada Inc.

Atlassian India LLP

Country of Incorporation
United Kingdom, United States of America

United Kingdom, United States of America

United Kingdom, United States of America

United Kingdom

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

Australia

United States of America

Turkey
United States of America

United States of America

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Netherlands

Japan

Germany
Philippines

France

Netherlands

Canada

India

(1) 

AgileCraft Australia Pty Ltd is currently in liquidation.

5. Financial Assets and Liabilities

Financial Risk Management

The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, equity price 
risk, and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's overall risk management approach focuses on 
the  unpredictability  of  financial  markets  and  seeks  to  minimize  potential  adverse  effects  on  the  financial 
performance of the Group.

F-22

Management  regularly  reviews  the  Group's  risk  management  objectives  to  ensure  that  risks  are  identified 
and managed appropriately. The board of directors is made aware of and reviews management's risk assessments 
prior to entering into significant transactions.

Market risk

Currency risk

The  Group  operates  globally  and  is  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  arising  from  exposure  to  various 
currencies  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  Our  exposures  primarily  consist  of  the  Australian  dollar  (“AUD”), 
British pound, Euro (“EUR”), Japanese yen, Philippine peso, Indian rupee and Canadian dollar. Foreign exchange 
risk arises from commercial transactions and recognized financial assets and liabilities denominated in a currency 
other than the U.S. dollar (“USD”). The Group’s foreign exchange policy is reviewed annually by the Group’s Audit 
Committee and requires the Group to monitor its foreign exchange exposure on a regular basis.

The substantial majority of our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, and our operating expenses 
are generally denominated in the local currencies of the countries where our operations are located. We therefore 
benefit from a strengthening of the U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. 

We  have  a  hedging  program  in  place  and  enter  into  derivative  transactions  to  manage  certain  foreign 
currency  exchange  risks  that  arise  in  the  Group’s  ordinary  business  operations.  We  enter  into  master  netting 
agreements  with  financial  institutions  to  execute  our  hedging  program.  We  recognize  all  hedging  derivative 
instruments as either assets or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial position and measure them at 
fair value. We have the rights to net certain hedging derivative assets and liabilities, but we currently present them 
on the gross basis. Gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of 
the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

Our  master  netting  agreements  are  with  select  financial  institutions  to  reduce  our  credit  risk,  and  we  trade 
with several counterparties to reduce our concentration risk with any single counterparty. We do not have significant 
exposure to counterparty credit risk at this time. We do not require nor are we required to post collateral of any kind 
related to our foreign currency derivatives.

Cash flow hedging

We  enter  into  foreign  exchange  forward  contracts  with  the  objective  to  mitigate  certain  currency  risks 
associated with forecast cost of revenues and operating expenses denominated in Australian dollars. These foreign 
exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. 

There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of 
the foreign exchange and forward contracts match the terms of the expected highly probable forecast transactions 
(i.e., notional amount and expected payment date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging 
relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign exchange and forward contracts are identical to the hedged risk 
components.  We  measure  ineffectiveness  in  a  cash  flow  hedge  relationship  using  the  hypothetical  derivative 
method. Ineffectiveness occurs only if the present value of the cumulative gain or loss on the derivative instrument 
exceeds the present value of the cumulative gain or loss on the hypothetical derivative, which is used to measure 
changes  of  expected  future  cash  flow.  Ineffectiveness  mainly  rises  from  the  differences  in  the  timing  of  the  cash 
flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments.

It is our policy to enter into cash flow hedges to hedge cost of revenues and operating expenses up to 24 

months.

Balance sheet hedging

We  also  enter  into  foreign  exchange  forward  contracts  to  hedge  a  portion  of  certain  foreign  currency 
denominated monetary assets and liabilities to reduce the risk that such foreign currency assets or liabilities will be 
adversely  affected  by  changes  in  exchange  rates. These  contracts  hedge  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are 
denominated in non-functional currencies. These contracts do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to 
exchange rate movements because gains and losses on these derivatives are intended to offset gains and losses 
on the monetary assets and liabilities being hedged.

F-23

Foreign currency exchange rate exposure

The  Group  hedges  material  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  using  balance 
sheet  hedges.  The  fluctuations  in  the  fair  market  value  of  balance  sheet  hedges  due  to  foreign  currency  rates 
generally offset those of the hedged items, resulting in no material effect on profit. Consequently, we are primarily 
exposed to significant foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with regard to the spot component of derivatives 
held within a designated cash flow hedge relationship affecting other comprehensive income.

The  following  table  sets  forth  foreign  currency  sensitivity  analysis  of  a  hypothetical  10%  change  in 

exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against the Australian dollar to our cash flow hedging portfolio:

Foreign Currency Sensitivity

Effect on other comprehensive income, 
before tax

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Foreign currency forward contracts - cash flow hedging:

U.S. dollar +10%, decrease in fair value of foreign currency forward 
contracts 
U.S. dollar -10%, increase in fair value of foreign currency forward 
contracts 

$ 

(26,999)  $ 

(22,526) 

26,999 

22,526 

Equity Price Risk

The Group is exposed to equity price risk in connection with our Notes, including exchange and settlement 
provisions based on the price of our Class A ordinary shares at exchange or maturity of the Notes. In addition, the 
capped call transactions associated with the Notes also include settlement provisions that are based on the price of 
our Class A ordinary shares. The amount of cash we may receive from capped call counterparties in connection with 
the  capped  calls  is  determined  by  the  price  of  our  Class A  ordinary  shares. The  Group  is  also  exposed  to  equity 
price  risk  in  connection  with  our  equity  investments.  The  Group’s  marketable  and  non-marketable  equity 
investments are susceptible to market price risk from uncertainties about future values of the investment securities.

The following table sets forth equity price sensitivity analysis of a hypothetical 10% change in share prices:

Equity Price Sensitivity

Effect on other non-operating 
expense, net

Effect on other comprehensive 
income, before tax

2020

2019

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Fair Value change of the Exchange and Capped 
Call Derivatives:

Increase in our share price of 10%

$ 

(192,641)  $ 

(122,443)  $ 

Decrease in our share price of 10%

184,784 

116,343 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

Fair value change of marketable equity 
investments: 

Increase in respective share prices of 10%

Decrease in respective share prices of 10%

Interest rate risk

— 

— 

— 

— 

10,019 

(10,019)   

5,893 

(5,893) 

Our  cash  equivalents  and  investment  portfolio  are  subject  to  market  risk  due  to  changes  in  interest  rates. 
Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates. As of June 30, 
2020,  the  Group  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaling  $1.5  billion  and  short-term  investments  totaling  $676.1 
million. 

The following table sets forth an interest rate sensitivity analysis of a hypothetical 100 basis point change in 
interest rates. This estimate is based on a sensitivity model that measures market value changes when changes in 
interest rates occur:

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity

Effect on other comprehensive income, 
before tax

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Change in market value of debt investments:

Interest Rate +100bps, decrease in market value of debt investments $ 

Interest Rate -100bps, increase in market value of debt investments

(5,397)  $ 

1,617 

(2,285) 

2,285 

Credit risk

The Group is exposed to credit risk arising from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial 
institutions,  investments,  foreign  exchange  derivative  contracts,  and  capped  call  transactions  related  to  our 
issuance of the Notes, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed 
transactions. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis.

The  Group  has  a  minimum  credit  rating  requirement  for  banks  and  financial  institutions  with  which  it 
transacts. The Group’s investments are governed by a corporate investment policy with a minimum credit rating and 
concentration limits for all securities.

The  Group  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  in  the  event  of  non-performance  by  the  counterparties  to  our  foreign 
exchange  derivative  contracts  and  our  capped  call  transactions  at  maturity.  To  reduce  the  credit  risk,  we 
continuously monitor credit quality of our counterparties to such derivatives. We believe the risk of non-performance 
under these contracts is remote.

The Group's customer base is highly diversified, thereby limiting credit risk. Our credit policy typically requires 
payment within 30-45 days, and we establish credit limits for each customer based on our internal guidelines. The 
Group does not hold collateral as security or call on other credit enhancements. The Group manages its credit risk 
with  customers  by  closely  monitoring  its  receivables  and  contract  assets.  We  continuously  monitor  outstanding 
receivables locally to assess whether there is objective evidence that our trade receivables and contract assets are 
credit-impaired. An  impairment  analysis  is  performed  at  each  reporting  date  using  a  provision  matrix  to  measure 
ECLs. The provision rates are based on days past due. Please refer to Note 9, “Trade Receivables” for the details 
of receivables, credit concentration, and ECL allowance.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  group  will  encounter  difficulty  in  meeting  its  obligations  associated  with  its 

financial liabilities as they fall due. The Group’s primary source of cash is cash generated from business operations.

The table below presents the contractual undiscounted cash flows relating to the Group’s financial liabilities 
at the balance sheet date. The cash flows are grouped based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity 
date.  The  Group  has  sufficient  funds,  including  its  cash,  cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments  and  expected 
cash flows from operations, to meet these commitments as they become due. The Group may enter into financial 
transactions to secure additional funding to supplement existing cash flows or to maintain financial flexibility.

F-25

 
 
Contractual maturities of financial liabilities are as follows:

Less than 1 
year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

More than 5 
years

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

As of June 30, 2020

Financial liabilities:

Trade and other payables

$ 

202,570  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

202,570 

Lease liabilities (1)

Derivative liabilities

41,584 

1,507 

Exchangeable senior notes (2)

2,211,244 

109,015 

54,325 

92,158 

2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

297,082 

1,509 

2,211,244 

$  2,456,905  $ 

109,017  $ 

54,325  $ 

92,158  $  2,712,405 

As of June 30, 2019

Financial liabilities:

Trade and other payables

$ 

159,487  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

159,487 

Derivative liabilities
Exchangeable senior notes (2)

3,879 
1,604,923 

74 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

3,953 
1,604,923 

$  1,768,289  $ 

74  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  1,768,363 

(1) Lease liabilities represent undiscounted lease payments excluding certain low-value and short-term leases, refer to Note 12, 
“Leases” for details.

(2) The amount related to Notes represent the if-exchanged value using stock price as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
Refer to Note 16, “Exchangeable Senior Notes” for details.

Capital risk management

For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium and all 
other capital reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary objective of the Group's capital 
structure  management  is  to  ensure  that  it  maintains  an  appropriate  capital  structure  to  support  its  business  and 
maximize shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it based on business needs and 
economic  conditions.  No  material  changes  were  made  to  the  process  of  managing  capital  during  the  fiscal  years 
ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Group issued $1.0 billion of the 
Notes for working capital and other corporate purposes, including acquiring complementary businesses, products, 
services or technologies.

To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, 
or consider external financing alternatives. The Group does not have any present or future plan to pay dividends on 
its shares.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2020, by level within 

the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Description

Assets measured at fair value
Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds

U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Short-term investments:

U.S. treasury securities
Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Municipal securities

Current derivative assets:

Derivative assets - hedging

Derivative assets - capped call transactions

Other non-current assets:

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Marketable equity securities

Non-marketable equity securities

$ 

439,947  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

439,947 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

100,187 

— 

5,599 

8,749 

167,248 

27,365 

296,118 
24,586 

12,052 

31,937 

308,651 

2,728 

16,879 

3,347 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

310,608 

— 

— 

3,750 

5,599 

8,749 

167,248 

27,365 

296,118 
24,586 

12,052 

31,937 

308,651 

2,728 

16,879 

310,608 

3,347 

100,187 

3,750 

Total assets measured at fair value

$ 

540,134  $ 

905,259  $ 

314,358  $  1,759,751 

Liabilities measured at fair value

Current derivative liabilities:

Derivative liabilities - hedging
Derivative liabilities - exchangeable feature of 
Notes

Non-current derivative liabilities:

Derivative liabilities - hedging

$ 

—  $ 

1,507  $ 

—  $ 

1,507 

— 

— 

— 

1,283,089 

1,283,089 

2 

— 

2 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

$ 

—  $ 

1,509  $  1,283,089  $  1,284,598 

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  the  Group’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  June  30,  2019,  by  the  level 

within the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Description

Assets measured at fair value
Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds

U.S. treasury securities
Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Short-term investments:

U.S. treasury securities
Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper
Corporate debt securities

Current derivative assets:

Derivative assets - hedging

Derivative assets - capped call transactions

Non-current derivative assets:

Derivative assets - hedging

Other non-current assets:

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Marketable equity securities

Non-marketable equity securities

$ 

593,696  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

593,696 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

58,932 

— 

6,996 
8,084 

9,844 

67,327 

7,560 

101,759 
26,966 

20,466 

94,035 
201,820 

559 

— 

77 

3,660 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

6,996 
8,084 

9,844 

67,327 

7,560 

101,759 
26,966 

20,466 

94,035 
201,820 

559 

214,597 

214,597 

— 

— 

— 

3,000 

77 

3,660 

58,932 

3,000 

Total assets measured at fair value

$ 

652,628  $ 

549,153  $ 

217,597  $  1,419,378 

Liabilities measured at fair value

Current derivative liabilities:

Derivative liabilities - hedging
Derivative liabilities - exchangeable feature of 
Notes

Non-current derivative liabilities:

Derivative liabilities - hedging

$ 

—  $ 

3,879  $ 

—  $ 

3,879 

— 

— 

— 

74 

851,126 

851,126 

— 

74 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

$ 

—  $ 

3,953  $ 

851,126  $ 

855,079 

Due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  trade  receivables,  contract  assets  and  trade  and  other  payables,  their 

carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Determination of fair value

The  following  table  sets  forth  a  description  of  the  valuation  techniques  and  the  inputs  used  in  fair  value 

measurement: 

Type
Money market fund

Marketable debt securities

Marketable equity securities

Valuation Technique
Quoted price in active market

Quoted market price to the extent 
possible or alternative pricing sources 
and models utilizing market 
observable inputs
Quoted price in active market

Non-marketable equity securities

Publicly available financing round 
valuation

Foreign currency forward contracts

Discounted cash flow

Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives Black-Scholes option pricing models

Inputs
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Foreign currency spot and forward rate
Interest rate
Credit quality of counterparties

Stock price
Time to expiration of the options
Stock price volatility
Interest rate

Exchangeable senior notes

Quoted market price

N/A

Level 3 financial instruments disclosure

In April 2018, the Group issued $1 billion in Notes and entered into related capped call transactions. Please 
refer to Note 16, “Exchangeable Senior Notes” for details. Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives are classified as 
level 3 as the Group uses stock price volatility implied from options traded with a substantially shorter term, which 
makes this an unobservable input that is significant to the valuation. 

The  table  below  present  stock  price  volatility  sensitivity  analysis  of  the  fair  value  change  assume  a  10% 

higher volatility, holding other inputs constant:

          Stock Price Volatility Sensitivity

Effect on Other non-operating expense, net

Stock price volatility range as of fiscal year end

39.2% - 42.8%

43.8% - 47.3%

Fair Value change of the Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives:

$ 

(37,366)  $ 

(46,888) 

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

F-29

The following table presents the reconciliations of Level 3 financial instrument fair values:

Capped Call

Embedded 
exchange feature 
of Notes

Non-marketable 
equity 
investments

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Balance as of June 30, 2018

$ 

99,932  $ 

(202,553)  $ 

Purchases

Transfer out

Gains (losses)

Recognized in finance income

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Recognized in other non-operating expense, net

114,665 

(648,573)   

Recognized in other comprehensive income

— 

— 

— 

23,000 

(20,942) 

270 

— 

672 

Balance as of June 30, 2019
Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and 
liabilities held as of June 30, 2019

214,597 

(851,126)   

3,000 

Recognized in other non-operating expense, net

114,665 

(648,573)   

— 

Balance as of June 30, 2019

$ 

214,597  $ 

(851,126)  $ 

Purchases

Gains (losses)

— 

1 

Recognized in other non-operating expense, net

96,011 

(431,964)   

Balance as of June 30, 2020
Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and 
liabilities held as of June 30, 2020

$ 

310,608  $ 

(1,283,089)  $ 

3,000 

750 

— 

3,750 

Recognized in other non-operating expense, net

96,011 

(431,964)   

— 

There were no transfers between levels during fiscal year 2020. There were transfers out from Level 3 due 

to initial public offerings of the respective investees during fiscal year 2019.

Investments

As of June 30, 2020, the Group’s investments consisted of the following:

Debt Investments
Marketable debt securities:

U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Municipal securities

Total debt investments

Equity Investments
Marketable equity securities

Non-marketable equity securities

Total equity investments

Total investments

Amortized 
Cost

Unrealized 
Gains

Unrealized 
Losses

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  294,103  $ 

2,017  $ 

(2)  $  296,118 

24,280 

15,399 

31,937 

305,448 

2,700 

306 

— 

— 

3,205 

28 

— 

— 

— 

24,586 

15,399 

31,937 

(2)   

308,651 

— 

2,728 

$  673,867  $ 

5,556  $ 

(4)  $  679,419 

$ 

20,270  $ 

79,917  $ 

—  $  100,187 

3,750 

— 

— 

3,750 

$ 

24,020  $ 

79,917  $ 

—  $  103,937 

$  697,887  $ 

85,473  $ 

(4)  $  783,356 

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  June  30,  2020,  the  Group  had  $676.1  million  of  investments  which  were  classified  as  short-term 
investments  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position. Additionally,  the  Group  had  marketable 
equity  securities  totaling  $100.2  million,  non-marketable  equity  securities  totaling  $3.8  million,  and  certificates  of 
deposit and time deposits totaling $3.3 million which were classified as long-term and were included in other non-
current assets on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position. 

As of June 30, 2019, the Group’s investments consisted of the following:

Debt Investments
Marketable debt securities:

 U.S. treasury securities

 Agency securities

 Certificates of deposit and time deposits

 Commercial paper

 Corporate debt securities

Total debt investments

Equity Investments
Marketable equity securities

Non-marketable equity securities

Total equity investments

Total investments

Amortized 
Cost

Unrealized 
Gains

Unrealized 
Losses

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  101,563  $ 

203  $ 

(7)  $  101,759 

26,936 

24,126 

94,035 

33 

— 

— 

(3)   

— 

— 

26,966 

24,126 

94,035 

201,552 
$  448,212  $ 

292 
528  $ 

(24)   
201,820 
(34)  $  448,706 

$ 

20,270  $ 

38,662  $ 

—  $ 

58,932 

3,000 

— 

— 

3,000 

$ 

23,270  $ 

38,662  $ 

—  $ 

61,932 

$  471,482  $ 

39,190  $ 

(34)  $  510,638 

As  of  June  30,  2019,  the  Group  had  $445.0  million  of  investments  which  were  classified  as  short-term 
investments  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position. Additionally,  the  Group  had  marketable 
equity  securities  totaling  $58.9  million,  non-marketable  equity  securities  totaling  $3.0  million,  and  certificates  of 
deposit and time deposits totaling $3.7 million which were classified as long-term and were included in other non-
current assets on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position.

The  effects  of  the  Group’s  investments  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  were  as  follows  (amounts 

presented are prior to any income tax effects):

2020

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2019
(U.S. $ in thousands)

2018

Unrealized gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income

Gains (losses) recognized into profit or loss

$ 

$ 

46,975  $ 

40,017  $ 

697  $ 

15  $ 

(601) 

(15) 

The table below summarizes the Group’s debt investments by remaining contractual maturity based on the 

effective maturity date: 

Recorded as follows: 

Due in one year or less

Due after one year

Total investments

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

443,324  $ 

236,095 
679,419  $ 

442,964 

5,742 
448,706 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial instruments

The Group has derivative instruments that are used for hedging activities as discussed below and derivative 

instruments relating to the Notes and the capped calls as discussed in Note 16, “Exchangeable Senior Notes.”

The fair value of the hedging derivative instruments were as follows:

Statement of Financial 
Position Location

As of June 30,

2020
2019
(U.S. $ in thousands)

Derivative assets - hedging
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative assets

$ 

14,195  $ 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Other non-current assets

— 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative assets

2,684 

Total derivative assets

$ 

16,879  $ 

247 

77 

312 

636 

Derivative liabilities - hedging

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative liabilities

$ 

1,164  $ 

3,854 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Other non-current liabilities

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative liabilities

Total derivative liabilities

2 

343 

74 

25 

$ 

1,509  $ 

3,953 

The following table sets forth the notional amounts of our hedging derivative instruments as of June 30, 2020 

(U.S. $ in thousands): 

Notional Amounts of Derivative Instruments

Notional Amount by Term to Maturity
Over 12 
Under 12 
months
months

Total

Classification by Notional Amount

Cash Flow 
Hedge

Non Hedge

Total

AUD/USD forward contracts:

Notional amount

Average forward rate

EUR/USD forward contracts:

Notional amount

Average forward rate

$  393,705  $ 

8,441  $  402,146  $  256,890  $  145,256  $  402,146 

0.6610 

0.6844 

— 

0.6536 

0.6754 

— 

7,205 

1.1179 

— 

— 

7,205 

— 

— 

— 

7,205 

1.1179 

7,205 

— 

Total

$  400,910  $ 

8,441  $  409,351  $  256,890  $  152,461  $  409,351 

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the notional amounts of our hedging derivative instruments as of June 30, 2019 

(U.S. $ in thousands): 

Notional Amounts of Derivative Instruments

Notional Amount by Term to Maturity
Over 12 
Under 12 
months
months

Total

Classification by Notional Amount

Cash Flow 
Hedge

Non Hedge

Total

AUD/USD forward contracts:

Notional amount

Average forward rate

EUR/USD forward contracts:

Notional amount

Average forward rate

$  253,472  $  14,477  $  267,949  $  230,264  $  37,685  $  267,949 

0.7156 

0.7085 

— 

0.7181 

0.6979 

— 

6,202 

1.1302 

— 

— 

6,202 

— 

— 

— 

6,202 

1.1302 

6,202 

— 

Total

$  259,674  $  14,477  $  274,151  $  230,264  $  43,887  $  274,151 

The effects of derivatives designated as hedging instruments on our consolidated financial statements were 

as follows (amounts presented are prior to any income tax effects):

2020

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2019
(U.S. $ in thousands)

2018

Gains (losses) recognized into general and administrative - ineffective 
portion
Gross unrealized gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive 
income (loss)

Net gains (losses) reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve into profit 
or loss - effective portion

$ 

$ 

$ 

Recognized in cost of revenues

Recognized in research and development

Recognized in marketing and sales

Recognized in general and administrative

(159)  $ 

24  $ 

12 

3,048  $ 

(8,369)  $ 

(4,387) 

(13,663)  $ 

(9,908)  $ 

3,954 

(807)   

(713)   

(9,647)   

(6,935)   

(273)   

(194)   

(2,936)   

(2,066)   

134 

2,532 

112 

1,176 

Change in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness:

Cash flow hedging instruments

Hedged item - highly probable forecast purchases

$ 

2,889  $ 

(8,345)  $ 

3,048 

(8,369)   

(4,375) 

(4,387) 

6. Other Non-Operating Expense, Net

Other non-operating expense, net consisted of the following:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)
(533,908)  $ 

$ 

(335,953)  $ 
910 
(5,282)   
1,839 
— 

(702)   
(3,629)   
2,786 
— 

$ 

(338,486)  $ 

(535,453)  $ 

(12,414) 
(413) 
(1,856) 
1,311 
(1,785) 
(15,157) 

Net unrealized loss on exchange derivative and capped calls
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
Contributions to Atlassian Foundation
Other income
Exchange derivative allocated issuance costs
Other non-operating expense, net

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. Expenses

Loss before income tax expense included the following expenses:

Depreciation:

Equipment

Computer hardware and software

Furniture and fittings

Leasehold improvements

Total depreciation

Amortization:

Patents and trademarks

Customer relationships

Acquired developed technology

Total amortization

Total depreciation and amortization

Employee benefits expense:

Salaries and wages

Variable compensation

Payroll taxes

Share-based payment expense

Defined contribution plan expense

Contractor expense

Other

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

2,077  $ 

1,336  $ 

1,214 

1,096 

3,000 

13,563 

19,736 

5,377 

8,086 

29,072 
42,535 

1,476 

2,031 

8,604 

13,447 

7,796 

21,015 

27,990 
56,801 

11,543 

1,485 

7,915 

22,157 

6,990 

29,100 

21,188 
57,278 

$ 

62,271  $ 

70,248  $ 

79,435 

$  468,178  $  351,401  $  273,326 

82,391 

53,189 

62,106 

42,020 

33,067 

30,478 

313,395 

257,762 

162,873 

29,783 

35,343 

63,362 

22,566 

27,263 

53,654 

16,839 

23,666 

44,877 

Total employee benefits expense

$  1,045,641  $  816,772  $  585,126 

8. Income Tax

The major components of income tax expense for the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

Current income tax:

Current income tax charge

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

(25,715)  $ 

(15,788)  $ 

(1,956) 

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years

1,276 

(361)   

(48) 

Deferred tax:

Benefit (expense) relating to origination and reversal of temporary 
differences

Adjustments in respect of temporary differences of previous years

Income tax expense

18,702 

1,292 

30,417 

(19,934) 

(46,333)   

(33,363) 

$ 

(4,445)  $ 

(32,065)  $ 

(55,301) 

A  reconciliation  between  income  tax  expense  and  the  product  of  accounting  loss  multiplied  by  the  U.K.'s 

domestic tax rate for the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019 and 2018, is as follows:

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before income tax expense
At the United Kingdom's statutory income tax rate of 19% in fiscal 
years 2020, 2019 and 2018
Tax effect of amounts that are not taxable (deductible) in calculating 
taxable income:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

(346,209)  $ 

(605,556)  $ 

(58,131) 

65,688 

115,031 

12,508 

Research and development incentive

6,816 

660 

Non-deductible charges relating to exchangeable senior notes

(80,262)   

(104,445)   

2,620 

(3,195) 

Share-based payment

Foreign tax credits not utilized

Foreign tax paid
Amortization of intangible assets that do not give rise to deferred 
taxes

Foreign tax rate adjustment
Adjustment to deferred tax balance

Other items, net

Adjustments in respect to current income tax of previous years

Adjustments in respect to deferred income tax of previous years

(10,619)   

(3,729)   

(11,199) 

(93)   

4,765 

— 

1,416 
8,835 

(3,559)   

(7,013)   

1,276 

1,292 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(4)   

(31) 

1,685 
6,337 

(4,968) 
(14,602) 

(906)   

(3,023) 

14,629 

(21,890) 

(361)   

(48) 

(46,333)   

(33,363) 

Income tax expense

$ 

(4,445)  $ 

(32,065)  $ 

(55,301) 

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Details of deferred taxes, recognized and unrecognized: 

Depreciation for tax purposes

Provisions, accruals and prepayments

Deferred revenue

Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position

As of June 30,

Consolidated Statements 
of Operations
Fiscal Year Ended 
June 30,

2020

2019

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

500  $ 

35  $ 

465  $ 

(2,564) 

152 

697 

(454)   

(3,073)   

240 

3,775 

(7,164) 

(23,932) 

Unrealized foreign currency exchange gains

(1,414)   

(428)   

(986)   

(26,133)   

(8,213)   

2,034 

2,452 

9,943 

551 

889 
— 

5,893 

3,571 

17,538 

1,012 

1,230 
— 

1,001 

— 

421 

3,430 

1,055 

9,445 

459 

(91)   
— 

(101) 

(405) 

(409) 

(3,005) 

13,095 

331 

300 
10,605 

(2,667) 

(524)   

1,781 

—  $ 

19,994  $ 

(15,916) 

Unrealized investment losses (gains)

Carried forward tax losses (gains)

Carried forward tax credits—credited to profit and loss

Intangible assets

Tax benefit from share plans—income

Tax benefit (expense) from share plans—equity
Deferred foreign taxes

Other, net

Deferred tax benefit (expense)

Deferred tax assets, net
Reflected in the consolidated statements of financial 
position as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets, net
Items for which no deferred tax asset has been 
recognized:

Depreciation and amortization for tax purposes

Provisions, accruals and prepayments

Deferred revenue

Unrealized foreign currency exchange gains

Unused tax losses 

Intangible assets

Tax benefit from share plans- income

Tax benefit from share plans- equity

Capital loss

Carried forward tax credits- credited to profit and loss

Unrealized loss on investments

Other, net

$ 

4,047  $ 

3,212 

$ 

35,351  $ 

17,084 

(31,304)   

(13,872) 

$ 

4,047  $ 

3,212 

7,197 

19,561 

45,874 

92 

4,804 

13,421 

37,342 

— 

616,667 

401,108 

  1,818,086 

  1,963,534 

54,066 

89,151 

1,291 

70,259 

— 

10,787 

45,849 

109,061 

1,391 

47,537 

1,076 

10,610 

$  2,733,031  $  2,635,733 

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of deferred tax assets, net

Balance at the beginning of

Deferred tax expense for the year

Debited to equity

Impact from business combinations

Currency revaluation impact

Balance at the end of

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

3,212  $ 

19,994 

(17,867)   

(1,401)   

109 

$ 

4,047  $ 

47,060 

(15,916) 

(8,884) 

(19,092) 

44 

3,212 

In June 2019, as a result of the Group’s assessment of the realizability of its Australian deferred tax assets, 
the  Group  recorded  non-cash  charges  to  tax  expense  of  $54.7  million. The  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  the 
Australian  and  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets  is  based  on  all  available  positive  and  negative  evidence.  Such  evidence 
includes, but is not limited to, recent cumulative earnings or losses, expectations of future taxable income by taxing 
jurisdiction, and the carry-forward periods available for the utilization of deferred tax assets. The Group will continue 
to assess and record any necessary changes to align its deferred tax assets to their realizable value. 

The  impact  on  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  from  business  combinations  of  $19.1  million  in  fiscal  year  2019 
represents  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  recognized  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  OpsGenie.  The 
Group acquired net operating loss carryforward deferred tax assets of approximately $1.8 million from OpsGenie. 
The  Group  also  recognized  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  approximately  $19.6  million  primarily  related  to  acquired 
intangibles from OpsGenie, the amortization of which will not be deductible from future taxable profits.

The  Group  recognizes  certain  amounts  directly  in  equity  including  current  tax  benefits  related  to  tax 
deductions in excess of cumulative book expense for share based payment awards, deferred tax benefits related to 
revaluing its deferred tax assets for share based payment awards to fair market value at each reporting date, and 
deferred  tax  expense  or  benefit  related  to  unrealized  gains  and  losses  that  are  recorded  in  other  comprehensive 
income.

Amounts recognized directly in equity:

Net deferred tax—debited directly to equity

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

(17,867)  $ 

(8,884) 

The Group has the following losses and credits available for offsetting future profit and taxes: 

U.S. net operating loss (Pre - 2017 Tax Reform)

U.S. net operating loss (Post - 2017 Tax Reform)

Expiration
June 30, 2031 - December 30, 
2038
None

Amount 
carried 
forward

Amount 
recognized as of 
June 30, 2020

$ 

126,612  $ 

384 

2,598,427   

5,122 

State net operating loss- various states

June 30, 2024 - June 30, 2040  

774,308   

U.S. research and development credits

June 30, 2030 - June 30, 2040  

State research and development credits- California None

State research and development credits- Texas

June 30, 2036 - June 30, 2040  

Australia capital loss

State enterprise zone credits

None

June 30, 2020 - June 30, 2024  

49,848   

20,621   

2,923   

4,637   

436   

422 

468 

175 

2,923 

— 

4 

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Trade Receivables

The Group’s trade receivables consisted of the following:

Gross trade receivables

Expected credit loss allowance

Total trade receivables

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

113,175  $ 

(1,156)   

112,019  $ 

83,044 

(519) 

82,525 

As of June 30, 2020, one customer represented 11% of the total trade receivables balance. As of June 30, 

2019, two customers represented 13% and 13% of the total trade receivables balance, respectively. 

Expected Credit Loss Allowance

The movements in the ECL allowance were as follows:

As of June 30, 2018

Change in estimate 

As of June 30, 2019

Change in estimate 

As of June 30, 2020

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

629 
(110) 

519 

637 

1,156 

The following table sets forth the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group's trade receivables 

using a provision matrix:

As of June 30, 2020

ECL rate

Trade receivables carrying amount

ECL allowance

As of June 30, 2019

ECL rate

Trade receivables carrying amount

ECL allowance

Past due days

Current

< 90 days

> 90 days

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands except ECL rate)

 0.5 %

105,585 

489 

— 

71,883 

— 

 4.1 %

6,858 

280 

— 

9,961 

— 

 52.9 %

732 

387 

 43.3 %

1,200 

519 

113,175 

1,156 

83,044 

519 

For the purpose of the provision matrix, customers are clustered into different risk classes, mainly based on 
past  due  days  of  trade  receivables.  We  also  consider  market  information  such  as  the  country  risk  assessment  of 
their country of origin, type of industry and objective evidence of credit impairment for individual receivables. Loss 
rates  used  to  reflect  lifetime  ECL  are  based  on  its  historical  credit  loss  experience,  adjusted  for  forward-looking 
factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

Computer
Hardware
and 
Software

Equipment

Furniture
and 
Fittings

Leasehold
Improvements 
and Other

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Construction 
in progress

Total

As of June 30, 2019

Opening cost balance

Additions

Disposals

$ 

5,224  $ 

9,147  $  11,031  $ 

61,456  $ 

3,460 

1,911 

4,268 

(829)   

(514)   

(689)   

Effect of change in exchange rates

2 

4 

(4)   

Closing cost balance

7,857 

10,548 

14,606 

Opening accumulated depreciation

(3,064)   

(6,830)   

(3,895)   

Depreciation expense

(1,336)   

(1,476)   

(2,031)   

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

741 

1 

498 

— 

493 

5 

Closing accumulated depreciation

(3,658)   

(7,808)   

(5,428)   

Net book amount

$ 

4,199  $ 

2,740  $ 

9,178  $ 

33,838 
(5,339)   

83 

90,038 

(21,413)   
(8,604)   

5,339 

(18)   
(24,696)   
65,342  $ 

—  $  86,858 
— 

43,477 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

(7,371) 

85 

  123,049 

(35,202) 

(13,447) 

7,071 

(12) 

— 
(41,590) 
—  $  81,459 

As of June 30, 2020

Opening cost balance

$ 

7,857  $  10,548  $  14,606  $ 

Adjustment due to IFRS 16 adoption  

— 

— 

— 

Additions

Disposals

1,967 

1,825 

5,190 

(118)   

(289)   

(105)   

Effect of change in exchange rates

(54)   

(19)   

(4)   

Closing cost balance

9,652 

12,065 

19,687 

90,038  $ 
(2,767)   

17,608 
(1,116)   
(663)   
103,100  $ 

—  $  123,049 
— 

(2,767) 

10,985 

— 

276 

37,575 

(1,628) 

(464) 

11,261 

  155,765 

Opening accumulated depreciation

(3,658)   

(7,808)   

(5,428)   

Adjustment due to IFRS 16 adoption  

— 

— 

— 

Depreciation expense

(2,077)   

(1,096)   

(3,000)   

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

104 

13 

289 

4 

39 

1 

Closing accumulated depreciation

(5,618)   

(8,611)   

(8,388)   

Net book amount

$ 

4,034  $ 

3,454  $  11,299  $ 

(24,696)   

1,521 
(13,563)   

1,116 

122 
(35,500)   
67,600  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(41,590) 

1,521 

(19,736) 

1,548 

140 

— 

(58,117) 
11,261  $  97,648 

The  Company  had  disposals  of  property  and  equipment  in  2020  and  2019,  with  a  net  carrying  amount  of 
$0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Construction in progress is related to development costs associated with 
additional office space in Sydney, Australia.

11. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  in  a  business  combination  over  the  fair  value  of  net 
tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  amounts  are  not  amortized,  but  rather  tested  for  impairment  at 
least annually during the fourth quarter, or when indicators of impairment exist.

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill consisted of the following:

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Additions

Effect of change in exchange rates

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Additions

Effect of change in exchange rates

Balance as of June 30, 2020

Goodwill

Note

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

13  

$ 

13  

$ 

311,943 

297,010 

(46) 

608,907 

36,261 

(28) 

645,140 

Additions  to  goodwill  during  fiscal  year  2020  were  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  Code  Barrel  Pty  Ltd 
(“Code Barrel”), Halp, Inc. (“Halp”) and net working capital adjustments related to the acquisition of AgileCraft LLC 
(“AgileCraft”). See Note 13, “Business combinations” for additional information regarding acquisitions.

Impairment test for goodwill

The Group operates as a single operating segment and the Group performs the goodwill impairment test at 
the level of its operating segment as there are no lower levels within the Group at which goodwill is monitored. The 
recoverable  amount  of  goodwill  was  assessed  by  comparing  the  market  capitalization  of  the  Group  to  its  book 
value, among other qualitative factors, when reviewing for impairment. There was no impairment of goodwill during 
the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

F-40

 
 
 
 
Intangible assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

As of June 30, 2019
Opening cost balance

Additions

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates 

Closing cost balance

Patents,
Trademarks
and Other
Rights

Acquired 
Developed 
Technology

Customer
Relationships

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

21,745  $ 

137,050  $ 

58,684  $ 

217,479 

5,550 

— 

— 

72,589 

(12,443)   

(103)   

67,168 

— 

— 

145,307 

(12,443) 

(103) 

27,295 

197,093 

125,852 

350,240 

Opening accumulated amortization

(10,032)   

(101,971)   

(41,899)   

(153,902) 

Amortization charge

Disposals
Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing accumulated amortization

(7,796)   

(27,990)   

(21,015)   

(56,801) 

— 
— 

11,365 
73 

— 
— 

11,365 
73 

(17,828)   

(118,523)   

(62,914)   

(199,265) 

Net book amount

$ 

9,467  $ 

78,570  $ 

62,938  $ 

150,975 

As of June 30, 2020
Opening cost balance

Additions

Disposals

$ 

27,295  $ 

197,093  $ 

125,852  $ 

350,240 

500 

— 

18,100 

(449)   

2,650 

— 

21,250 

(449) 

Closing cost amount

27,795 

214,744 

128,502 

371,041 

Opening accumulated amortization

(17,828)   

(118,523)   

(62,914)   

(199,265) 

Amortization charge

Disposals

(5,377)   

(29,072)   

(8,086)   

(42,535) 

— 

449 

— 

449 

Closing accumulated amortization

(23,205)   

(147,146)   

(71,000)   

(241,351) 

Net book amount

$ 

4,590  $ 

67,598  $ 

57,502  $ 

129,690 

As of June 30, 2020, no development costs have qualified for capitalization, and all development costs have 

been expensed as incurred. 

As of June 30, 2020, the remaining amortization period for patents, trademarks and other rights ranged from 
one  year  to  eleven  years.  The  remaining  amortization  period  for  acquired  developed  technology  ranged  from 
approximately one year to five years. The remaining amortization period for customer relationships ranged from two 
years to eight years. 

12. Leases 

The  Group  leases  various  offices  in  locations  including,  Sydney, Australia;  the  San  Francisco  Bay Area, 
California, New York, New York, Austin, Texas, and Boston, Massachusetts, in the United States; Amsterdam, the 
Netherlands; Manila, the Philippines; Bengaluru, India; Yokohama, Japan; and Ankara, Turkey under leases expiring 
within  one  to  nine  years. The  leases  have  varying  terms,  escalation  clauses  and  renewal  rights.  On  renewal,  the 
terms of the leases are renegotiated. We do not assume renewals in our determination of the lease term unless the 
renewals are deemed to be reasonably assured at lease commencement. Our lease agreements generally do not 
contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the carrying amounts of our right-of-use assets and lease obligations and the 

movements during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020:

As of July 1, 2019

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Interest expense

Payments

Effect of change in exchange rates

As of June 30, 2020

Lease obligations, current

Lease obligations, non-current

Total lease obligations, as of June 30, 2020

Office Leases

Right-of-Use Assets

Lease Obligations

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

241,421  $ 

14,270 

(2,388)   

(35,127)   

— 

— 

(493)   

$ 

217,683  $ 

$ 

$ 

285,973 

13,213 

(2,388) 

— 

7,702 

(38,125) 

(1,807) 

264,568 

34,743 

229,825 

264,568 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we recognized expense from short-term leases and low value 
leases of $2.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Total cash outflows for leases were $42.5 million, including cash 
outflows of $30.4 million for the principal portion of the lease obligations, $7.7 million for the interest portion of the 
lease obligations and $4.4 million for short-term leases and low value leases. 

As of June 30, 2020, we have entered into leases with future lease payments of $94.2 million that have not 
yet  commenced  and  are  not  yet  recorded  on  our  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position.  These  leases  will 
commence between 2020 and 2022 with non-cancelable lease terms of 2 to 12 years.

Supplemental information for comparative periods

As  of  June  30,  2019,  prior  to  the  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  future  minimum  payments  under  operating  leases 

having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year were as follows:

Fiscal Period:

Year ending 2020

Years ending 2021 - 2024

Thereafter

Total commitments

Operating Leases

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

38,790 

148,021 

144,037 

330,848 

Rent  expenses  under  operating  leases  were  $38.6  million  and  $23.6  million  during  the  fiscal  year  ended 

June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

13. Business combinations

Fiscal Year 2020

Code Barrel

On October 15, 2019, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Code Barrel, a workflow automation 
tool for Jira. Total purchase price consideration for Code Barrel was approximately $39.1 million in cash. In addition, 
the  Company  granted  $27.0  million  worth  of  restricted  shares  of  the  Company  to  key  employees  of  Code  Barrel, 
which  are  subject  to  future  vesting  provisions  based  on  service  conditions  and  accounted  for  as  share  based 
compensation.

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code Barrel is the creator of ‘Automation for Jira,’ a tool for easily automating several aspects of Jira. The 
acquisition  of  Code  Barrel  enhances  Jira  by  helping  customers  automate  more  of  the  time-consuming  and  error-
prone tasks in Jira. We have included the financial results of Code Barrel in our consolidated financial statements 
from the date of acquisition, which have not been material. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented 
for the twelve months ended June 30, 2020 because the effect of the acquisition was not material to the financial 
statements.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  preliminary  estimated  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 

assumed as of the date of acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue

Deferred tax liabilities
Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

1,970 

15,900 

23,124 

(617) 

(600) 

(639) 
39,138 

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded  market  opportunities. The  goodwill  balance  is  deductible  in Australia  and  not  deductible  in  the  U.S.  for 
income  tax  purposes.  The  fair  values  assigned  to  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  identifiable 
intangible  assets  were  based  on  management’s  estimates  and  assumptions.  The  deferred  tax  liabilities  were 
primarily a result of the difference in the book basis and tax basis related to the identifiable intangible assets. 

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Trade name

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in thousands)

(years)

$ 

$ 

13,700 

1,800 

400 

15,900 

4

3

1

The  amount  recorded  for  developed  technology  represents  the  estimated  fair  value  of  Code  Barrel’s 
workflow  automation  technology. The  amount  recorded  for  customer  relationships  represents  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying  relationships  with  Code  Barrel’s  customers.  The  amount  recorded  for  trade  name  represents  the  fair 
value of Code Barrel’s brand recognition as of acquisition date.

Halp

On  May  11,  2020,  we  acquired  100%  of  the  outstanding  equity  of  Halp,  a  message-based  conversational 
help  desk  ticketing  solution.  Total  purchase  price  consideration  for  Halp  was  approximately  $17.6  million,  which 
consisted of approximately $17.0 million in cash and $0.6 million in fair value of replacement shares attributable to 
service  provided  prior  to  acquisition.  The  Company  issued  9,929  replacement  shares  and  the  fair  value  of  the 
replacement  shares  was  based  on  grant  date  stock  price  of  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Company  granted 
$4.1 million worth of restricted shares of the Company to key employees of Halp, which are subject to future vesting 
provisions based on service conditions and accounted for as share based compensation.

The Group acquired Halp to provide customers a standalone solution that allows them to turn their internal 
messaging tool into a help desk. For customers using Jira Service Desk or similar service management tools, Halp 
integrates their messaging tool seamlessly with their established workflows. The Group has included the financial 
results of Halp in its consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, which have not been material to 
date. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for the twelve months ended June 30, 2020 because 
the effect of the acquisition was not material to the financial statements.

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  preliminary  estimated  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 

assumed as of the date of acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Deferred tax assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Deferred revenue

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

664 

36 

22 

475 

5,350 

12,322 

(50) 

(1,237) 

17,582 

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded  market  opportunities.  The  goodwill  balance  is  not  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  The  fair  values 
assigned  to  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  were  based  on 
management’s  estimates  and  assumptions.  The  fair  value  of  acquired  receivables  approximates  the  gross 
contractual amounts receivable. 

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition: 

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Trade name

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in thousands)

(years)

$ 

$ 

4,400 

850 

100 

5,350 

6

6

1

The amount recorded for developed technology represents the estimated fair value of Halp’s message-based 
help  desk  ticketing  technology.  The  amount  recorded  for  customer  relationships  represents  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying  relationships  with  Halp’s  customers.  The  amount  recorded  for  trade  name  represents  the  fair  value  of 
Halp’s brand recognition as of the acquisition date.

The  Group’s  purchase  price  allocations  are  preliminary  and  subject  to  revision  as  additional  information 
existing  as  of  the  acquisition  date  but  unknown  to  us  may  become  available  within  the  respective  measurement 
period (up to one year from the respective acquisition date). The primary areas of the purchase price allocation that 
are not yet finalized are identification of contingencies. 

Fiscal Year 2019

AgileCraft

On April 3, 2019, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of AgileCraft, a leading provider of enterprise 
agile planning software. Total purchase price consideration for AgileCraft was approximately $156.6 million, which 
consisted of approximately $154.9 million in cash and $1.7 million in fair value of replacement shares attributable to 
service  provided  prior  to  acquisition.  The  Company  issued  24,173  replacement  shares  and  the  fair  value  of  the 
replacement shares was based on grant date stock price of the Company. In addition, the Company granted $12.5 
million worth of restricted shares of the Company to key employees of AgileCraft, which are subject to future vesting 
provisions based on service conditions and accounted for as share based compensation.

The  Group  acquired  AgileCraft  to  complement  its  current  product  offerings  and  to  help  enterprise 
organizations  build  and  manage  a  ‘master  plan’  of  their  most  strategic  projects  and  workstreams. The  Group  has 
included the financial results of AgileCraft in its consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, which 
have  not  been  material  to  date.  Pro  forma  results  of  operations  have  not  been  presented  for  the  twelve  months 
ended June 30, 2019 because the effect of the acquisition was not material to the financial statements.

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue

Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

1,193 

3,614 

270 

52,900 

101,999 

(1,196) 

(2,230) 

156,550 

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded  market  opportunities.  The  goodwill  balance  is  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  The  fair  values 
assigned  to  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  were  based  on 
management’s  estimates  and  assumptions.  The  fair  value  of  acquired  receivables  approximates  the  gross 
contractual amounts receivable. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets and goodwill include, but are 
not  limited  to,  future  expected  cash  flows  from  revenues,  technology  migration  curve  and  discount  rates.  The 
deferred  tax  liabilities  were  primarily  a  result  of  the  difference  in  the  book  basis  and  tax  basis  related  to  the 
identifiable intangible assets. Transaction costs  of $1.2  million were  expensed as  incurred, which was included  in 
general and administrative expenses.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Backlog

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in thousands)

(years)

$ 

$ 

34,600 

16,900 

1,400 

52,900 

5

7

3

The amount recorded for developed technology represents the estimated fair value of AgileCraft’s enterprise 
agile  planning  technology.  The  amount  recorded  for  customer  relationships  represents  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying relationships with AgileCraft’s customers. The amount recorded for backlog represents the fair value of 
AgileCraft’s  backlog  as  of  acquisition  date.  Measurement  period  adjustments,  which  were  not  material,  mostly 
related to working capital adjustments. The purchase price allocation was finalized in fiscal year 2020.

OpsGenie

On  October  1,  2018,  we  acquired  100%  of  the  outstanding  equity  of  OpsGenie,  Inc.,  a  leader  in  incident 
alerting  and  on-call  schedule  management,  for  cash  consideration  of  $259.5  million.  In  addition,  the  Company 
granted $36.3 million worth of restricted shares of the Company to key employees of OpsGenie, which are subject 
to  future  vesting  provisions  based  on  service  conditions  and  accounted  for  as  share  based  compensation.  The 
Group  acquired  OpsGenie  to  complement  our  current  product  offerings  and  enable  customers  to  plan  for  and 
respond  to  IT  service  disruptions.  The  Group  has  included  the  financial  results  of  OpsGenie  in  its  consolidated 
financial  statements  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  which  have  not  been  material  to  date.  Pro  forma  results  of 
operations  have  not  been  presented  for  the  twelve  months  ended  June  30,  2019  because  the  effect  of  the 
acquisition was not material to the financial statements.

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 

date of acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue

Deferred tax liabilities, net

Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

1,232 

1,933 

513 

87,900 

189,727 

(1,533) 

(1,217) 

(19,010) 

259,545 

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded  market  opportunities.  The  goodwill  balance  is  not  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  The  fair  values 
assigned  to  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  were  based  on 
management’s  estimates  and  assumptions.  The  fair  value  of  acquired  receivables  approximates  the  gross 
contractual amounts receivable. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets and goodwill include, but are 
not  limited  to,  future  expected  cash  flows  from  revenues,  technology  migration  curve,  customer  attrition  rate  and 
discount rates. The deferred tax liabilities were primarily a result of the difference in the book basis and tax basis 
related to the identifiable intangible assets. Transaction costs of $1.8 million were expensed as incurred, which was 
included in general and administrative expenses.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Trade name

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in thousands)

(years)

$ 

$ 

35,600 

48,600 

3,700 

87,900 

5

10

5

The amount recorded for developed technology represents the estimated fair value of OpsGenie’s incident 
management and alerting technology. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair value of 
the  underlying  relationships  with  OpsGenie  customers.  The  amount  recorded  for  trade  name  represents  the  fair 
value  of  OpsGenie  trade  name.  The  purchase  price  allocation  was  finalized  in  fiscal  year  2020  without  further 
adjustment.

Other fiscal year 2019 business combinations

On April 8, 2019, the Group acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Good Software Co. Pty Ltd (“Good 
Software”) for cash consideration of approximately $2.7 million. In addition, the Company granted $1.3 million worth 
of  restricted  shares  of  the  Company  to  a  key  employee  of  Good  Software,  which  are  subject  to  future  vesting 
provisions based on service conditions and accounted for as share based compensation. Good Software provides 
analytics tools for Confluence. The Company acquired Good Software to integrate the analytics tool into Confluence 
and to complement our current Confluence product. The purchase price was allocated to net tangible assets of $0.2 
million, developed technology of $0.6 million, customer relationship of $0.3 million and goodwill of $1.6 million. The 
goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and  expanded  market  opportunities  when 
integrating  with  Confluence.  The  goodwill  balance  is  partially  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  The  purchase 
price allocation was finalized without further adjustment.

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  December  10,  2018,  the  Group  acquired  the  intangible  assets  of  Ludable  LLC  related  to  Butler  for 
Trello, a workflow automation tool, for cash consideration of approximately  $6.0  million.  In  addition,  the Company 
granted  $3.5  million  worth  of  restricted  shares  of  the  Company  to  the  key  employee  of  Ludable  LLC,  which  are 
subject to future vesting provisions based on service conditions and accounted for as share based compensation. 
The  transaction  was  accounted  for  as  a  business  combination  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  guidance.  The 
Company  acquired  the  Butler  for  Trello  assets  to  complement  our  existing  Trello  offerings  and  to  help  automate 
manual and repetitive tasks. The purchase price was allocated to developed technology of $1.5 million and goodwill 
of  $4.5  million.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and  expanded  market 
opportunities  when  integrating  with  Trello.  The  goodwill  balance  is  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  The 
purchase price allocation was finalized without further adjustment.

Fiscal Year 2018

The Group did not have any business combinations during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

14. Other Balance Sheet Accounts

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Cash and bank deposits

$ 

823,985  $ 

565,030 

Amounts due from third-party credit card processors

U.S. treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

Agency securities

Commercial paper

Money market funds

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Total cash and cash equivalents

7,076 

5,599 

27,365 

8,749 

167,248 

439,947 

— 

9,904 

6,996 

7,560 

8,084 

67,327 

593,696 

9,844 

$ 

1,479,969  $ 

1,268,441 

The majority of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are held in bank deposits, money market funds and 
short-term investments which have a maturity of three months or less to enable us to meet our short-term liquidity 
requirements. Money market funds are quoted in active markets and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in 
value.  The  Group  only  purchases  investment  grade  securities  rated  A-  and  above,  which  are  highly  liquid  and 
subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

Prepaid expenses

Accrued interest income on short-term investments

Other receivables
Other current assets
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

31,527  $ 

3,329 

11,305 

569 
46,730  $ 

$ 

23,588 

3,072 

1,977 

1,599 
30,236 

F-47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other non-current assets

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

Marketable equity securities
Non-marketable equity securities
Security deposits
Restricted cash
Other
Total other non-current assets

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)
100,187  $ 
3,750 
4,873 
9,174 
6,790 
124,774  $ 

58,932 
3,000 
5,010 
7,078 
2,702 
76,722 

$ 

$ 

As of June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Group had certificates of deposit and time deposits totaling $3.3 million 
and  $3.7  million,  respectively,  which  were  classified  as  long-term  and  were  included  in  security  deposits.  The 
Group’s restricted cash was primarily used for commitments of standby letters of credit related to facility leases and 
was not available for the Group’s use in its operations.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables consisted of the following:

Trade payables

Accrued expenses

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

Sales and indirect taxes

Customer deposits

Other payables

Operating lease payable

Total trade and other payables

Current provisions

Current provisions consisted of the following:

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

30,738  $ 

76,358 

72,627 

9,009 

7,897 

5,941 

— 

24,993 

53,802 

54,507 

9,158 

7,943 

7,471 

1,613 

$ 

202,570  $ 

159,487 

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Employee benefits

$ 

14,291  $ 

8,983 

Current  provisions  for  employee  benefits  include  accrued  annual  leave,  long  service  leave  and  retention 
benefits.  Long  service  leave  covers  all  unconditional  entitlements  where  employees  have  completed  the  required 
period of service and those where employees are entitled to pro rata payments.

Non-current provisions

Non-current provisions consisted of the following:

Employee benefits

Dilapidation provision

Total non-current provisions

F-48

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

6,036  $ 

3,457 

9,493  $ 

3,323 

2,759 

6,082 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  non-current  provision  for  employee  benefits  includes  long  service  leave  and  retention  benefits  as 

described above.

The dilapidation provision relates to certain lease arrangements for office space entered into by the Group. 
These  lease  arrangements  require  the  Group  to  restore  each  premises  to  its  original  condition  upon  lease 
termination. Accordingly, the Group records a provision for the present value of the estimated future costs to retire 
right-of-use assets at the expiration of these leases.

Other non-current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities consisted of the following:

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Deferred rent

Other

— 

2,173 

Total other non-current liabilities

$ 

2,173  $ 

33,845 

418 

34,263 

15. Revenue

Deferred revenues

We  record  deferred  revenues  when  cash  payments  are  received  or  due  in  advance  of  our  performance, 
including refundable amounts. The increase in the deferred revenue balance for the twelve months ended June 30, 
2020  is  primarily  driven  by  cash  payments  received  or  due  in  advance  of  satisfying  our  performance  obligations, 
offset by $441.0 million of revenues recognized that were included in the deferred revenue balance as of June 30, 
2019. Acquisitions contributed $0.7 million to the increase in deferred revenue balance (for more information, see 
Note 13, “Business combinations”).

Transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has 
not yet been recognized, which includes unearned revenue and unbilled amounts that will be recognized as revenue 
in  future  periods.  Transaction  price  allocated  to  the  remaining  performance  obligations  is  influenced  by  several 
factors,  including  the  timing  of  renewals,  the  timing  of  delivery  of  software  licenses,  average  contract  terms,  and 
foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  Unbilled  portions  of  the  remaining  performance  obligations  are  subject  to  future 
economic risks including bankruptcies, regulatory changes and other market factors.

As of June 30, 2020, approximately $639.4 million of revenue is expected to be recognized from transaction 
price  allocated  to  remaining  performance  obligations.  We  expect  to  recognize  revenue  on  approximately  92%  of 
these remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months with the balance recognized thereafter. 

Disaggregated revenue

Marketplace apps revenue totaled approximately $103.5 million, $77.4 million and $53.1 million for the fiscal 

years ended 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, which is included in other revenue.

The Group’s revenues by geographic region based on end-users who purchased our products or services 

are as follows: 

Americas

EMEA

Asia Pacific

Total revenues

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$  802,499  $  603,959  $  439,363 

633,735 

177,939 

474,712 

131,456 

347,509 

94,106 

$  1,614,173  $  1,210,127  $  880,978 

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues  from  the  United  States  totaled  approximately  $700.9  million,  $528.8  million,  and  $386.0  million 
for the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Revenues from our country of domicile, the United 
Kingdom,  totaled  approximately  $110.9  million,  $86.0  million,  and  $63.0  million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  2020, 
2019, and 2018, respectively. No one customer has accounted for more than 10% of revenue for the fiscal years 
ended 2020, 2019, and 2018.

16. Exchangeable Senior Notes

2023 Exchangeable Senior Notes

In April  2018, Atlassian,  Inc.  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  issued  $850  million  in  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  Notes  due  on  May  1,  2023.  In  May,  2018,  the  initial  purchasers  of  the  Notes  exercised  their 
option  to  purchase  an  additional  $150  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes,  bringing  the  total 
aggregate principal amount of the Notes to $1 billion. The Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company, 
and are scheduled to mature on May 1, 2023, unless earlier exchanged, redeemed or repurchased. The Notes bear 
interest  at  a  rate  of  0.625%  per  year  payable  semiannually  in  arrears  on  May  1  and  November  1  of  each  year, 
beginning  on  November  1,  2018.  The  net  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  the  Notes  were  approximately 
$990.0 million, after deducting issuance cost.

The Notes are not exchangeable into the Company’s Class A ordinary shares or any other securities under 
any circumstances. Holders of the Notes may exchange their Notes solely into cash. The initial exchange rate for 
the Notes is 12.2663 of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (equivalent to 
an initial exchange price of approximately $81.52 per share), subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Holders 
of  the  Notes  may  exchange,  at  their  option,  on  or  after  February  1,  2023.  Further,  holders  of  the  Notes  may 
exchange, at their option, prior to February 1, 2023 only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar 
quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on June 30, 2018 (and only during such calendar quarter), if 
the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) 
during  a  period  of  30  consecutive  trading  days  ending  on,  and  including,  the  last  trading  day  of  the  immediately 
preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the exchange price on each applicable trading day; 
(2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in 
which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was 
less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares and the exchange rate for 
the Notes on each such trading day; (3) if the Company calls any or all of the Notes for redemption, at any time prior 
to  the  close  of  business  on  the  second  scheduled  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  redemption  date;  or  (4) 
upon  the  occurrence  of  specified  corporate  events.  If  a  fundamental  change  occurs  holders  may  require  the 
Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 
100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to,  but 
excluding,  the  fundamental  change  repurchase  date.  In  addition,  if  specific  corporate  events  occur  prior  to  the 
maturity date or following the Company’s delivery of a notice of redemption, we will increase the exchange rate for a 
holder that elects to exchange its Notes in connection with such a corporate event or during the related redemption 
period.

The  Company  may  redeem  the  Notes  at  its  option,  prior  to  May  1,  2023,  in  whole  but  not  in  part,  in 
connection  with  certain  tax-related  events.  The  Company  may  also  redeem  the  Notes  at  its  option,  on  or  after 
November 6, 2020, in whole or in part, if the last reported sale price per Class A ordinary share has been at least 
130% of the exchange price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the 
trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  on  which  the  Company  provides  notice  of  redemption,  during  any  30 
consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which 
the  Company  provides  notice  of  redemption,  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the 
Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. 

The exchange feature of the Notes requires bifurcation from the Notes and is accounted for as a derivative 
liability. The fair value of the Notes’ embedded exchange derivative at the time of issuance was $177.9 million and 
was  recorded  as  original  debt  discount  for  purposes  of  accounting  for  the  debt  component  of  the  Notes.  This 
discount is amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Notes. The Notes 
embedded exchange derivative is carried on the consolidated statements of financial position at its estimated fair 
value and is adjusted at the end of each reporting period, with unrealized gain or loss reflected in the consolidated 
statements of operations. The fair value of the exchange feature derivative liability was $1,283.1 million and $851.1 
million as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

F-50

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  privately  negotiated  capped  call 
transactions with certain financial institutions. The aggregate cost of the capped calls was $87.7 million. The capped 
call  transactions  expire  in  May  2023  and  must  be  settled  in  cash.  The  capped  call  can  be  exercised  on  each 
exchange  date  that  the  related  Notes  are  submitted  for  exchange.  The  capped  call  transactions  are  expected  to 
generally  offset  cash  payments  due,  limited  by  a  capped  price  per  share. The  initial  cap  price  of  the  capped  call 
transactions  is  $114.42  per  share  and  is  subject  to  certain  adjustments  under  the  terms  of  the  capped  call 
transactions.  The  capped  call  transactions  are  accounted  for  as  derivative  assets  and  are  carried  on  the 
consolidated statements of financial position at their estimated fair value. The capped calls are adjusted to fair value 
each reporting period, with unrealized gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair 
value of capped call assets was $310.6 million and $214.6 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The current or non-current classification of the embedded exchange derivative liability and the capped calls 
asset  corresponds  with  the  classification  of  the  Notes  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position.  The 
classification is evaluated at each balance sheet date, and may change from time to time depending on whether the 
exchange  conditions  are  met. As  of  June  30,  2020,  the  closing  price  exchange  condition  has  been  met  and  the 
Notes,  exchange  derivative  liability  and  the  capped  call  assets  are  classified  as  current.  Please  refer  to  Note  5, 
“Financial Assets and Liabilities” for details on the valuation of exchange feature derivative liability and capped call 
assets.  As  of  June  30,  2020,  we  have  settled  one  exchange  request  and  have  received  additional  requests  for 
immaterial amounts of the Notes. 

The Notes including the exchangeable features are Level 2 instruments, and the fair value of the Notes was 

$2,234 million and $1,697 million as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The  principal  amount,  unamortized  debt  discount,  unamortized  issuance  costs  and  net  carrying  amount  of 

the liability component of the Notes as of June 30, 2020 and 2019 were as follow:

Principal amount 

Unamortized debt discount 

Unamortized issuance cost

Net liability 

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

999,999  $ 

1,000,000 

(105,963)   

(140,011) 

(4,853)   

(6,413) 

$ 

889,183  $ 

853,576 

The effective interest rate, contractual interest expense and amortization of debt discount for the Notes for 

the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 were as follow:

Effective interest rate

Contractual interest expense

Amortization of debt discount

Amortization of issuance cost

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

 4.83 %

 4.83 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,250 

34,048 

1,560 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,267 

32,453 

1,486 

F-51

 
 
Reconciliation of assets and liabilities arising from financing activities:

Capped call 
assets

Exchangeable 
Notes, net

Embedded 
exchange 
feature of Notes

Accrued 
interest

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Balance as of June 30, 2018

$ 

(99,932)  $ 

819,637  $ 

202,553  $ 

1,094 

Cash flows

Amortization of debt discount and issuance cost

Fair value changes

Accrual of interest

— 

— 

(114,665)   

— 

— 

33,939 

— 

— 

— 

— 

648,573 

— 

Balance as of June 30, 2019

$ 

(214,597)  $ 

853,576  $ 

851,126  $ 

Cash flows

Amortization of debt discount and issuance cost

Fair value changes

Accrual of interest

— 

— 

(96,011)   

— 

(1)   

35,608 

— 

— 

(1)   

— 

431,964 

— 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

$ 

(310,608)  $ 

889,183  $ 

1,283,089  $ 

(6,319) 

— 

— 

6,267 

1,042 

(6,250) 

— 

— 

6,250 

1,042 

17. Shareholders’ Equity

Share capital

Details

Class A ordinary shares

Class B ordinary shares

Movements in Class A ordinary share capital

Details

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Conversion of Class B ordinary shares
Exercise of share options

Issuance for settlement of RSUs

Vesting of share options that were early exercised

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Conversion of Class B ordinary shares

Exercise of share options

Issuance for settlement of RSUs

Vesting of early exercised shares
Balance as of June 30, 2020

As of June 30,

2020

2019

(number of shares)

As of June 30,

2019
2020
(U.S. $ in thousands)

  127,685,599 

  117,273,566  $ 

12,768  $ 

  119,761,681 

  124,722,559 

11,976 

  247,447,280 

  241,996,125  $ 

24,744  $ 

11,727 

12,472 

24,199 

Number of Shares

Amount

(U.S. $ in 
thousands)

105,371,800  $ 

10,537 

5,219,947 
1,496,875 

4,674,873 

510,071 

522 
150 

467 

51 

117,273,566  $ 

11,727 

4,960,878 

761,945 

4,048,319 

640,891 
127,685,599  $ 

496 

76 

405 

64 
12,768 

Class A shares as of June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 does not include 515,697 and 911,367 shares of 

restricted stock outstanding, respectively, that are subject to forfeiture or repurchase. 

F-52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Movements in Class B ordinary share capital

Details

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Conversion to Class A ordinary shares

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Conversion to Class A ordinary shares

Balance as of June 30, 2020

Ordinary shares

Nominal value

Ordinary shares have a nominal value of $0.10.

Conversion

Number of Shares

Amount
(U.S. $ in 
thousands)

129,942,506  $ 

(5,219,947)   

124,722,559  $ 

(4,960,878)   

119,761,681  $ 

12,994 

(522) 

12,472 

(496) 

11,976 

If  the  aggregate  number  of  Class  B  ordinary  shares  comprises  less  than  10%  of  the  total  shares  of  the 

Company then in issue, each Class B ordinary share will automatically convert into one Class A ordinary share.

Upon consent of at least 66.66% of the Class B ordinary shares, each Class B ordinary share will convert into 
one  Class A  ordinary  share. A  Class  B  ordinary  shareholder  may  elect  at  any  time  to  convert  any  of  its  Class  B 
ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. Upon a transfer of Class B ordinary shares to a 
person  or  entity  that  is  not  a  permitted  Class  B  ordinary  share  transferee  as  defined  in  the  Company’s  articles  of 
association, each Class B ordinary share transferred converts into one Class A ordinary share.

Dividend rights

Any dividend declared by the Company shall be paid on the Class A ordinary shares and the Class B ordinary 

shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.

Voting rights

Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes.

Share premium

Share premium consists of additional consideration for shares above the nominal value of shares in issue.

Other capital reserves

Capital redemption and merger reserves

The Company has capital redemption and merger reserves of $35.0 million in total at June 30, 2020, 2019 
and 2018. They are comprised of a $98.0 thousand capital redemption reserve that is a non-distributable reserve 
arising  on  the  redemption  of  redeemable  shares  and  a  $34.9  million  merger  reserve  representing  the  difference 
between the nominal value of the shares issued by the Company in a prior reorganization and the share capital and 
share premium account prior to reorganization. 

Share-based payments reserve

Share-based payments represent the current period’s expense related to the fair value of RSUs and share 
options  issued  to  employees.  Tax  benefits  from  share  plans  represent  the  deferred  tax  benefit  of  share-based 
payments in excess of the expense already recognized over the life of the share-based award. The total deferred 
tax  benefit  is  determined  using  the  intrinsic  value  of  the  share-based  award  as  at  the  reporting  date.  Issuance  of 
ordinary shares for settlement of RSUs represents the release of ordinary shares to our employees as RSUs vest. 

Cash flow hedge reserve

F-53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  change  in  fair  value  for  the  Group’s  derivatives  designated  as  hedging  instruments  are  recognized  in 
other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  a  separate  reserve  within  equity.  The  effect  of  the  cash  flow 
hedges determined to be effective is reclassified to the consolidated statements of operations in the same period as 
the hedged transactions. Gains or losses related to ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized 
immediately to the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  foreign  subsidiaries  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income  and  accumulated  in  a  separate  reserve  within  equity.  The  cumulative  amount  is  reclassified  to  the 
consolidated statements of operations when the net investment is disposed.

Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income reserve

The  change  in  fair  value  for  the  Group’s  financial  instruments  classified  at  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive  income  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  a  separate  reserve 
within  equity.  The  cumulative  amount  related  to  the  Group’s  debt  investments  is  reclassified  to  the  consolidated 
statements  of  operations  upon  the  sale  of  the  investment  or  at  maturity  date.  In  contrast,  the  cumulative  amount 
related  to  the  Group’s  equity  investments  will  remain  in  other  comprehensive  income  upon  the  sale  of  the 
investment.

18. Earnings Per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  the  net  income  attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  by 
the  weighted-average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  is 
computed by giving effect to all potential weighted-average dilutive shares. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards 
is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. 

A reconciliation of the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per 
share data)

Numerator:

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders:

$ 

(350,654)  $ 

(637,621)  $ 

(113,432) 

Denominator:

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—basic

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—diluted

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic net loss per share

Diluted net loss per share

244,844 

244,844 

238,611 

238,611 

231,184 

231,184 

$ 

$ 

(1.43)  $ 

(1.43)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(2.67)  $ 

(0.49) 

(0.49) 

For  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  potential  anti-dilutive  weighted-average  shares 

excluded from the computation of net loss per share were 6.8 million, 9.6 million and 12.8 million, respectively.

19. Commitments

The Group has contractual commitments for services with third-parties related to its cloud services platform 

and data centers. These commitments are non-cancellable and expire within two to three years.

Additionally,  the  Group  has  capital  purchase  obligations  for  the  construction  or  purchase  of  property  and 

equipment.

The following table sets forth commitments for purchase obligations as of June 30, 2020 and 2019:

F-54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital purchase obligations

Other contractual commitments

Total purchase obligation

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

9,781  $ 

235,002 

244,783  $ 

— 

328,320 

328,320 

Leasing activities are now in the scope of IFRS 16. Please refer to Note 12, “Leases” for details. 

Maturities of purchase obligations as of June 30, 2020 were as follows:

Fiscal Period:

Year ending 2021

Years ending 2022 - 2023

Total commitments

20. Related Party Transactions

Key management personnel compensation

Capital purchase 
obligations

Other contractual
commitments

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

9,781  $ 

— 
9,781  $ 

90,972  $ 

100,753 

144,030 
235,002  $ 

144,030 
244,783 

All  directors  and  executive  management  have  authority  and  responsibility  for  planning,  directing  and 

controlling the activities of the Group, and are considered to be key management personnel.

Compensation for the Group’s key management personnel is as follows:

Executive management:

Short-term compensation and benefits

$ 

3,334  $ 

3,835  $ 

2,991 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Board of directors:

Cash remuneration

Share-based payments

68 

15,509 

109 

17,144 

99 

9,335 

$ 

18,911  $ 

21,088  $ 

12,425 

$ 

$ 

455  $ 

430  $ 

1,741 

1,772 

2,196  $ 

2,202  $ 

362 

1,577 

1,939 

F-55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Geographic Information

The Group’s non-current operating assets by geographic regions are as follows: 

Non-current operating assets:

United States

Australia

India

Total non-current operating assets

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2020

2019

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 

975,446  $ 

819,227 

102,950 

10,233 

18,842 

9,286 

$ 

1,088,629  $ 

847,355 

Non-current  operating  assets  for  this  purpose  consist  of  property  and  equipment,  right-of-use  assets, 

goodwill, intangible assets and other non-current assets. 

22. Share-based Payments

The  Group  maintains  three  share-based  employee  compensation  plans:  the  2015  Share  Incentive  Plan 
(“2015  Plan”);  the  Atlassian  Corporation  Plc  2013  U.S.  Share  Option  Plan  (“2013  U.S.  Option  Plan”);  and  the 
Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan (together with the 2013 U.S. Option Plan, the “Option Plans”). In October 
2015, the board of directors approved the 2015 Plan, and in November 2015, our shareholders adopted the 2015 
Plan,  effective  on  our  IPO,  and  provides  for  the  issuance  of  incentive  and  nonstatutory  share  options,  share 
appreciation  rights,  restricted  share  awards,  RSUs,  unrestricted  share  awards,  performance  share  awards, 
performance-based awards to covered employees, and dividend equivalent rights to qualified employees, directors 
and consultants. Under the 2015 Plan, a total of 20.7 million Class A ordinary shares were initially reserved for the 
issuance of awards, subject to automatic annual increases.

RSU grants generally vest 25% on the one year anniversary and 1/12th of the remaining RSUs vest over the 
remaining  three  years,  on  a  quarterly  basis  thereafter.  Performance-based  RSUs  have  non-market  performance 
vesting conditions. Individuals must continue to provide services to a Group entity in order to vest.

The Option Plans allowed for the issuance of options to purchase restricted shares. Effective upon our IPO, 
all  restricted  shares  automatically  converted  to  Class A  ordinary  shares  and  under  the  Option  Plans,  the  shares 
underlying the options converted to Class A ordinary shares. Although no future awards will be granted under the 
Option Plans, they will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Under  the  Option  Plans,  share  options  have  a  contractual  life  of  seven  to  ten  years  and  typically  follow  a 
standard  vesting  schedule  over  a  four  year  period:  25%  vest  on  the  one  year  anniversary  and  1/48th  monthly 
vesting for the 36 months thereafter. Individuals must continue to provide services to a Group entity in order to vest. 
Upon  termination,  all  unvested  options  are  forfeited  and  vested  options  must  generally  be  exercised  within  three 
months.

F-56

 
 
 
 
RSU and Class A ordinary share option activity was as follows:

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Increase in shares authorized:

2015 Plan

RSUs granted

RSUs canceled

RSUs settled

Share options exercised

Share options canceled

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Increase in shares authorized:
RSUs granted

RSUs canceled

RSUs settled

Share options exercised

Share options canceled

Balance as of June 30, 2020
Share options vested and exercisable as of 
June 30, 2020
Share options vested and exercisable as of 
June 30, 2019

Share Options

Shares
Available
for Grant

Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

RSUs
Outstanding

30,600,215 

2,723,182  $ 

2.41 

9,602,673 

11,807,109 

(5,397,681)   

1,113,870 

— 

— 

5,481 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,496,875)   

(5,481)   

38,128,994 

1,220,826 

(3,083,015)   

874,564 

— 

— 

707 

— 

— 

— 

(761,945)   

(707)   

35,921,250 

458,174  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2.37 

0.65 

2.47 

— 

— 

— 

2.37 

1.03 

2.65 

— 

5,397,681 

(1,113,870) 

(4,674,873) 

— 

— 

9,211,611 

3,083,015 

(874,564) 

(4,048,319) 

— 

— 

7,371,743 

457,663  $ 

2.65 

1,027,372  $ 

2.55 

During fiscal year ended 2019, the Company added 11,807,109 Class A ordinary shares to the pool of shares 

available for issuance, pursuant to an evergreen provision contained in the 2015 Plan. 

The weighted-average remaining contractual life for options outstanding as of both fiscal year end, June 30, 
2020  and  2019,  were  3.6  years.  Options  exercisable  as  of  June  30,  2020  and  2019,  had  a  weighted-average 
remaining contractual life of approximately 3.6 years and 3.2 years, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding as of June 30, 2020:

Range of
Exercise Prices

$0.59 - 0.66

$1.14

$3.18

Options Outstanding

Number
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Years

Number
Exercisable

78,563  $ 

21,024 

358,587 

458,174  $ 

0.62 

1.14 

3.18 

2.65 

78,563  $ 

20,513 

358,587 

457,663  $ 

0.62 

1.14 

3.18 

2.65 

4.86 

6.07 

3.23 

3.64 

F-57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding as of June 30, 2019:

Range of
Exercise Prices

$0.59 - 0.66

$1.14

$1.92 - 2.16

$2.40 - 2.92

$3.18

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number
Outstanding

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Years

196,206  $ 

65,107 

17,828 

299,613 

642,072 

0.63 

1.14 

2.09 

2.47 

3.18 

143,346  $ 

20,868 

17,828 

299,613 

545,717 

  1,220,826  $ 

2.47 

  1,027,372  $ 

0.62 

1.14 

2.09 

2.47 

3.18 

2.55 

5.83 

7.07 

0.45 

0.86 

3.81 

3.24 

All share-based payments are measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized in 
the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  over  the  period  during  which  the  employee  is  required  to  perform 
services in exchange for the award (generally the four-year vesting period of the award).

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the RSUs issued during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 
and  2019  was  $139.2  and  $83.90  per  share,  respectively. There  were  no  share  options  granted  during  the  fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. 

As  of  June  30,  2020,  the  Group  had  an  aggregate  of  $328.6  million  of  future  period  share-based  payment 
expense  related  to  all  equity  awards  outstanding,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  to  be  amortized  over  a  weighted-
average remaining period of 1.4 years.

Restricted stock 

During the fiscal year 2020 and 2019, the Company granted 245,221 and 593,567 shares of restricted stock 
that were subject to forfeiture, respectively. The weighted average grant fair value date of these restricted shares 
was $135.64 and $98.72, respectively. As of June 30, 2020 and 2019, there were 515,697 and 911,367 shares of 
restricted  stock  outstanding,  respectively. These  outstanding  shares  of  restricted  stock  are  subject  to  forfeiture  or 
repurchase  at  the  original  exercise  price  during  the  repurchase  period  following  employee  termination,  as 
applicable.

23. Events after the reporting period

In July 2020, we acquired Mindville AB, an asset and configuration management company based in Sweden. 
With  the  acquisition  of  Mindville,  Atlassian  brings  critical  configuration  management  database  capability  to  Jira 
Service  Desk  to  better  meet  the  needs  of  its  IT  customers.  The  consideration  is  comprised  of  approximately 
$36  million  in  cash.  We  are  in  the  process  of  finalizing  the  intangible  assets  valuation  and  acquisition  price 
allocation.

F-58